Sample records for present chapter describes

  1. Public opinion about energy: a literature review

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Farhar, B.C.; Weis, P.; Unseld, C.T.

    1979-06-01

    A review and analysis of 115 surveys of the general population between 1973 and 1978 (before the Three Mile Island accident, sudden gasoline price increases, and spot gasoline shortages) are presented. The survey data are organized and analyzed according to a set of categories described in Chapter 2. The public's definition of the energy situation is the focus of Chapter 3. Chapter 4 describes public opinion concerning energy conservation pertaining to transportation and domestic energy use -- whether it is efficacious, how knowledgeable people are about conservation, whether they favor it, and whether they engage in it. Findings on themore » solar energy alternative are described in Chapter 5. Public opinion concerning more conventional sources of energy -- oil and natural gas, coal, and nuclear energy -- are discussed in Chapter 6. In Chapter 7, a summary of analytical findings by 10 major sociodemographic characteristics is presented. Chapter 8 describes analytical findings using various social-psychological variables. A summary is presented in Chapter 9.« less

  2. Presentation of nursing diagnosis content in fundamentals of nursing textbooks.

    PubMed

    Mahon, S M; Spies, M A; Aukamp, V; Barrett, J T; Figgins, M J; Meyer, G A; Young, V K

    1997-01-01

    The technique and rationale for the use of nursing diagnosis generally are introduced early in the undergraduate curriculum. The three purposes of this descriptive study were to describe the general characteristics and presentation of content on nursing diagnosis in fundamentals of nursing textbooks; describe how the content from the theoretical chapter(s) in nursing diagnosis is carried through in the clinical chapters; and describe how content on diagnostic errors is presented. Although most of the textbooks presented content on nursing diagnosis in a similar fashion, the clinical chapters of the books did not follow the same pattern. Content on diagnostic errors was inconsistent. Educators may find this an effective methodology for reviewing textbooks.

  3. EPICS Input Output Controller (IOC) Record Reference Manual

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Anderson, J.B.; Kraimer, M.R.

    1994-12-01

    This manual describes all supported EPICS record types. The first chapter gives introduction and describes the field summary table. The second chapter describes the fields in database common, i.e. the fields that are present in every record type. The third chapter describes the input and output field that are common to many record types and have the same usage wherever they are used. Following the third chapter is a separate chapter for each record type containing a description of all the fields for that record type except those in database common.

  4. Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory activity report for 1986

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Cantwell, K.

    1987-12-31

    1986 was another year of major advances for SSRL as the ultimate capabilities of PEP as a synchrotron radiation source became more apparent and a second PEP beam line was initiated, while effective development and utilization of SPEAR proceeded. Given these various PEP developments, SSRL abandoned its plans for a separate diffraction limited ring, as they abandoned their plans for a 6--7 GeV ring of the APS type last year. It has become increasingly apparent that SSRL should concentrate on developing SPEAR and PEP as synchrotron radiation sources. Consequently, initial planning for a 3 GeV booster synchrotron injector for SPEARmore » was performed in 1986, with a proposal to the Department of Energy resulting. As described in Chapter 2, the New Rings Group and the Machine Physics Group were combined into one Accelerator Physics Group. This group is focusing mainly on the improvement of SPEAR`s operating conditions and on planning for the conversion of PEP into a fourth generation x-ray source. Considerable emphasis is also being given to the training of accelerator physics graduate students. At the same time, several improvements of SSRL`s existing facilities were made. These are described in Chapter 3. Chapter 4 describes new SSRL beam lines being commissioned. Chapter 5 discusses SSRL`s present construction projects. Chapter 6 discusses a number of projects presently underway in the engineering division. Chapter 7 describes SSRL`s advisory panels while Chapter 8 discusses SSRL`s overall organization. Chapter 9 describes the experimental progress reports.« less

  5. Algorithm Updates for the Fourth SeaWiFS Data Reprocessing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford, B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); Patt, Frederick S.; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E., Jr.; Franz, Bryan A.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Feldman, Gene Carl; Bailey, Sean W.

    2003-01-01

    The efforts to improve the data quality for the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) data products have continued, following the third reprocessing of the global data set in May 2000. Analyses have been ongoing to address all aspects of the processing algorithms, particularly the calibration methodologies, atmospheric correction, and data flagging and masking. All proposed changes were subjected to rigorous testing, evaluation and validation. The results of these activities culminated in the fourth reprocessing, which was completed in July 2002. The algorithm changes, which were implemented for this reprocessing, are described in the chapters of this volume. Chapter 1 presents an overview of the activities leading up to the fourth reprocessing, and summarizes the effects of the changes. Chapter 2 describes the modifications to the on-orbit calibration, specifically the focal plane temperature correction and the temporal dependence. Chapter 3 describes the changes to the vicarious calibration, including the stray light correction to the Marine Optical Buoy (MOBY) data and improved data screening procedures. Chapter 4 describes improvements to the near-infrared (NIR) band correction algorithm. Chapter 5 describes changes to the atmospheric correction and the oceanic property retrieval algorithms, including out-of-band corrections, NIR noise reduction, and handling of unusual conditions. Chapter 6 describes various changes to the flags and masks, to increase the number of valid retrievals, improve the detection of the flag conditions, and add new flags. Chapter 7 describes modifications to the level-la and level-3 algorithms, to improve the navigation accuracy, correct certain types of spacecraft time anomalies, and correct a binning logic error. Chapter 8 describes the algorithm used to generate the SeaWiFS photosynthetically available radiation (PAR) product. Chapter 9 describes a coupled ocean-atmosphere model, which is used in one of the changes described in Chapter 4. Finally, Chapter 10 describes a comparison of results from the third and fourth reprocessings along the US. Northeast coast.

  6. Detectors for the Atacama Cosmology Telescope

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Marriage, Tobias Andrew

    The Atacama Cosmology Telescope (ACT) will make measurements of the brightness temperature anisotropy in the Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB) on degree to arcminute angular scales. The ACT observing site is located 5200 m near the top of Cerro Toco in the Atacama Desert of northern Chile. This thesis presents research on the detectors which capture the image of the CMB formed at ACT's focal plane. In the first chapter, the primary brightness temperature fluctuations in the Cosmic Microwave Background are reviewed. In Chapter 2, a calculation shows how the CMB brightness is translated by ACT to an input power to the detectors. Chapter 3 describes the ACT detectors in detail and presents the response and sensitivity of the detectors to the input power computed in Chapter 2. Chapter 4 describes the detector fabrication at NASA Goddard Space Flight Center. Chapter 5 summarizes experiments which characterize the ACT detector performance.

  7. National Job Corps Study: Report on the Process Analysis. Research and Evaluation Report Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Johnson, Terry; Gritz, Mark; Jackson, Russell; Burghardt, John; Boussy, Carol; Leonard, Jan; Orians, Carlyn

    This report presents results of a process analysis that describes and documents Job Corps services and operations. Chapter one provides overviews of Job Corps, the national Job Corps study, and the process analysis. Chapter two describes the administrative structure of Job Corps and presents data on the geographic distribution and characteristics…

  8. Analytical chemistry at the interface between materials science and biology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    O'Brien, Janese Christine

    This work describes several research efforts that lie at the new interfaces between analytical chemistry and other disciplines, namely materials science and biology. In the materials science realm, the search for new materials that may have useful or unique chromatographic properties motivated the synthesis and characterization of electrically conductive sol-gels. In the biology realm, the search for new surface fabrication schemes that would permit or even improve the detection of specific biological reactions motivated the design of miniaturized biological arrays. Collectively, this work represents some of analytical chemistry's newest forays into these disciplines. This dissertation is divided into six chapters. Chapter 1 is an introductory chapter that provides background information pertinent to several key aspects of the work contained in this dissertation. Chapter 2 describes the synthesis and characterization of electrically conductive sol-gels derived from the acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of a vanadium alkoxide. Specifically, this chapter describes our attempts to increase the conductivity of vanadium sol-gels by optimizing the acidic and drying conditions used during synthesis. Chapter 3 reports the construction of novel antigenic immunosensing platforms of increased epitope density using Fab'-SH antibody fragments on gold. Here, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), thin-layer cell (TLC) and confocal fluorescence spectroscopies, and scanning force microscopy (SFM) are employed to characterize the fragment-substrate interaction, to quantify epitope density, and to demonstrate fragment viability and specificity. Chapter 4 presents a novel method for creating and interrogating double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) microarrays suitable for screening protein:dsDNA interactions. Using the restriction enzyme ECoR1, we demonstrate the ability of the atomic force microscope (AFM) to detect changes in topography that result from the enzymatic cleavage of dsDNA microarrays containing the correct recognition sequence. Chapter 5 explores more fully the microarray fabrication process described in Chapter 4. Specifically, experiments characterizing the effect of deposition conditions on oligonucleotide topography and as well as those that describe array density optimization are presented. Chapter 6 presents general conclusions from the work recorded in this dissertation and speculates on its extension.

  9. National Standards for Family and Consumer Sciences Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    National Association of State Administrators for Family and Consumer Sciences.

    The document presents a new set of standards for family and consumer sciences (FACS) education. Section 1 is a three-chapter overview. Chapter 1 addresses the rationale for change and the FACS vision and mission. Chapter 2 describes the approach to develop the national standards, FACS format, and components of the standards. Chapter 3 provides…

  10. Chapter 6: Ecotoxicology, Environmental Risk Assessment & Potential Impact on Human Health

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter examines potential risks posed by pharmaceuticals present in the aquatic environment to humans and aquatic life. We begin by describing the mechanisms by which pharmaceuticals enter the vertebrate body, produce effects and leave the body. Then we describe theoretical...

  11. A Process Evaluation of Project Developmental Continuity. Interim Report II, Part B: Recommendations for Measuring Program Impact.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Love, John M.; And Others

    This report presents recommendations for measures to be used in assessing the impact of Project Developmental Continuity (PDC). Chapter I reviews the purpose of the impact study and presents the basic considerations guiding the selection of measures. Chapter II describes the review process that led to the final recommendations. Chapter III…

  12. Study of Orbitally Excited $$B_{(s)}$$ Mesons and Evidence for a New $$B\\pi$$ Resonance with the CDF II Detector

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kambeitz, Manuel

    This thesis presents an analysis of excited states of B0, B+ and B0 s mesons, decaying to B mesons while emitting a pion or kaon. They are reconstructed from their decay products and a selection is performed to discard wrongly reconstructed B(s) mesons with the multivariate analysis software NeuroBayes, as described in chapter 5. In the training process, the sPlot method and measured and simulated data are used. Chapter 6 describes how the properties of excited B(s) are determined by an unbinned maximum likelihood t to their mass spectra. The systematic uncertainties determined in this analysis are described in chaptermore » 7. The results of this thesis are presented in chapter 8 and a conclusion is given in chapter 9. The results shown in this thesis have been published before in [1].« less

  13. User's guide [Chapter 3

    Treesearch

    Nicholas L. Crookston; Donald C. E. Robinson; Sarah J. Beukema

    2003-01-01

    The Fire and Fuels Extension (FFE) to the Forest Vegetation Simulator (FVS) simulates fuel dynamics and potential fire behavior over time, in the context of stand development and management. This chapter presents the model's options, provides annotated examples, describes the outputs, and describes how to use and apply the model.

  14. Radiation Protection Studies of International Space Station Extravehicular Activity Space Suits

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cucinotta, Francis A. (Editor); Shavers, Mark R. (Editor); Saganti, Premkumar B. (Editor); Miller, Jack (Editor)

    2003-01-01

    This publication describes recent investigations that evaluate radiation shielding characteristics of NASA's and the Russian Space Agency's space suits. The introduction describes the suits and presents goals of several experiments performed with them. The first chapter provides background information about the dynamic radiation environment experienced at ISS and summarized radiation health and protection requirements for activities in low Earth orbit. Supporting studies report the development and application of a computer model of the EMU space suit and the difficulty of shielding EVA crewmembers from high-energy reentrant electrons, a previously unevaluated component of the space radiation environment. Chapters 2 through 6 describe experiments that evaluate the space suits' radiation shielding characteristics. Chapter 7 describes a study of the potential radiological health impact on EVA crewmembers of two virtually unexamined environmental sources of high-energy electrons-reentrant trapped electrons and atmospheric albedo or "splash" electrons. The radiological consequences of those sources have not been evaluated previously and, under closer scrutiny. A detailed computational model of the shielding distribution provided by components of the NASA astronauts' EMU is being developed for exposure evaluation studies. The model is introduced in Chapters 8 and 9 and used in Chapter 10 to investigate how trapped particle anisotropy impacts female organ doses during EVA. Chapter 11 presents a review of issues related to estimating skin cancer risk form space radiation. The final chapter contains conclusions about the protective qualities of the suit brought to light form these studies, as well as recommendations for future operational radiation protection.

  15. Pre-School Education and Care.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Haystead, J.; And Others

    Carried out in Scotland, the project described in this book examined what Scottish parents want from preschool education and why. The first chapter describes the present situation of preschool education and how it serves different kinds of parents. Chapter II discusses the kinds of preschool provision desired by parents living in three different…

  16. Towards Universalization of Primary Education in Asia and the Pacific: Country Studies--Nepal.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, Bangkok (Thailand). Regional Office for Education in Asia and the Pacific.

    The four major chapters of this study describe education in Nepal, analyze the progress of primary education in that country, describe national policy and planning for primary education, and report significant developments and programs. Chapter One concerns the historical background, present structure of education, primary education…

  17. Minneapolis Multi-Ethnic Curriculum Project--Migration Unit.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Minneapolis Public Schools, Minn. Dept. of Intergroup Education.

    The student booklet presents short chapters illustrating the migration unit of the Minneapolis Multi-Ethnic Curriculum Project for secondary schools. Sixteen brief chapters describe migration, immigration, and emigration in the United States. The first six chapters offer first person accounts of immigrants from Norway, Korea, Egypt, Hitler's…

  18. Increasing Student Learning through Multimedia Projects.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Simkins, Michael; Cole, Karen; Tavalin, Fern; Means, Barbara

    This book discusses enhancing student achievement through project-based learning with multimedia. Chapter 1 describes project-based multimedia learning. Chapter 2 presents a multimedia primer, including the five basic types of media objects (i.e., images, text, sound, motion, and interactivity). Chapter 3 addresses making a real-world connection,…

  19. The Homeless in Contemporary Society.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bingham, Richard D.; And Others

    This book consists of 15 chapters on understanding and helping the homeless. The first seven chapters present the "new" homeless in historical context and describe this population and its situation. The remaining eight chapters discuss policy and program options of the government and other organizations in attempting to alleviate the problems of…

  20. Solar Physics in the Space Age.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dittmer, Phil D.; And Others

    This amply illustrated booklet provides a physical description of the sun as well as present and future tasks for solar physics study. The first chapter, an introduction, describes the history of solar study, solar study in space, and the relevance of solar study. The second chapter describes the five heliographic domains including the interior,…

  1. Catholic Schools and Volunteers: A Planned Involvement.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tedesco, Janis E.

    Policies and procedures for developing a successful school volunteer program within Catholic schools are presented in this booklet. Chapter 1 describes the philosophy of a volunteer support program, which stresses the importance of volunteer involvement for developing schools as functional communities. Chapter 2 presents reasons why volunteers are…

  2. Federal Standards for Child Abuse and Neglect Prevention and Treatment Programs and Projects.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Higgs, A. Catherine

    Presented are federal standards designed to synthesize and describe the knowledge available on the prevention and treatment of child abuse and negect. A summary chapter (Chapter I) covers background information, organization and content of the standards, and utilization of the standards. Chapter II discusses the relationships among children,…

  3. Leading a Friends Helping Friends Peer Program.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Painter, Carol

    This manual is a guide for the adult learner who is developing and maintaining a peer counselor program. The first chapter presents an overview of peer counseling. The second chapter describes a model for a high school peer counseling program. Training, placements and programs, and a typical week's schedule are included. The third chapter presents…

  4. Historical Beginnings...The Federal Reserve.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Johnson, Roger T.

    The booklet presents an historical narrative of banks and banking events leading to the establishment of the Federal Reserve System in 1914. The document is divided into three chapters. Chapter I discusses attempts to establish a bank before the 20th century, describing the creation of two central banks whose chapters were allowed to lapse, the…

  5. Technical Report and Data File User's Manual for the 1992 National Adult Literacy Survey.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kirsch, Irwin; Yamamoto, Kentaro; Norris, Norma; Rock, Donald; Jungeblut, Ann; O'Reilly, Patricia; Berlin, Martha; Mohadjer, Leyla; Waksberg, Joseph; Goksel, Huseyin; Burke, John; Rieger, Susan; Green, James; Klein, Merle; Campbell, Anne; Jenkins, Lynn; Kolstad, Andrew; Mosenthal, Peter; Baldi, Stephane

    Chapter 1 of this report and user's manual describes design and implementation of the 1992 National Adult Literacy Survey (NALS). Chapter 2 reviews stages of sampling for national and state survey components; presents weighted and unweighted response rates for the household component; and describes non-incentive and prison sample designs. Chapter…

  6. An Evaluation of the Self-Service Approach in One-Stop Career Centers. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    D'Amico, Ronald; Fedrau, Ruth; Kimball, Mary; Midling, Michael; Soukamneuth, Sengsouvanh

    This report presents findings from a study of self-service systems in eight One-Stop Career Centers that were identified as being particularly efficacious or noteworthy for completeness of resources, ease of use, or outreach to special populations. Chapter I describes the study design. Chapter II describes physical facilities. It focuses on the…

  7. Establishing a Group Counseling Program for Elementary School Children Who Have Experienced Parental Divorce.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Goldstein, Alan

    This practicum report describes a counseling program established in the school setting for young children who have experienced parental divorce. Chapter I describes the Merrytown Energyville Regional School System, New Jersey, in which the program was established and notes the author's role and responsibilities. Chapter II presents the results of…

  8. Finding the Higgs boson of the standard model in the channel ZH → e +e -b$$\\bar{b}$$ with the D0 detector at the Tevatron; Recherche du boson de Higgs du nideke standard dans le canal ZH → e +e -b$$\\bar{b}$$ avec le detecteur DØ aupres du Tevatron (in French)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Calpas, Betty Constante

    2010-06-11

    The organization of this thesis consists of three main ideas: the first presents the theoretical framework and experimental, as well as objects used in the analysis and the second relates to the various work tasks of service that I performed on the calorimeter, and the third is the search for the Higgs boson in the channel ZH → e +e -bmore » $$\\bar{b}$$. Thus, this thesis has the following structure: Chapter 1 is an introduction to the standard model of particle physics and the Higgs mechanism; Chapter 2 is an overview of the complex and the acceleration of the Tevatron at Fermilab DØ detector; Chapter 3 is an introduction to physical objects used in this thesis; Chapter 4 presents the study made on correcting the energy measured in the calorimeter; Chapter 5 describes the study of certification of electrons in the calorimeter; Chapter 6 describes the study of certification of electrons in the intercryostat region of calorimeter; Chapter 7 Detailed analysis on the search for Higgs production in the channel ZH → e +e -b$$\\bar{b}$$; and Chapter 8 presents the final results of the calculations of upper limits to the production cross section of the Higgs boson on a range of low masses.« less

  9. Descriptive statistics.

    PubMed

    Nick, Todd G

    2007-01-01

    Statistics is defined by the Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) thesaurus as the science and art of collecting, summarizing, and analyzing data that are subject to random variation. The two broad categories of summarizing and analyzing data are referred to as descriptive and inferential statistics. This chapter considers the science and art of summarizing data where descriptive statistics and graphics are used to display data. In this chapter, we discuss the fundamentals of descriptive statistics, including describing qualitative and quantitative variables. For describing quantitative variables, measures of location and spread, for example the standard deviation, are presented along with graphical presentations. We also discuss distributions of statistics, for example the variance, as well as the use of transformations. The concepts in this chapter are useful for uncovering patterns within the data and for effectively presenting the results of a project.

  10. Managing Asbestos in Place: A Building Owner's Guide to Operations and Maintenance Programs for Asbestos-Containing Materials.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

    Instructions for building owners on the selection and application of appropriate asbestos control and abatement actions are presented in this guidebook. Chapter 1 offers background information on the asbestos problem. Chapter 2 describes the purpose and scope of an operations and maintenance (O&M) program. The third chapter discusses planning…

  11. Guide to Non-Sexist Early Childhood Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sprung, Barbara

    This guide describes the development of a nonsexist early childhood curriculum designed to make teachers and parents more aware of the sexism existing in society and reflected in our schools. The guide is divided into six chapters: Chapter 1 presents a brief history of the Non-Sexist Child Development Project; Chapter 2 examines some of the basic…

  12. Chapter 1: Creating Opportunities for Success through Replacement Services. Chapter 1 Replacement Class Collaborative Teaming and Intensive Teaching Time. A Model for Student Success in Newark City Schools.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stout, Kathleen

    This collection of documents describes the Chapter 1 programs of the Newark (Ohio) City Schools and presents a model for programs to increase student success. Newark is a midsized city district with 1 high school, 3 middle schools, and 12 elementary schools, 7 of which receive Chapter 1 services. Collaborative efforts include replacement classes.…

  13. Chapter 6: CPV Tracking and Trackers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Luque-Heredia, Ignacio; Magalhaes, Pedro; Muller, Matthew

    2016-04-15

    This chapter explains the functional requirements of a concentrator photovoltaic (CPV) sun tracker. It derives the design specifications of a CPV tracker. The chapter presents taxonomy of trackers describing the most common tracking architectures, based on the number of axes, their relative position, and the foundation and placing of tracking drives. It deals with the structural issues related to tracker design, mainly related to structural flexure and its impact on the system's acceptance angle. The chapter analyzes the auto-calibrated sun tracking control, by describing the state of the art and its development background. It explores the sun tracking accuracy measurementmore » with a practical example. The chapter discusses tracker manufacturing and tracker field works. It reviews survey of different types of tracker designs obtained from different manufacturers. Finally, the chapter deals with IEC62817, the technical standard developed for CPV sun trackers.« less

  14. BOOK REVIEW: Advanced Topics in Computational Partial Differential Equations: Numerical Methods and Diffpack Programming

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Katsaounis, T. D.

    2005-02-01

    The scope of this book is to present well known simple and advanced numerical methods for solving partial differential equations (PDEs) and how to implement these methods using the programming environment of the software package Diffpack. A basic background in PDEs and numerical methods is required by the potential reader. Further, a basic knowledge of the finite element method and its implementation in one and two space dimensions is required. The authors claim that no prior knowledge of the package Diffpack is required, which is true, but the reader should be at least familiar with an object oriented programming language like C++ in order to better comprehend the programming environment of Diffpack. Certainly, a prior knowledge or usage of Diffpack would be a great advantage to the reader. The book consists of 15 chapters, each one written by one or more authors. Each chapter is basically divided into two parts: the first part is about mathematical models described by PDEs and numerical methods to solve these models and the second part describes how to implement the numerical methods using the programming environment of Diffpack. Each chapter closes with a list of references on its subject. The first nine chapters cover well known numerical methods for solving the basic types of PDEs. Further, programming techniques on the serial as well as on the parallel implementation of numerical methods are also included in these chapters. The last five chapters are dedicated to applications, modelled by PDEs, in a variety of fields. The first chapter is an introduction to parallel processing. It covers fundamentals of parallel processing in a simple and concrete way and no prior knowledge of the subject is required. Examples of parallel implementation of basic linear algebra operations are presented using the Message Passing Interface (MPI) programming environment. Here, some knowledge of MPI routines is required by the reader. Examples solving in parallel simple PDEs using Diffpack and MPI are also presented. Chapter 2 presents the overlapping domain decomposition method for solving PDEs. It is well known that these methods are suitable for parallel processing. The first part of the chapter covers the mathematical formulation of the method as well as algorithmic and implementational issues. The second part presents a serial and a parallel implementational framework within the programming environment of Diffpack. The chapter closes by showing how to solve two application examples with the overlapping domain decomposition method using Diffpack. Chapter 3 is a tutorial about how to incorporate the multigrid solver in Diffpack. The method is illustrated by examples such as a Poisson solver, a general elliptic problem with various types of boundary conditions and a nonlinear Poisson type problem. In chapter 4 the mixed finite element is introduced. Technical issues concerning the practical implementation of the method are also presented. The main difficulties of the efficient implementation of the method, especially in two and three space dimensions on unstructured grids, are presented and addressed in the framework of Diffpack. The implementational process is illustrated by two examples, namely the system formulation of the Poisson problem and the Stokes problem. Chapter 5 is closely related to chapter 4 and addresses the problem of how to solve efficiently the linear systems arising by the application of the mixed finite element method. The proposed method is block preconditioning. Efficient techniques for implementing the method within Diffpack are presented. Optimal block preconditioners are used to solve the system formulation of the Poisson problem, the Stokes problem and the bidomain model for the electrical activity in the heart. The subject of chapter 6 is systems of PDEs. Linear and nonlinear systems are discussed. Fully implicit and operator splitting methods are presented. Special attention is paid to how existing solvers for scalar equations in Diffpack can be used to derive fully implicit solvers for systems. The proposed techniques are illustrated in terms of two applications, namely a system of PDEs modelling pipeflow and a two-phase porous media flow. Stochastic PDEs is the topic of chapter 7. The first part of the chapter is a simple introduction to stochastic PDEs; basic analytical properties are presented for simple models like transport phenomena and viscous drag forces. The second part considers the numerical solution of stochastic PDEs. Two basic techniques are presented, namely Monte Carlo and perturbation methods. The last part explains how to implement and incorporate these solvers into Diffpack. Chapter 8 describes how to operate Diffpack from Python scripts. The main goal here is to provide all the programming and technical details in order to glue the programming environment of Diffpack with visualization packages through Python and in general take advantage of the Python interfaces. Chapter 9 attempts to show how to use numerical experiments to measure the performance of various PDE solvers. The authors gathered a rather impressive list, a total of 14 PDE solvers. Solvers for problems like Poisson, Navier--Stokes, elasticity, two-phase flows and methods such as finite difference, finite element, multigrid, and gradient type methods are presented. The authors provide a series of numerical results combining various solvers with various methods in order to gain insight into their computational performance and efficiency. In Chapter 10 the authors consider a computationally challenging problem, namely the computation of the electrical activity of the human heart. After a brief introduction on the biology of the problem the authors present the mathematical models involved and a numerical method for solving them within the framework of Diffpack. Chapter 11 and 12 are closely related; actually they could have been combined in a single chapter. Chapter 11 introduces several mathematical models used in finance, based on the Black--Scholes equation. Chapter 12 considers several numerical methods like Monte Carlo, lattice methods, finite difference and finite element methods. Implementation of these methods within Diffpack is presented in the last part of the chapter. Chapter 13 presents how the finite element method is used for the modelling and analysis of elastic structures. The authors describe the structural elements of Diffpack which include popular elements such as beams and plates and examples are presented on how to use them to simulate elastic structures. Chapter 14 describes an application problem, namely the extrusion of aluminum. This is a rather\\endcolumn complicated process which involves non-Newtonian flow, heat transfer and elasticity. The authors describe the systems of PDEs modelling the underlying process and use a finite element method to obtain a numerical solution. The implementation of the numerical method in Diffpack is presented along with some applications. The last chapter, chapter 15, focuses on mathematical and numerical models of systems of PDEs governing geological processes in sedimentary basins. The underlying mathematical model is solved using the finite element method within a fully implicit scheme. The authors discuss the implementational issues involved within Diffpack and they present results from several examples. In summary, the book focuses on the computational and implementational issues involved in solving partial differential equations. The potential reader should have a basic knowledge of PDEs and the finite difference and finite element methods. The examples presented are solved within the programming framework of Diffpack and the reader should have prior experience with the particular software in order to take full advantage of the book. Overall the book is well written, the subject of each chapter is well presented and can serve as a reference for graduate students, researchers and engineers who are interested in the numerical solution of partial differential equations modelling various applications.

  15. Reactivity of lignin and lignans: Correlation with molecular orbital calculations

    Treesearch

    Thomas Elder

    2010-01-01

    To date, and as can be seen from the other chapters of this text, the structure and chemistry of lignin have been described in terms of results from a wide range of chemical or spectroscopic methods to construct a mosaic picture of the polymer. The current chapter continues this process by describing past, present and potential applications of electronic structure...

  16. Experimental Course Development in Introductory Economics at Indiana University. The Journal of Economic Education, Special Issue No. 4, Fall 1975.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Saunders, Phillip

    A two part experimental introductory college economics course is described. Data on the combination macroeconomics and microeconomics course have been collected over eight consecutive terms and are presented in nine chapters. Chapter I describes course goals as stimulation of student interest, teaching a few basic economic principles, helping…

  17. Migrant Education: A Reference Handbook. Contemporary Education Issues.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gouwens, Judith A.

    This book presents an overview of the education of migrant farmworkers and their children in the United States. Chapter 1 describes characteristics of migrant workers and explains how conditions of migrant labor put migrant children, youth, and families at risk of educational failure. Chapters 2-3 present a chronology and a history of migrant…

  18. A Performance Comparison of Tree and Ring Topologies in Distributed System

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huang, Min

    A distributed system is a collection of computers that are connected via a communication network. Distributed systems have become commonplace due to the wide availability of low-cost, high performance computers and network devices. However, the management infrastructure often does not scale well when distributed systems get very large. Some of the considerations in building a distributed system are the choice of the network topology and the method used to construct the distributed system so as to optimize the scalability and reliability of the system, lower the cost of linking nodes together and minimize the message delay in transmission, and simplifymore » system resource management. We have developed a new distributed management system that is able to handle the dynamic increase of system size, detect and recover the unexpected failure of system services, and manage system resources. The topologies used in the system are the tree-structured network and the ring-structured network. This thesis presents the research background, system components, design, implementation, experiment results and the conclusions of our work. The thesis is organized as follows: the research background is presented in chapter 1. Chapter 2 describes the system components, including the different node types and different connection types used in the system. In chapter 3, we describe the message types and message formats in the system. We discuss the system design and implementation in chapter 4. In chapter 5, we present the test environment and results, Finally, we conclude with a summary and describe our future work in chapter 6.« less

  19. Research and Development Funding in the Proposed Fiscal Year 1985 Budget. Special Study.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schorsch, Louis; Dailey, Theresa

    This report discusses in detail the research and development (R&D) elements of the Reagan Administration's budget for Fiscal Year (FY) 1985. Following an introduction (chapter I), chapter II presents an overview of R&D funding in the President's FY 1985 budget. The chapter begins by describing overall R&D spending in terms of the major catagories…

  20. Family Needs and Family Quality of Life for Taiwanese Families of Children with Intellectual Disability and Developmental Delay

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chiu, Chun-Yu

    2013-01-01

    This dissertation consists of four related chapters including an introductory overview of all four chapters, a report on family needs, a report on family quality of life, and a summary of implications for the conceptual framework. Chapter 1, the introductory overview, presents background information of Taiwan and describes the family quality of…

  1. Overview of Decoding across the Disciplines

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Boman, Jennifer; Currie, Genevieve; MacDonald, Ron; Miller-Young, Janice; Yeo, Michelle; Zettel, Stephanie

    2017-01-01

    In this chapter we describe the Decoding the Disciplines Faculty Learning Community at Mount Royal University and how Decoding has been used in new and multidisciplinary ways in the various teaching, curriculum, and research projects that are presented in detail in subsequent chapters.

  2. The Learning Alliance: Systems Thinking in Human Resource Development. First Edition. The Jossey-Bass Management Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brinkerhoff, Robert O.; Gill, Stephen J.

    This book presents an approach that organizes the principles and processes of an emerging human resource development (HRD) paradigm requiring training to be everyone's business. Chapter 1 describes the paradigm and presents a practical approach for applying it. Chapter 2 draws a picture of highly effective training (HET), focusing particularly on…

  3. Solid Lubrication Fundamentals and Applications. Chapter 1; Introduction and Background

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miyoshi, Kazuhisa

    1996-01-01

    This chapter presents an introduction and historical background to the field of tribology, especially solid lubrication and lubricants and sets them in the perspective of techniques and materials in lubrication. Also, solid and liquid lubrication films are defined and described.

  4. Filling in the gaps: Illuminating (a) Clearing mechanisms in transitional protoplanetary disks, and (b) Quantitative illiteracy among undergraduate science students

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Follette, Katherine Brutlag

    What processes are responsible for the dispersal of protoplanetary disks? In this dissertation, beginning with a brief Introduction to planet detection, disk dispersal and high-contrast imaging in Chapter 1, I will describe how ground-based adaptive optics (AO) imaging can help to inform these processes. Chapter 2 presents Polarized Differential Imaging (PDI) of the transitional disk SR21 at H-band taken as part of the Strategic Exploration of Exoplanets and Disks with Subaru (SEEDS). These observations were the first to show that transition disk cavities can appear markedly different at different wavelengths. The observation that the sub-mm cavity is absent in NIR scattered light is consistent with grain filtration at a planet-induced gap edge. Chapter 3 presents SEEDS data of the transition disk Oph IRS 48. This highly asymmetrical disk is also most consistent with a planet-induced clearing mechanism. In particular, the images reveal both the disk cavity and a spiral arm/divot that had not been imaged previously. This study demonstrates the power of multiwavelength PDI imaging to verify disk structure and to probe azimuthal variation in grain properties. Chapter 4 presents Magellan visible light adaptive optics imaging of the silhouette disk Orion 218-354. In addition to its technical merits, these observations reveal the surprising fact that this very young disk is optically thin at H-alpha. The simplest explanation for this observation is that significant grain growth has occurred in this disk, which may be responsible for the pre-transitional nature of its SED. Chapter 5 presents brief descriptions of several other works-in-progress that build on my previous work. These include the MagAO Giant Accreting Protoplanet Survey (GAPlanetS), which will probe the inner regions of transition disks at unprecedented resolution in search of young planets in the process of formation. Chapters 6-8 represent my educational research in quantitative literacy, beginning with an introduction to the literature and study motivation in Chapter 6. Chapter 7 describes the development and validation of the Quantitative Reasoning for College Science (QuaRCS) Assessment instrument. Chapter 8 briefly describes the next steps for Phase II of the QuaRCS study.

  5. Introduction: The SERENITY vision

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maña, Antonio; Spanoudakis, George; Kokolakis, Spyros

    In this chapter we present an overview of the SERENITY approach. We describe the SERENITY model of secure and dependable applications and show how it addresses the challenge of developing, integrating and dynamically maintaining security and dependability mechanisms in open, dynamic, distributed and heterogeneous computing systems and in particular Ambient Intelligence scenarios. The chapter describes the basic concepts used in the approach and introduces the different processes supported by SERENITY, along with the tools provided.

  6. Increasing Teacher Effectiveness. Fundamentals of Educational Planning, 39.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Anderson, Lorin W.

    Research on increasing teacher effectiveness is presented in this book. Chapter 1 outlines a framework for investigating and understanding teacher effectiveness, with attention to the following components: teacher and student characteristics; curriculum; classroom environment and management; teaching; and learning. Chapter 2 describes the two…

  7. Faculty Handbook. Regis College.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Regis Coll., Weston, MA.

    Regis College policies and procedures are described in this 1976 faculty handbook. Chapter 1 covers college organization and governance, including roles of academic officers and committees. Specific faculty data are presented in Chapter 2, such as definition of academic ranks and titles, recruitment and appointment, promotion, tenure, review,…

  8. Developing Integrated Programs: A Transdisciplinary Approach for Early Intervention.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Coling, Marcia Cain

    This book presents an amalgam of early intervention ideas from the fields of education, occupational therapy, and physical therapy for children with developmental delays. An introductory chapter describes the approach's three theoretical bases: neurodevelopmental treatment (NDT), sensory integration, and Piagetian theory. Chapter 1 considers…

  9. Status of volcanism studies for the Yucca Mountain Site Characterization Project

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Crowe, B.; Perry, F.; Murrell, M.

    1995-02-01

    Chapter 1 introduces the volcanism issue for the Yucca Mountain site and provides the reader with an overview of the organization, content, and significant conclusions of this report. The risk of future basaltic volcanism is the primary topic of concern including both events that intersect a potential repository and events that occur near or within the waste isolation system of a repository. Chapter 2 describes the volcanic history of the Yucca Mountain region (YMR) and emphasizes the Pliocene and Quaternary volcanic record, the interval of primary concern for volcanic risk assessment. The Lathrop Wells volcanic center is described in detailmore » because it is the youngest basalt center in the YMR. Chapter 3 describes the tectonic setting of the YMR and presents and assesses the significance of multiple alternative tectonic models. Geophysical data are described for the YMR and are used as an aid to understand the distribution of basaltic volcanic centers. Chapter 4 discusses the petrologic and geochemical features of basaltic volcanism in the YMR, the southern Great Basin and the Basin and Range province. The long time of activity and characteristic small volume of the Postcaldera basalt of the YMR result in one of the lowest eruptive rates in a volcanic field in the southwest United States. Chapter 5 summarizes current concepts of the segregation, ascent, and eruption of basalt magma. Chapter 6 summarizes the history of volcanism studies (1979 through early 1994), including work for the Yucca Mountain Site Characterization Project and overview studies by the state of Nevada and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Chapter 7 summarizes probabilistic volcanic hazard assessment using a three-part conditional probability model. Chapter 8 describes remaining volcanism work judged to be needed to complete characterization studies for the YMR. Chapter 9 summarizes the conclusions of this volcanism status report.« less

  10. Regional demand forecasting and simulation model: user's manual. Task 4, final report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Parhizgari, A M

    1978-09-25

    The Department of Energy's Regional Demand Forecasting Model (RDFOR) is an econometric and simulation system designed to estimate annual fuel-sector-region specific consumption of energy for the US. Its purposes are to (1) provide the demand side of the Project Independence Evaluation System (PIES), (2) enhance our empirical insights into the structure of US energy demand, and (3) assist policymakers in their decisions on and formulations of various energy policies and/or scenarios. This report provides a self-contained user's manual for interpreting, utilizing, and implementing RDFOR simulation software packages. Chapters I and II present the theoretical structure and the simulation of RDFOR,more » respectively. Chapter III describes several potential scenarios which are (or have been) utilized in the RDFOR simulations. Chapter IV presents an overview of the complete software package utilized in simulation. Chapter V provides the detailed explanation and documentation of this package. The last chapter describes step-by-step implementation of the simulation package using the two scenarios detailed in Chapter III. The RDFOR model contains 14 fuels: gasoline, electricity, natural gas, distillate and residual fuels, liquid gases, jet fuel, coal, oil, petroleum products, asphalt, petroleum coke, metallurgical coal, and total fuels, spread over residential, commercial, industrial, and transportation sectors.« less

  11. Graphite from the University of Idaho Thermolyzed Asphalt Reaction (GUITAR): Fundamental Electrochemical Characterizations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gyan, Isaiah Owusu

    This dissertation details electrochemical characterization of GUITAR (Graphite from the University of Idaho Thermolyzed Asphalt Reaction), a new allotrope of carbon. Applications based on fundamental electrochemical properties of this material are also presented. The dissertation is presented in five chapters. Chapter one presents a summary of the discovery and physical characterizations of GUITAR and how its physical properties position it among carbon materials. In chapter two, fundamental electrochemical properties covering aqueous potential window and electron transfer kinetics with common dissolved redox couples are presented. This chapter highlights significant electrochemical differences between GUITAR and other sp2 carbon materials, notably, fast electron transfer across basal plane GUITAR, contrary to reports at basal planes of graphite and graphene electrodes. In chapter three, the concept of electron transfer facility is extended with biologically relevant molecules. GUITAR is shown to be suitable for biosensing with properties such as; facile electron transfer, low detection limit, high resistance to fouling and stability to anodic regeneration procedures. Chapter four presents further exploration of GUITAR's wide cathodic potential limits in other aqueous electrolytes and preliminary studies towards the exploitation of this property in the negative half of vanadium redox flow battery, where GUITAR-based electrodes are expected to increase coulombic efficiency and increase battery performance due to low hydrogen evolution. Chapter five concludes this dissertation with point-by-point presentation of significant discoveries that highlights GUITAR's uniqueness. This chapter also describes how the various fundamental electrochemical properties of GUITAR make it useful for various applications.

  12. Education and Human Resources Sector Assessment Manual.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pigozzi, Mary Joy; Cieutat, Victor J.

    This manual endorses and adopts the sector-assessment approach for planning and managing the allocation of educational resources. Chapter 1 presents the manual's goals. Chapter 2 describes the manual's content and information sources, explains the term "sector assessment," identifies the groups that benefit from recommendations made by…

  13. Geohydrologic systems in Kansas, geohydrology of the upper aquifer unit in the western interior plains aquifer system

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Kenny, J.F.; Wolf, R.J.; Hansen, Cristi V.

    1993-01-01

    The purpose of the investigation is to provide a description of the principal geohydrologic systems in Upper Cambrian through Lower Cretaceous rocks in Kansas. This investigation was made as part of the Central Midwest Regional Aquifer-System Analysis (CMRASA). The CMRASA is one of several major investigations by the U.S. Geological Survey of regional aquifer systems in the United States. These regional investigations are designed to increase knowledge of the flow regime and hydrologic properties of major aquifer systems and to provide quantitative information for the assessment, development, and management of water supplies. The CMRASA study area includes all or parts of 10 Central Midwestern States (Jorgensen and Signor, 1981), as shown of the envelope cover,This Hydrologic Investigations Atlas, which consists of a series of chapters, presents a description of the physical framework and geohydrology of principal aquifers and confining systems in Kansas. Chapter H presents the geohydrology of the upper aquifer unit in the Western Interior Plains aquifer system. The physical framework of the aquifer system in relation to other systems is described by maps and sections showing areal extent and the thickness of rocks that compose the unit. The physical framework of the upper aquifer unit is described in detail in chapter D of the atlas (Hansen and others, in press). The hydrology of the system in relation to that of other systems is described in this chapter by maps showing the altitude of fluid levels and the direction of water movement within the unit. The chemical composition of water in the system is described by maps that show the distribution of dissolved-solids concentrations and the differences in water types on the basis of principal chemical constituents. Chapter A of this atlas series (Wolf and others, 1990) describes the relation of principal geohydrologic systems in Kansas and presents a more detailed discussion of the methods and data used to prepare and ensure consistency among the sets of maps.

  14. Quantum Monte Carlo Calculations Applied to Magnetic Molecules

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Engelhardt, Larry

    2006-01-01

    We have calculated the equilibrium thermodynamic properties of Heisenberg spin systems using a quantum Monte Carlo (QMC) method. We have used some of these systems as models to describe recently synthesized magnetic molecules, and-upon comparing the results of these calculations with experimental data-have obtained accurate estimates for the basic parameters of these models. We have also performed calculations for other systems that are of more general interest, being relevant both for existing experimental data and for future experiments. Utilizing the concept of importance sampling, these calculations can be carried out in an arbitrarily large quantum Hilbert space, while still avoidingmore » any approximations that would introduce systematic errors. The only errors are statistical in nature, and as such, their magnitudes are accurately estimated during the course of a simulation. Frustrated spin systems present a major challenge to the QMC method, nevertheless, in many instances progress can be made. In this chapter, the field of magnetic molecules is introduced, paying particular attention to the characteristics that distinguish magnetic molecules from other systems that are studied in condensed matter physics. We briefly outline the typical path by which we learn about magnetic molecules, which requires a close relationship between experiments and theoretical calculations. The typical experiments are introduced here, while the theoretical methods are discussed in the next chapter. Each of these theoretical methods has a considerable limitation, also described in Chapter 2, which together serve to motivate the present work. As is shown throughout the later chapters, the present QMC method is often able to provide useful information where other methods fail. In Chapter 3, the use of Monte Carlo methods in statistical physics is reviewed, building up the fundamental ideas that are necessary in order to understand the method that has been used in this work. With these ideas in hand, we then provide a detailed explanation of the current QMC method in Chapter 4. The remainder of the thesis is devoted to presenting specific results: Chapters 5 and 6 contain articles in which this method has been used to answer general questions that are relevant to broad classes of systems. Then, in Chapter 7, we provide an analysis of four different species of magnetic molecules that have recently been synthesized and studied. In all cases, comparisons between QMC calculations and experimental data allow us to distinguish a viable microscopic model and make predictions for future experiments. In Chapter 8, the infamous ''negative sign problem'' is described in detail, and we clearly indicate the limitations on QMC that are imposed by this obstacle. Finally, Chapter 9 contains a summary of the present work and the expected directions for future research.« less

  15. Ultracool Dwarfs and their companions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blake, Cullen H.

    This thesis explores new techniques for making precise measurements of low-mass stars and brown dwarfs, collectively known as Ultracool Dwarfs (UCDs). These new techniques are directly applicable to the search for extrasolar planets and efforts to test theoretical models of stellar structure and evolution at the bottom of the main sequence. The first three chapters of this thesis describe the development and application of a new technique for making radial velocity measurements of UCDs at near infrared (NIR) wavelengths. The first chapter describes a pilot study that demonstrates a significant improvement over previous work on Doppler measurements in the NIR. Using this technique we have carried out a Doppler survey of 65 L dwarfs. The second chapter describes the discovery of a new spectroscopic binary that may be one of the most important for constraining theoretical models of UCDs. The third chapter describes the Doppler survey in detail and presents measurements of a new spectroscopic binary system that is an excellent candidate for a giant planetary companion to a mid-L dwarf. This chapter also includes a discussion of the of the rotation, space motions, and binarity of the L dwarfs in the survey sample. The fourth chapter describes efforts to obtain precise photometric measurements of UCDs with the Peters Automated Infrared Imaging Telescope (PAIRITEL). Using software scheduling and data reduction systems designed in part by the author, PAIRITEL gathered more than 10 6 seconds of observations of a sample of 20 UCDs. We investigate the limitations to ground-based infrared photometry and characterize the ability of a system like PAIRITEL to detect transits of UCDs by Earth-like planets. The fifth chapter explores the potential impact of future synoptic surveys on studies of UCDs. Surveys like Pan-STARRS and LSST will obtain a small number of high-quality observations of a large number of UCDs. Using data from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey, we demonstrate that such data can be used to reliably detect low-mass eclipsing binary stars. We present the discovery of a double- lined eclipsing binary system that allows us to directly measure the masses and radii of two M dwarfs.

  16. Caracterisation et modelisation de la degradation des proprietes fonctionnelles des AMF soumis a un chargement cyclique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Paradis, Alexandre

    The principal objective of the present thesis is to elaborate a computational model describing the mechanical properties of NiTi under different loading conditions. Secondary objectives are to build an experimental database of NiTi under stress, strain and temperature in order to validate the versatility of the new model proposed herewith. The simulation model used presently at Laboratoire sur les Alliage a Memoire et les Systemes Intelligents (LAMSI) of ETS is showing good behaviour in quasi-static loading. However, dynamic loading with the same model do not allows one to include degradation. The goal of the present thesis is to build a model capable of describing such degradation in a relatively accurate manner. Some experimental testing and results will be presented. In particular, new results on the behaviour of NiTi being paused during cycling are presented in chapter 2. A model is developed in chapter 3 based on Likhachev's micromechanical model. Good agreement is found with experimental data. Finally, an adaptation of the model is presented in chapter 4, allowing it to be eventually implemented into a finite-element commercial software.

  17. Fourth - generation languages. Volume 2. Representative 4GLs

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Martin, J.

    1986-01-01

    The chapters in Part II each describe one representative product marketed by a vendor other than IBM. (Volume III of this work covers IBM languages.) The chapters in Part II cover the following 4GLs: ADS/ONLINE, APPLICATION FACTORY, DATATRIEVE, FOCUS, IDEAL, INTELLECT, MANTIS, MIMER, NATURAL, NOMAD2, RAMIS II, SYSTEM W, and USE-IT. The Perspective section of Part II presents a general overview of the product and describes its role in the marketplace. The Tutorial section describes how a user employs the language in application development.

  18. HRD and Learning Organisations in Europe. Routledge Studies in Human Resource Development.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tjepkema, Saskia, Ed.; Stewart, Jim, Ed.; Sambrook, Sally, Ed.; Mulder, Martin, Ed.; ter Horst, Hilde, Ed.; Scheerens, Jaap, Ed.

    This book presents results of a European study into the changing role of human resource development (HRD). Chapter 1, "Introduction," describes the background, objectives, research questions, and underlying research project. Chapter 2, "Learning Organizations and HRD" (Saskia Tjepkema, Hilde ter Horst, Martin Mulder), discusses…

  19. How Children Learn Mathematics, Teaching Implications of Piaget's Research.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Copeland, Richard W.

    Included are the standard topics presented in the undergraduate and/or graduate course on methods of teaching mathematics in elementary education. Chapter 1 describes the historical development of learning theories, including Piaget's. Chapter 2 contains a biographical sketch of Piaget and an explanation of his theory of cognitive development.…

  20. Minneapolis Multi-Ethnic Curriculum Project--Prejudice/Discrimination Unit.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Skjervold, Christian K.; And Others

    The student booklet presents short chapters illustrating the prejudice/discrimination unit of the Minneapolis Multi-Ethnic Curriculum Project for secondary schools. Fifteen brief chapters describe the ways Americans have and still do discriminate against the people of various ethnic groups. Topics cover the history and policies of the Know-Nothing…

  1. Vocational Education: Options and Directions. Working Paper 18.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stokes, Helen; Holdsworth, Roger

    This paper presents practical options for school development in relation to vocational education ranging from small and specific steps to larger whole school change. Chapter 1 describes the context. Chapter 2 highlights three interlocked imperatives to attain this objective: a comprehensive and well-structured educational program that deals…

  2. Richland Community College's Self-Study and Institutional Plan, Spring 1993.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Richland Community Coll., Decatur, IL.

    Providing detailed information on Richland Community College (RCC), in Decatur, Illinois, this report reviews institutional planning, services, and assessment at the college and presents recommendations for improvement. The first chapter reviews the history of RCC, focusing on the college's accreditation history. The second chapter describes RCC's…

  3. Chapter One in Ohio: Education Consolidation and Improvement Act. 20th Annual Evaluation Report, Fiscal 1985.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Young, Eileen, Ed.

    The 20th annual report describes federally-funded compensatory programs for educationally disadvantaged children (migrants, handicapped, neglected, and delinquent) provided in Ohio through Chapter I of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act and presents statistics for fiscal 1985, participation trends, instructional impact, expenditure…

  4. Urban Water Conservation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moomaw, Ronald L.

    According to its abstract, this book attempts ‘an assessment of various water conservation measures aimed at reducing residential water usage.’ Its intent is to develop a research program whose ‘ultimate goal is to engender a conservation ethic among water users and managers and develop a predictable array of conservation methodologies. …’ Professor Flack indeed has presented an excellent assessment of conservation methodologies, but I believe that the proposed research program is too limited.Following a brief introductory chapter, chapter II presents an extensive review of the water conservation literature published in the 1970's and earlier. It and chapter III, which describes Flack's systematic comparison of the technical, economic, and political aspects of each conservation methodology, are the heart of the book. Chapter IV is a brief discussion and analysis of conservation programs (with examples) that a water utility might adopt. Chapter V is essentially a pilot study of methods of assessing political and social feasibility. Finally, a set of recommendations is presented in chapter VI. All in all, this book is a nice blend of literature review and original research that deals with an important issue.

  5. NASA Handbook for Nickel-Hydrogen Batteries

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dunlop, James D.; Gopalakrishna, M. Rao; Yi, Thomas Y.

    1993-01-01

    Nickel-hydrogen (NiH2) batteries are finding more applications in the aerospace energy storage. Since 1983, NiH2 batteries have become the primary energy storage system used for Geosynchronous-Orbit (GEO) Satellites. The first NASA application for NiH2 batteries was the Low Earth Orbit (LEO) Hubble Space Telescope Satellite launched in 1990. The handbook was prepared as a reference book to aid in the application of this technology. That is, to aid in the cell and battery design, procurement, testing, and handling of NiH2 batteries. The design of individual pressure vessel NiH2 cells is covered in Chapter l. LEO and GEO applications and their requirements are discussed in Chapter 2. The design of NiH2 batteries for both GEO and LEO applications is discussed in Chapter 3. Advanced design concepts such as the common pressure vessel and bipolar NiH2 batteries are described in Chapter 4. Performance data are presented in Chapter 5. Storage and handling of the NiH2 cells and batteries are discussed in Chapter 6. Standard test procedures are presented in Chapter 7. Cell and battery procurements are discussed in Chapter 8. Finally, safety procedures are discussed in Chapter 9.

  6. Plasma Physics Applied (New Book)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grabbe, Crockett

    2007-03-01

    0.5cm Plasma physics applications are one of the most rapidly growing fields in engineering & applied science today. The last decade alone has seen the rapid emergence of new applications such as dusty plasmas in the semiconductor and microchip industries, and plasma TVs. In addition, this last decade saw the achievement of the 50-year Lawson breakeven condition for fusion. With new discoveries in space plasma physics and applications to spacecraft for worldwide communication and space weather, as well as new applications being discovered, this diversity is always expanding. The new book Plasma Physics Applied reviews developments in several of these areas. Chapter 1 reviews the content and its authors, and is followed by a more comprehensive review of plasma physics applications in general in Chapter 2. Plasma applications in combustion and environmental uses are presented in Chapter 3. Lightning effects in planetary magnetospheres and potential application are described in Chapter 4. The area of dusty plasmas in both industrial and space plasmas and their applications are reviewed in Chapter 5. The particular area of Coulomb clusters in dusty plasmas is presented in Chapter 6. The variety of approaches to plasma confinement in magnetic devices for fusion are laid out in Chapter 7. Finally, an overview of plasma accelerator developments and their applications are presented in Chapter 8.

  7. Gate-controlled-diodes in silicon-on-sapphire: A computer simulation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gassaway, J. D.

    1974-01-01

    The computer simulation of the electrical behavior of a Gate-Controlled Diode (GCD) fabricated in Silicon-On-Sapphire (SOS) was described. A procedure for determining lifetime profiles from capacitance and reverse current measurements on the GCD was established. Chapter 1 discusses the SOS structure and points out the need of lifetime profiles to assist in device design for GCD's and bipolar transistors. Chapter 2 presents the one-dimensional analytical formula for electrostatic analysis of the SOS-GCD which are useful for data interpretation and setting boundary conditions on a simplified two-dimensional analysis. Chapter 3 gives the results of a two-dimensional analysis which treats the field as one-dimensional until the silicon film is depleted and the field penetrates the sapphire substrate. Chapter 4 describes a more complete two-dimensional model and gives results of programs implementing the model.

  8. Analysis options for estimating status and trends in long-term monitoring

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Bart, Jonathan; Beyer, Hawthorne L.

    2012-01-01

    This chapter describes methods for estimating long-term trends in ecological parameters. Other chapters in this volume discuss more advanced methods for analyzing monitoring data, but these methods may be relatively inaccessible to some readers. Therefore, this chapter provides an introduction to trend analysis for managers and biologists while also discussing general issues relevant to trend assessment in any long-term monitoring program. For simplicity, we focus on temporal trends in population size across years. We refer to the survey results for each year as the “annual means” (e.g. mean per transect, per plot, per time period). The methods apply with little or no modification, however, to formal estimates of population size, other temporal units (e.g. a month), to spatial or other dimensions such as elevation or a north–south gradient, and to other quantities such as chemical or geological parameters. The chapter primarily discusses methods for estimating population-wide parameters rather than studying variation in trend within the population, which can be examined using methods presented in other chapters (e.g. Chapters 7, 12, 20). We begin by reviewing key concepts related to trend analysis. We then describe how to evaluate potential bias in trend estimates. An overview of the statistical models used to quantify trends is then presented. We conclude by showing ways to estimate trends using simple methods that can be implemented with spreadsheets.

  9. Alternative control techniques document: NOx emissions from industrial/commercial/institutional (ICI) boilers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Not Available

    1994-03-01

    Industrial, commercial, and institutional (ICI) boilers have been identified as a category that emits more than 25 tons of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) per year. This alternative control techniques (ACT) document provides technical information for use by State and local agencies to develop and implement regulatory programs to control NOx emissions from ICI boilers. Additional ACT documents are being developed for other stationary source categories. Chapter 2 summarizes the findings of this study. Chapter 3 presents information on the ICI boiler types, fuels, operation, and industry applications. Chapter 4 discusses NOx formation and uncontrolled NOx emission factors. Chapter 5 coversmore » alternative control techniques and achievable controlled emission levels. Chapter 6 presents the cost and cost effectiveness of each control technique. Chapter 7 describes environmental and energy impacts associated with implementing the NOx control techniques. Finally, Appendices A through G provide the detailed data used in this study to evaluate uncontrolled and controlled emissions and the costs of controls for several retrofit scenarios.« less

  10. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Neitzel, Duane A.; Antonio, Ernest J.; Eschbach, Tara O.

    2001-09-01

    This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the thirteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the fourteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

  11. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Duncan, Joanne P.

    2002-09-01

    This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the thirteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the fourteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

  12. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization, Revision 15

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Burk, Kenneth W.

    2003-09-01

    This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the thirteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the fourteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

  13. Excited State Structural Dynamics of Carotenoids and ChargeTransfer Systems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Van Tassle, Aaron Justin

    This dissertation describes the development andimplementation of a visible/near infrared pump/mid-infrared probeapparatus. Chapter 1 describes the background and motivation ofinvestigating optically induced structural dynamics, paying specificattention to solvation and the excitation selection rules of highlysymmetric molecules such as carotenoids. Chapter 2 describes thedevelopment and construction of the experimental apparatus usedthroughout the remainder of this dissertation. Chapter 3 will discuss theinvestigation of DCM, a laser dye with a fluorescence signal resultingfrom a charge transfer state. By studying the dynamics of DCM and of itsmethyl deuterated isotopomer (an otherwise identical molecule), we areable to investigate the origins of the charge transfer statemore » and provideevidence that it is of the controversial twisted intramolecular (TICT)type. Chapter 4 introduces the use of two-photon excitation to the S1state, combined with one-photon excitation to the S2 state of thecarotenoid beta-apo-8'-carotenal. These 2 investigations show evidencefor the formation of solitons, previously unobserved in molecular systemsand found only in conducting polymers Chapter 5 presents an investigationof the excited state dynamics of peridinin, the carotenoid responsiblefor the light harvesting of dinoflagellates. This investigation allowsfor a more detailed understanding of the importance of structuraldynamics of carotenoids in light harvesting.« less

  14. We Deliver: The Story of the U.S. Postal Service.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Postal Service, Washington, DC.

    This eight-chapter illustrated booklet chronicles the history of the U.S. Post Office from its establishment by the Continental Congress in 1775 to the present. Chapter 1, "The Colonists," describes the postal service before the Revolutionary War. Benjamin Franklin's appointment as the first Postmaster General of the U.S. and his many…

  15. Teaching Economics to Young Adolescents: A Research-Based Rationale.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Davis, James E.

    This booklet presents a research-based rationale for teaching economics at the middle/junior high school level in the United States. Chapter 1, "Introduction," describes the project in which the rationale was developed and outlines the remainder of the document. Chapter 2, "Elements of a Rationale for Middle School Economic Education," presents…

  16. Putting the Pieces Together and Asking the Hard Questions: Transfer Associate Degrees in Perspective

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wagoner, Richard L.; Kisker, Carrie B.

    2012-01-01

    The previous six chapters have focused on particular aspects of the processes involved in implementing transfer associate degrees in various states. In this chapter, the authors synthesize that information by presenting an ideal state-level organizational model for implementing these degrees and describing the various constituencies involved in…

  17. An Evaluation of the Chapter 2 Inexpensive Book Distribution Program.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Abbott, Catherine; And Others

    This report describes and evaluates the Chapter 2 Inexpensive Book Distribution Program (IBDP), a federal program designed to motivate children from age three to high school to read, and the Reading Is Fundamental (RIF) organization--the sole contractor of the IBDP. Following an executive summary, an introductory section presents basic…

  18. Vocational Education and Training Reform in Estonia.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    European Training Foundation, Turin (Italy).

    This report on vocational education and training (VET) reform in Estonia is one of a series of country reports by the European Training Foundation on the reform process in partner countries. Chapter 1 provides basic data on the country. Chapter 2 describes the present situation and recent developments in VET. It covers main features of the…

  19. Recognizing the Needs of the Homeless.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    France, Joseph B.

    This paper summarizes reports and research on the homeless in the United States, presents findings of a survey of Red Cross chapters on services to the homeless, and describes programs for the homeless of selected Red Cross chapters. Section 1 discusses definitions of homelessness and methodologies used to count homeless people. The homeless are…

  20. Child Abuse and Neglect: A Report on the Status of the Research.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hurt, Maure, Jr.

    This state-of-the-art report provides preliminary information on the status of child abuse and neglect research projects currently in progress or recently completed. Each chapter discusses a particular research problem area and outlines the relevant demonstration projects. Chapter I describes the background of our present perception of child abuse…

  1. Integrating Vocational & Academic Education. A Handbook Featuring Four Demonstration Sites Including Students from Special Populations.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tindall, Lloyd W.; And Others

    This handbook describes the processes and techniques used to develop, implement, and evaluate four integrated vocational and academic learning programs in Wisconsin that included students from special populations. The handbook contains seven chapters. Chapter 1 presents an overview of the project, including the request for proposal process and…

  2. Vocational Training in Portugal.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mota, Artur; And Others

    This report on vocational training in Portugal contains 8 chapters, a 26-item bibliography, and 2 appendices. Chapter 1 describes the geography, political system, population, and employment situation of Portugal. Chapter 2 describes the economic framework of Portugal. Chapter 3 describes the education system, the apprenticeship system, other…

  3. Landslides and engineering geology of the Seattle, Washington, area

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Baum, Rex L.; Godt, Jonathan W.; Highland, Lynn M.

    2008-01-01

    This volume brings together case studies and summary papers describing the application of state-of-the-art engineering geologic methods to landslide hazard analysis for the Seattle, Washington, area. An introductory chapter provides a thorough description of the Quaternary and bedrock geology of Seattle. Nine additional chapters review the history of landslide mapping in Seattle, present case studies of individual landslides, describe the results of spatial assessments of landslide hazard, discuss hydrologic controls on landsliding, and outline an early warning system for rainfall-induced landslides.

  4. Field Techniques for Estimating Water Fluxes Between Surface Water and Ground Water

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Rosenberry, Donald O.; LaBaugh, James W.

    2008-01-01

    This report focuses on measuring the flow of water across the interface between surface water and ground water, rather than the hydrogeological or geochemical processes that occur at or near this interface. The methods, however, that use hydrogeological and geochemical evidence to quantify water fluxes are described herein. This material is presented as a guide for those who have to examine the interaction of surface water and ground water. The intent here is that both the overview of the many available methods and the in-depth presentation of specific methods will enable the reader to choose those study approaches that will best meet the requirements of the environments and processes they are investigating, as well as to recognize the merits of using more than one approach. This report is designed to make the reader aware of the breadth of approaches available for the study of the exchange between surface and ground water. To accomplish this, the report is divided into four chapters. Chapter 1 describes many well-documented approaches for defining the flow between surface and ground waters. Subsequent chapters provide an in-depth presentation of particular methods. Chapter 2 focuses on three of the most commonly used methods to either calculate or directly measure flow of water between surface-water bodies and the ground-water domain: (1) measurement of water levels in well networks in combination with measurement of water level in nearby surface water to determine water-level gradients and flow; (2) use of portable piezometers (wells) or hydraulic potentiomanometers to measure hydraulic gradients; and (3) use of seepage meters to measure flow directly. Chapter 3 focuses on describing the techniques involved in conducting water-tracer tests using fluorescent dyes, a method commonly used in the hydrogeologic investigation and characterization of karst aquifers, and in the study of water fluxes in karst terranes. Chapter 4 focuses on heat as a tracer in hydrological investigations of the near-surface environment.

  5. The relationship of high school students' attitudes towards creation and evolution with the students' worldview philosophy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ray, Donald David, Jr.

    This prospectus examines the relationship of high school students' attitudes toward creation and evolution with the student's worldview philosophy. Chapter 1 presents the purpose of the research, which is to discover if there is a positive correlation in the relationship of high school students' attitudes toward creation and evolution and other aspects of worldview such as politics, economics, education, religion, and social issues. Also, the study will examine the frequency and comparative magnitude of the worldviews of homeschool, public school and Christian school students. Chapter 2 surveys precedents in the literature that are appropriate to the study. The significant literature to the study begins with the analysis of the relevant theological presuppositions pertaining to the topics of creation, evolution, and worldview. The analysis then moves to the literature on the relevant educational assumptions, which include theories, philosophies and practices related to high school students' attitudes toward creation and evolution with worldviews. Chapter 3 describes the methodological design for the study. Included in the chapter are the selection and profile of the sample, the selection and development of the instruments, namely the Creationist Worldview Test developed by Steve Deckard, and the PEERS Test---a worldview opinion survey developed by the Nehemiah Institute. Finally, the step-by-step protocol used in gathering the data completes the section. Chapter 4 presents the analysis of the data developed from the responses to the Creationist Worldview Test and the PEERS Test provided by the Nehemiah Institute and by the researcher. Profiles of each of the subgroups will be provided along with comparative analysis of the profiles. Concluding the chapter are summaries of profiles and comparative analysis. Chapter 5 presents a summary of the data describes the relationship of high school students' attitudes toward creation and evolution with the student's worldview philosophy. In addition, the major findings and general conclusions from the data are provided. The chapter concludes with recommendations for further research in this correlational analysis of origins.

  6. Gaia DR2 documentation Chapter 7: Variability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eyer, L.; Guy, L.; Distefano, E.; Clementini, G.; Mowlavi, N.; Rimoldini, L.; Roelens, M.; Audard, M.; Holl, B.; Lanzafame, A.; Lebzelter, T.; Lecoeur-Taïbi, I.; Molnár, L.; Ripepi, V.; Sarro, L.; Jevardat de Fombelle, G.; Nienartowicz, K.; De Ridder, J.; Juhász, Á.; Molinaro, R.; Plachy, E.; Regibo, S.

    2018-04-01

    This chapter of the Gaia DR2 documentation describes the models and methods used on the 22 months of data to produce the Gaia variable star results for Gaia DR2. The variability processing and analysis was based mostly on the calibrated G and integrated BP and RP photometry. The variability analysis approach to the Gaia data has been described in Eyer et al. (2017), and the Gaia DR2 results are presented in Holl et al. (2018). Detailed methods on specific topics will be published in a number of separate articles. Variability behaviour in the colour magnitude diagram is presented in Gaia Collaboration et al. (2018c).

  7. SeaWiFS Technical Report Series. Volume 41; Case Studies for SeaWiFS Calibration and Validation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yeh, Eueng-nan; Barnes, Robert A.; Darzi, Michael; Kumar, Lakshmi; Early, Edward A.; Johnson, B. Carol; Mueller, James L.; Trees, Charles C.

    1997-01-01

    This document provides brief reports, or case studies, on a number of investigations sponsored by the Calibration and Validation Team (CVT) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. Chapter I describes the calibration and characterization of the GSFC sphere, which was used in the recent recalibration of the SeaWiFS instrument. Chapter 2 presents a revision of the diffuse attenuation coefficient, K(490), algorithm based on the SeaWiFS wavelengths. Chapter 3 provides an implementation scheme for an algorithm to remove out-of-band radiance when using a sensor calibration based on a finite width (truncated) spectral response function, e.g., between the 1% transmission points. Chapter 4 describes the implementation schemes for the stray light quality flag (local area coverage [LAC] and global area coverage [GAC]) and the LAC stray light correction.

  8. Reynolds stress closure in jet flows using wave models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Morris, Philip J.

    1990-01-01

    A collection of papers is presented. The outline of this report is as follows. Chapter three contains a description of a weakly nonlinear turbulence model that was developed. An essential part of the application of such a closure scheme to general geometry jets is the solution of the local hydrodynamic stability equation for a given jet cross-section. Chapter four describes the conformal mapping schemes used to map such geometries onto a simple computational domain. Chapter five describes a solution of a stability problem for circular, elliptic, and rectangular geometries. In chapter six linear models for the shock shell structure in non-circular jets is given. The appendices contain reprints of papers also published during this study including the following topics: (1) instability of elliptic jets; (2) a technique for predicting the shock cell structure in non-circular jets using a vortex sheet model; and (3) the resonant interaction between twin supersonic jets.

  9. Living Together in Space: The Design and Operation of the Life Support Systems on the International Space Station. Volume 1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wieland, P. O.

    1998-01-01

    The International Space Station (ISS) incorporates elements designed and developed by an international consortium led by the United States (U.S.), and by Russia. For this cooperative effort to succeed, it is crucial that the designs and methods of design of the other partners are understood sufficiently to ensure compatibility. Environmental Control and Life Support (ECLS) is one system in which functions are performed independently on the Russian Segment (RS) and on the U.S./international segments. This document describes, in two volumes, the design and operation of the ECLS Systems (ECLSS) on board the ISS. This current volume, Volume 1, is divided into three chapters. Chapter 1 is a general overview of the ISS, describing the configuration, general requirements, and distribution of systems as related to the ECLSS, and includes discussion of the design philosophies of the partners and methods of verification of equipment. Chapter 2 describes the U.S. ECLSS and technologies in greater detail. Chapter 3 describes the ECLSS in the European Attached Pressurized Module (APM), Japanese Experiment Module (JEM), and Italian Mini-Pressurized Logistics Module (MPLM). Volume II describes the Russian ECLSS and technologies in greater detail. These documents present thorough, yet concise, descriptions of the ISS ECLSS.

  10. A Simplified Theory of ELF Propagation in the Earth-Ionosphere Transmission Line and Its Worldwide Application.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-03-31

    1.56 1.26 153 ~.Comparison with the method of Papper and Moler (1974) The method of calculation described in Chapter 3 and applied in this chapter was...digitization of the profiles. Using their method, Papper and Moler (private communication) have kindly performed calculations corresponding to those presented

  11. Experiences and Lessons of the School-to-Work/Youth Apprenticeship Demonstration. Research and Evaluation Report Series 97-E.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Employment and Training Administration (DOL), Washington, DC.

    This report presents a final assessment of the early implementation of the School-to-Work (STW)/Youth Apprenticeship Demonstration programs and participants. Chapter I describes the evolution of STW policy. Chapter II discusses marketing methods, the student selection process and selection criteria, reasons for student participation, and number…

  12. Voices for Women. 1980 Report of the President's Advisory Committee for Women.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    President's Advisory Committee for Women, Washington, DC.

    This report presents the recommendations of the President's Advisory Committee for Women, a blueprint for action to complete the unfinished business of bringing equality and fair treatment to the women of the United States. The report is divided into six chapters. Chapter I describes the Committee's mandate, its tasks, and the process that led…

  13. Cuento Therapy. Folktales as a Culturally Sensitive Psychotherapy for Puerto Rican Children. Monograph No. 12.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Constantino, Giuseppe; And Others

    A seven-year project developing and testing cuento therapy, a form of child psychotherapy in which Puerto Rican mothers recount to their children folktales taken from Puerto Rican culture, is described and evaluated in this monograph. Chapter 1 explains how the research presented in later chapters fits into substantially broader patterns of…

  14. Equal Justice Under Law: The Supreme Court in American Life.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harrell, Mary Ann

    The document describes the establishment, development, procedures, and some landmark cases of the U.S. Supreme Court. The objective is to explore the history of the court and to explain its role in the American system of government. The booklet is presented in four chapters. The first chapter, entitled "A Heritage of Law," offers…

  15. The Value of Children: A Cross-National Study, Volume Three. Hawaii.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Arnold, Fred; Fawcett, James T.

    The document, one in a series of seven reports from the Value of Children Project, discusses results of the survey in Hawaii. Specifically, the study investigated the social, psychological, and economic costs and benefits associated with having children. The volume is presented in seven chapters. Chapter I describes the background of the study and…

  16. The Evolution of Evaluation: Title I to Chapter 1.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Merkel-Keller, Claudia

    This paper traces the evaluation requirements of the Title I/Chapter 1 Program since 1966 to the present, discusses the implications of the evaluations, and reports on the evolution of evaluation during this 20 year period. The evaluations are described in four phases: (1) from a nadir of low quality, utility and precision (1966-1974); (2) to a…

  17. What Can Children Learn in Geography? A Review of Research.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rice, Marion J.; Cobb, Russell L.

    The document reviews geography concepts and skills which elementary school children can learn in geography lessons. The study is based on research and evaluation studies with empirical test results and on anecdotal reports of what children have learned. The document is presented in four chapters. Chapter I describes the organization of the study.…

  18. National Sample Survey of Registered Nurses II. Status of Nurses: November 1980.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bentley, Barbara S.; And Others

    This report provides data describing the nursing population as determined by the second national sample survey of registered nurses. A brief introduction is followed by a chapter that presents an overview of the survey methodology, including details on the sampling design, the response rate, and the statistical reliability. Chapter 3 provides a…

  19. Planning and Implementing Career Education for the Special Student, with Emphasis on the Leisure Occupations.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Vinton, Dennis A.; And Others

    A program of career education for exceptional students in the leisure occupations is described. It is explained that the book is designed for regular and special class teachers. Chapters one and two present information on career education principles and implementation. Chapters three through five deal with practical teaching concerns. Behavioral…

  20. Chapter 1 Historical Background on Gamete and Embryo Cryopreservation.

    PubMed

    Ali, Jaffar; AlHarbi, Naif H; Ali, Nafisa

    2017-01-01

    This chapter describes the development of the science of cryopreservation of gametes and embryos of various species including human. It attempts to record in brief the main contributions of workers in their attempts to cryopreserve gametes and embryos. The initial difficulties faced and subsequent developments and triumphs leading to present-day state of the art are given in a concise manner. The main players and their contributions are mentioned and the authors' aim is to do justice to them. This work also attempts to ensure that credit is correctly attributed for significant advances in gamete and embryo cryopreservation. In general this chapter has tried to describe the historical development of the science of cryopreservation of gametes and embryos as accurately as possible without bias or partiality.

  1. SeaWiFS technical report series. Volume 28: SeaWiFS algorithms, part 1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); Acker, James G. (Editor); Mcclain, Charles R.; Arrigo, Kevin; Esaias, Wayne E.; Darzi, Michael; Patt, Frederick S.; Evans, Robert H.; Brown, James W.

    1995-01-01

    This document provides five brief reports that address several algorithm investigations sponsored by the Calibration and Validation Team (CVT) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. This volume, therefore, has been designated as the first in a series of algorithm volumes. Chapter 1 describes the initial suite of masks, used to prevent further processing of contaminated radiometric data, and flags, which are employed to mark data whose quality (due to a variety of factors) may be suspect. In addition to providing the mask and flag algorithms, this chapter also describes the initial strategy for their implementation. Chapter 2 evaluates various strategies for the detection of clouds and ice in high latitude (polar and sub-polar regions) using Coastal Zone Color Scanner (CZCS) data. Chapter 3 presents an algorithm designed for detecting and masking coccolithosphore blooms in the open ocean. Chapter 4 outlines a proposed scheme for correcting the out-of-band response when SeaWiFS is in orbit. Chapter 5 gives a detailed description of the algorithm designed to apply sensor calibration data during the processing of level-1b data.

  2. Prototype Engineered Barrier System Field Test (PEBSFT); Final report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ramirez, A.L.; Buscheck, T.; Carlson, R.

    1991-08-01

    This final report represents a summary of data and interpretations obtained from the Prototype Engineered Barrier System Field Test (PEBSFT) performed in G-Tunnel within the Nevada Test Site. The PEBSFT was conducted to evaluate the applicability of measurement techniques, numerical models, and procedures developed for future field tests that will be conducted in the Exploratory Studies Facilities (ESF) at Yucca Mountain. The primary objective of the test was to provide a basis for determining whether tests planned for the ESF have the potential to be successful. Chapter 1 on high frequency electromagnetic tomography discusses the rock mass electromagnetic permittivity andmore » attenuation rate changes that were measured to characterize the water distribution in the near field of a simulated waste container. The data are used to obtain quantitative estimates of how the moisture content in the rock mass changes during heating and to infer properties of the spatial variability of water distribution, leading to conclusions about the role of fractures in the system. Chapter 2 discusses the changes in rock moisture content detected by the neutron logging probe. Chapter 3 permeability tests discusses the characterization of the in-situ permeability of the fractured tuff around the borehole. The air permeability testing apparatus, the testing procedures, and the data analysis are presented. Chapter 4 describes the moisture collection system installed in the heater borehole to trap and measure the moisture volumes. Chapter 5 describes relative humidity measurements made with the thermocouple psychrometer and capacitance sensors. Chapter 6 discusses gas pressure measurements in the G-Tunnel, addressing the calibration and installation of piezoresistive-gaged transducers. Chapter 7 describes the calibration and installation of thermocouples for temperature measurements. Chapter 8 discusses the results of the PEBSFT.« less

  3. Descriptive models, grade-tonnage relations, and databases for the assessment of sediment-hosted copper deposits: with emphasis on deposits in the Central Africa Copperbelt, Democratic Republic of the Congo and Zambia: Chapter J in Global mineral resource assessment

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Taylor, Cliff D.; Causey, J. Douglas; Denning, Paul; Hammarstrom, Jane M.; Hayes, Timothy S.; Horton, John D.; Kirschbaum, Michael J.; Parks, Heather L.; Wilson, Anna B.; Wintzer, Niki E.; Zientek, Michael L.

    2013-01-01

    Chapter 1 of this report summarizes a descriptive model of sediment-hosted stratabound copper deposits. General characteristics and subtypes of sediment-hosted stratabound copper deposits are described based upon worldwide examples. Chapter 2 provides a global database of 170 sediment-hosted copper deposits, along with a statistical evaluation of grade and tonnage data for stratabound deposits, a comparison of stratabound deposits in the CACB with those found elsewhere, a discussion of the distinctive characteristics of the subtypes of sediment-hosted copper deposits that occur within the CACB, and guidelines for using grade and tonnage distributions for assessment of undiscovered resources in sediment-hosted stratabound deposits in the CACB. Chapter 3 presents a new descriptive model of sediment-hosted structurally controlled replacement and vein (SCRV) copper deposits with descriptions of individual deposits of this type in the CACB and elsewhere. Appendix A describes a relational database of tonnage, grade, and other information for more than 100 sediment-hosted copper deposits in the CACB. These data are used to calculate the pre-mining mineral endowment for individual deposits in the CACB and serve as the basis for the grade and tonnage models presented in chapter 2. Appendix B describes three spatial databases (Esri shapefiles) for (1) point locations of more than 500 sediment-hosted copper deposits and prospects, (2) projected surface extent of 86 selected copper ore bodies, and (3) areal extent of 77 open pits, all within the CACB.

  4. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization Report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Cannon, Sandra D.

    2004-09-22

    This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No statements of significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year's report is the sixteenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the seventeenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, andmore » Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (Weiss) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological, and historical resources, socioeconomics, occupational safety and health, and noise. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities.« less

  5. The NOvA Technical Design Report

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ayres, D.S.; Drake, G.R.; Goodman, M.C.

    Technical Design Report (TDR) describes the preliminary design of the NOvA accelerator upgrades, NOvA detectors, detector halls and detector sites. Compared to the March 2006 and November 2006 NOvA Conceptual Design Reports (CDR), critical value engineering studies have been completed and the alternatives still active in the CDR have been narrowed to achieve a preliminary technical design ready for a Critical Decision 2 review. Many aspects of NOvA described this TDR are complete to a level far beyond a preliminary design. In particular, the access road to the NOvA Far Detector site in Minnesota has an advanced technical design atmore » a level appropriate for a Critical Decision 3a review. Several components of the accelerator upgrade and new neutrino detectors also have advanced technical designs appropriate for a Critical Decision 3a review. Chapter 1 is an Executive Summary with a short description of the NOvA project. Chapter 2 describes how the Fermilab NuMI beam will provide a narrow band beam of neutrinos for NOvA. Chapter 3 gives an updated overview of the scientific basis for the NOvA experiment, focusing on the primary goal to extend the search for {nu}{sub {mu}} {yields} {nu}{sub e} oscillations and measure the sin{sup 2}(2{theta}{sub 13}) parameter. This parameter has not been measured in any previous experiment and NOvA would extend the search by about an order of magnitude beyond the current limit. A secondary goal is to measure the dominant mode oscillation parameters, sin{sup 2}(2{theta}{sub 23}) and {Delta}m{sub 32}{sup 2} to a more precise level than previous experiments. Additional physics goals for NOvA are also discussed. Chapter 4 describes the Scientific Design Criteria which the Fermilab accelerator complex, NOvA detectors and NOvA detector sites must satisfy to meet the physics goals discussed in Chapter 3. Chapter 5 is an overview of the NOvA project. The changes in the design relative to the NOvA CDR are discussed. Chapter 6 summarizes the NOvA design performance relative to the Design Criteria set out in Chapter 4. Chapter 7 presents the Work Breakdown Structure dictionary at Level 3 and the Milestone dictionary. Chapters 8 through 17 then take each Level 2 WBS element of the NOvA project and present each part of the design in more detail than the overview given in Chapter 5. Specific technical design criteria are delineated for each part of the project in addition to the scientific design criteria outlined in Chapter 4. Changes in the design since the NOvA CDR are discussed in detail. The work remaining to bring each part of this preliminary design to a final design is outlined. Appendix A is a guide to other NOvA Project documentation with links to those documents.« less

  6. Surface water quality in streams and rivers: introduction, scaling, and climate change: Chapter 5

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Loperfido, John

    2013-01-01

    A variety of competing and complementary needs such as ecological health, human consumption, transportation, recreation, and economic value make management and protection of water resources in riverine environments essential. Thus, an understanding of the complex and interacting factors that dictate riverine water quality is essential in empowering stake-holders to make informed management decisions (see Chapter 1.15 for additional information on water resource management). Driven by natural and anthropogenic forcing factors, a variety of chemical, physical, and biological processes dictate riverine water quality, resulting in temporal and spatial patterns and cycling (see Chapter 1.2 for information describing how global change interacts with water resources). Furthermore, changes in climatic forcing factors may lead to long-term deviations in water quality outside the envelope of historical data. The goal of this chapter is to present fundamental concepts dictating the conditions of basic water quality parameters in rivers and streams (herein generally referred to as rivers unless discussing a specific system) in the context of temporal (diel (24 h) to decadal) longitudinal scaling. Understanding water quality scaling in rivers is imperative as water is continually reused and recycled (see also Chapters 3.1 and 3.15); upstream discharges from anthropogenic sources are incorporated into bulk riverine water quality that is used by downstream consumers. Water quality parameters reviewed here include temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), and suspended sediment and were selected given the abundance of data available for these parameters due to recent advances in water quality sensor technology (see Chapter 4.13 for use of hydrologic data in watershed management). General equations describing reactions affecting water temperature, pH, DO, and suspended sediment are included to convey the complexity of how simultaneously occurring reactions can affect water quality in rivers. Concepts presented in this chapter will provide a backdrop that other chapters in this book will explore further, including water quality in the following riverine systems: the Mississippi River (see Chapter 4.9), Hudson River (see Chapter 4.6), and rivers in India (see Chapter 4.10).

  7. A report on the USL NASA/RECON project. Part 1: The development of a transportable, university level, IS and R educational program

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dominick, Wayne D. (Editor); Gallagher, Suzy; Granier, Martin

    1984-01-01

    A project is described which has as its goal the production of a set of system-independent, discipline-independent, transportable college level courses to educate science and engineering students in the use of large-scale information storage and retrieval systems. This project is being conducted with the cooperation and sponsorship of NASA by R and D teams at the University of Southwest Louisiana and Southern University. Chapter 1 is an introduction, providing an overview and a listing of the management phases. Chapter 2 furnishes general information regarding accomplishments in areas under development. Chapter 3 deals with the development of the course materials by presenting a series of diagrams and keys to depict the progress and interrelationships of various tasks and sub-tasks. Chapter 4 presents plans for activities to be conducted to complete and deliver course materials. The final chapter is a summary of project objectives, methods, plans, and accomplishments.

  8. Designing Optical Properties in DNA-Programmed Nanoparticle Superlattices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ross, Michael Brendan

    A grand challenge of modern science has been the ability to predict and design the properties of new materials. This approach to the a priori design of materials presents a number of challenges including: predictable properties of the material building blocks, a programmable means for arranging such building blocks into well understood architectures, and robust models that can predict the properties of these new materials. In this dissertation, we present a series of studies that describe how optical properties in DNA-programmed nanoparticle superlattices can be predicted prior to their synthesis. The first chapter provides a history and introduction to the study of metal nanoparticle arrays. Chapter 2 surveys and compares several geometric models and electrodynamics simulations with the measured optical properties of DNA-nanoparticle superlattices. Chapter 3 describes silver nanoparticle superlattices (rather than gold) and identifies their promise as plasmonic metamaterials. In chapter 4, the concept of plasmonic metallurgy is introduced, whereby it is demonstrated that concepts from materials science and metallurgy can be applied to the optical properties of mixed metallic plasmonic materials, unveiling rich and tunable optical properties such as color and asymmetric reflectivity. Chapter 5 presents a comprehensive theoretical exploration of anisotropy (non-spherical) in nanoparticle superlattice architectures. The role of anisotropy is discussed both on the nanoscale, where several desirable metamaterial properties can be tuned from the ultraviolet to near-infrared, and on the mesoscale, where the size and shape of a superlattice is demonstrated to have a pronounced effect on the observed far-field optical properties. Chapter 6 builds upon those theoretical data presented in chapter 5, including the experimental realization of size and shape dependent properties in DNA-programmed superlattices. Specifically, nanoparticle spacing is explored as a parameter that can be used to influence the properties of mesoscale single crystal superlattices, such that they exhibit either plasmonic absorption or photonic scattering. This concept is generalized through simulation, which demonstrates that the crystal habit (size, shape, and morphology) is a powerful design parameter for optical properties in mesoscale nanoparticle assemblies. Finally, chapter 7 summarizes these data and their impact, and puts them in context regarding future opportunities. This work presents a comprehensive demonstration that the optical properties of nanoparticle-based architectures can be precisely controlled and deliberately designed a priori using the unique programmability of DNA and the use of several levels of predictive electromagnetic theory.

  9. Maximizing People Power in Schools: Motivating and Managing Teachers and Staff. Successful Schools: Guidebooks to Effective Educational Leadership. Volume 5.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Frase, Larry E.

    Ways to motivate and manage teachers and staff are presented in this guidebook. Chapter 1 describes ways to staff a school and get it right the first time. Checklists for recruiting, screening, and hiring are included. Chapter 2 offers suggestions for operating successful teacher induction, professional development,and motivation programs to…

  10. Leadership and Futuring: Making Visions Happen. The Practicing Administrator's Leadership Series. Roadmaps to Success.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hoyle, John R.

    This book is designed to help administrators broaden their skills to create new and exciting learning organizations. Chapter 1 describes six visionary leaders who shared three attributes--the ability to communicate clearly, the capacity of caring for others, and a commitment to persistence. Chapter 2 presents an overview of futurism as a field of…

  11. Measurement of Differential Cross-Sections in the t$$\\bar{t}$$ → ℓ+jets Channel at √s= 1.96 TeV with the D0 Experiment at Fermilab

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kvita, J

    2009-04-01

    The analysis presented in this thesis focuses on kinematic distributions in the tmore » $$\\bar{t}$$ system and studies in detail selected differential cross sections of top quarks as well as the reconstructed t$$\\bar{t}$$ pair, namely the top quark transverse momentum and the t$$\\bar{t}$$ system mass. The structure of the thesis is organized as follows: first the Standard Model of the particle physics is briefly introduced in Chapter 1, with relevant aspects of electroweak and strong interactions discussed. The physics of the top quark and its properties are then outlined in Chapter 2, together with the motivation for measuring the transverse top quark momentum and other kinematic-related variables of the t$$\\bar{t}$$ system. The concepts of present-day high energy physics collider experiments and the explicit example of Fermilab Tevatron collider and the D0 detector in Chapters 3 and 4 are followed by the description of basic detector-level objects, i.e. tracks, leptons and jets, in Chapter 5; their identification and calibration following in next chapter with the emphasis on the jet energy scale in Chapter 6 and jet identification at the D0. The analysis itself is outlined in Chapter 7 and is structured so that first the data and simulation samples and the basic preselection are described in Chapter 8 and 9, followed by the kinematic reconstruction part in Chapter 10. Chapter 11 on background normalization and Chapter 12 with raw reconstructed spectra results (at the detector-smeared level) are followed by the purity-based background subtraction method and examples of signal-level corrected spectra in Chapter 13. Next, the procedure of correcting measured spectra for detector effects (unfolding) is described in Chapters 14-15, including migration matrix studies, acceptance correction determination as well as the regularized unfolding procedure itself. Final differential cross sections are presented in Chapter 16 with the main results in Figures 16.19-16.20. Summary and discussion close the main analysis part in Chapter 17, supplemented by appendices on the wealthy of analysis control plots of the t$$\\bar{t}$$ → ℓ + jets channel, selected D0 event displays and finally the list of publications and references. Preliminary results of this analysis have been documented in D0 internal notes [UnfoldTop], [p17Top], [p14Top]; as well as presented at conferences [APS08], [APS05]. The author has also been a co-author of more than 135 D0 collaboration publications since 2005. The author has taken part in the jet energy scale calibration efforts performing final closure tests and deriving a correction to jet energy offset due to the suppression of the calorimeter signal. The author has also co-performed the Φ-intercalibration of the hadronic calorimeter and co-supervised the electromagnetic Φ-intercalibration; recently has also been involved in maintaining the jet identification efficiencies measurement as a JetID convener. During the years in Fermilab, many events have taken place in the course of the analysis in persuasion, including more than 170 shifts served for the D0 detector with or without the beam, 168 talks presented with mixed results and reactions; and tens of thousands of code lines in C (and sometimes perhaps even really C++) written while terabytes of data were processed, analyzed, and sometimes also lost. It has been a long but profoundly enriching chapter of my life.« less

  12. Stochastic and Deterministic Models for the Metastatic Emission Process: Formalisms and Crosslinks.

    PubMed

    Gomez, Christophe; Hartung, Niklas

    2018-01-01

    Although the detection of metastases radically changes prognosis of and treatment decisions for a cancer patient, clinically undetectable micrometastases hamper a consistent classification into localized or metastatic disease. This chapter discusses mathematical modeling efforts that could help to estimate the metastatic risk in such a situation. We focus on two approaches: (1) a stochastic framework describing metastatic emission events at random times, formalized via Poisson processes, and (2) a deterministic framework describing the micrometastatic state through a size-structured density function in a partial differential equation model. Three aspects are addressed in this chapter. First, a motivation for the Poisson process framework is presented and modeling hypotheses and mechanisms are introduced. Second, we extend the Poisson model to account for secondary metastatic emission. Third, we highlight an inherent crosslink between the stochastic and deterministic frameworks and discuss its implications. For increased accessibility the chapter is split into an informal presentation of the results using a minimum of mathematical formalism and a rigorous mathematical treatment for more theoretically interested readers.

  13. The 3DGRAPE book: Theory, users' manual, examples

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sorenson, Reese L.

    1989-01-01

    A users' manual for a new three-dimensional grid generator called 3DGRAPE is presented. The program, written in FORTRAN, is capable of making zonal (blocked) computational grids in or about almost any shape. Grids are generated by the solution of Poisson's differential equations in three dimensions. The program automatically finds its own values for inhomogeneous terms which give near-orthogonality and controlled grid cell height at boundaries. Grids generated by 3DGRAPE have been applied to both viscous and inviscid aerodynamic problems, and to problems in other fluid-dynamic areas. The smoothness for which elliptic methods are known is seen here, including smoothness across zonal boundaries. An introduction giving the history, motivation, capabilities, and philosophy of 3DGRAPE is presented first. Then follows a chapter on the program itself. The input is then described in detail. A chapter on reading the output and debugging follows. Three examples are then described, including sample input data and plots of output. Last is a chapter on the theoretical development of the method.

  14. SeaWiFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); McClain, Charles R.; Ainsworth, Ewa J.; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E., Jr.; Patt, Frederick S.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Wang, Menghua; Bailey, Sean W.

    2000-01-01

    The effort to resolve data quality issues and improve on the initial data evaluation methodologies of the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project was an extensive one. These evaluations have resulted, to date, in three major reprocessings of the entire data set where each reprocessing addressed the data quality issues that could be identified up to the time of each reprocessing. The number of chapters (21) needed to document this extensive work in the SeaWiFS Postlaunch Technical Report Series requires three volumes. The chapters in Volumes 9, 10, and 11 are in a logical order sequencing through sensor calibration, atmospheric correction, masks and flags, product evaluations, and bio-optical algorithms. The first chapter of Volume 9 is an overview of the calibration and validation program, including a table of activities from the inception of the SeaWiFS Project. Chapter 2 describes the fine adjustments of sensor detector knee radiances, i.e., radiance levels where three of the four detectors in each SeaWiFS band saturate. Chapters 3 and 4 describe the analyses of the lunar and solar calibration time series, respectively, which are used to track the temporal changes in radiometric sensitivity in each band. Chapter 5 outlines the procedure used to adjust band 7 relative to band 8 to derive reasonable aerosol radiances in band 7 as compared to those in band 8 in the vicinity of Lanai, Hawaii, the vicarious calibration site. Chapter 6 presents the procedure used to estimate the vicarious calibration gain adjustment factors for bands 1-6 using the waterleaving radiances from the Marine Optical Buoy (MOBY) offshore of Lanai. Chapter 7 provides the adjustments to the coccolithophore flag algorithm which were required for improved performance over the prelaunch version. Chapter 8 is an overview of the numerous modifications to the atmospheric correction algorithm that have been implemented. Chapter 9 describes the methodology used to remove artifacts of sun glint contamination for portions of the imagery outside the sun glint mask. Finally, Chapter 10 explains a modification to the ozone interpolation method to account for actual time differences between the SeaWiFS and Total Ozone Mapping Spectrometer (TOMS) orbits.

  15. [Conditioning mechanisms and psychoneuroimmunology].

    PubMed

    Stockhorst, Ursula; Klosterhalfen, Sibylle

    2005-01-01

    This chapter deals with the role of conditioning principles in psychoneuroimmunology (PNI). We will first describe the paradigms of classical and instrumental conditioning and classify immune parameters that are subject to conditioning (chapter 1). So far, PNI research mainly uses classical (or Pavlovian) conditioning. We will summarize some of the paradigmatic studies, mainly animal studies (chapter 2) and also describe studies that support the clinical relevance of classical conditioning, i. e., in the pharmacological treatment of autoimmune diseases, transplantation and tumor chemotherapy (chapter 3). A study of our group on anticipatory immunomodulation in pediatric cancer patients is reported. Mechanisms mediating conditioned immunomodulation are summarized (chapter 4). We also describe studies that analyze the impact of instrumental conditioning contingencies on immune functioning (chapter 5). Finally, research perspectives are summarized (chapter 6).

  16. Friendly Neighborhood Computer Project. Extension of the IBM NJE network to DEC VAX computers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Raffenetti, R.C.; Bertoncini, P.J.; Engert, D.E.

    1984-07-01

    This manual is divided into six chapters. The first is an overview of the VAX NJE emulator system and describes what can be done with the VAX NJE emulator software. The second chapter describes the commands that users of the VAX systems will use. Each command description includes the format of the command, a list of valid options and parameters and their meanings, and several short examples of command use. The third chapter describes the commands and capabilities for sending general, sequential files from and to VAX VMS nodes. The fourth chapter describes how to transmit data to a VAXmore » from other computer systems on the network. The fifth chapter explains how to exchange electronic mail with IBM CMS users and with users of other VAX VMS systems connected by NJE communications. The sixth chapter describes operator procedures and the additional commands operators may use.« less

  17. Subsurface And Surface Water Flow Interactions

    EPA Science Inventory

    In this chapter we present basic concepts and principles underlying the phenomena of groundwater and surface water interactions. Fundamental equations and analytical and numerical solutions describing stream-aquifer interactions are presented in hillslope and riparian aquifer en...

  18. We Have a Choice: Students at Risk of Leaving Chicago Public Schools. A Report to the Chicago Board of Education and the Illinois Attorney General.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kyle, Charles L.; And Others

    This report presents findings from a study of dropouts and students at risk in Chicago public schools. It is divided into five major chapters. Chapter 1 describes the study's grouping of Chicago high schools into four "types": selective academic; selective vocational; non-selective integrated; and non-selective segregated. A…

  19. Vocational Education and Training in Norway.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Farstad, Halfdan

    This volume on Norway describes the country's initial and continuing vocational education and training (VET) system. Chapter 1 provides background information on political and administrative structures; population; and economy and labor force. Chapter 2 describes briefly the Norwegian education and training system. Chapter 3 describes the VET…

  20. Direct observation and control of hydrogen-bond dynamics using low-temperature scanning tunneling microscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kumagai, Takashi

    2015-08-01

    Hydrogen(H)-bond dynamics are involved in many elementary processes in chemistry and biology. Because of its fundamental importance, a variety of experimental and theoretical approaches have been employed to study the dynamics in gas, liquid, solid phases, and their interfaces. This review describes the recent progress of direct observation and control of H-bond dynamics in several model systems on a metal surface by using low-temperature scanning tunneling microscopy (STM). General aspects of H-bond dynamics and the experimental methods are briefly described in chapter 1 and 2. In the subsequent four chapters, I present direct observation of an H-bond exchange reaction within a single water dimer (chapter 3), a symmetric H bond (chapter 4) and H-atom relay reactions (chapter 5) within water-hydroxyl complexes, and an intramolecular H-atom transfer reaction (tautomerization) within a single porphycene molecule (chapter 6). These results provide novel microscopic insights into H-bond dynamics at the single-molecule level, and highlight significant impact on the process from quantum effects, namely tunneling and zero-point vibration, resulting from the small mass of H atom. Additionally, local environmental effect on H-bond dynamics is also examined by using atom/molecule manipulation with the STM.

  1. The Soviet System of Education. A PIER World Education Series Special Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Popovych, Erika; Levin-Stankevich, Brian

    This volume endeavors to provide comprehensive factual information on the Soviet system of education. Chapter 1 offers basic information on the Soviet Republics. Chapter 2 describes the foundations of Soviet Education. Chapter 3 describes preschool through upper secondary education including academic calendars and curriculum. Chapter 4,…

  2. Substructures in Clusters of Galaxies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lehodey, Brigitte Tome

    2000-01-01

    This dissertation presents two methods for the detection of substructures in clusters of galaxies and the results of their application to a group of four clusters. In chapters 2 and 3, we remember the main properties of clusters of galaxies and give the definition of substructures. We also try to show why the study of substructures in clusters of galaxies is so important for Cosmology. Chapters 4 and 5 describe these two methods, the first one, the adaptive Kernel, is applied to the study of the spatial and kinematical distribution of the cluster galaxies. The second one, the MVM (Multiscale Vision Model), is applied to analyse the cluster diffuse X-ray emission, i.e., the intracluster gas distribution. At the end of these two chapters, we also present the results of the application of these methods to our sample of clusters. In chapter 6, we draw the conclusions from the comparison of the results we obtain with each method. In the last chapter, we present the main conclusions of this work trying to point out possible developments. We close with two appendices in which we detail some questions raised in this work not directly linked to the problem of substructures detection.

  3. SeaWiFS Postlaunch Technical Report Series. Volume 11; SeaWIFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); OReilly, John E.; Maritorena, Stephane; OBrien, Margaret C.; Siegel, David A.; Toole, Dierdre; Mueller, James L.; Mitchell, B. Greg; Kahru, Mati; hide

    2000-01-01

    Volume 11 continues the sequential presentation of postlaunch data analysis and algorithm descriptions begun in Volume 9. Chapters 1 and 2 present the OC2 (version 2) and OC4 (version 4) chlorophyll a algorithms used in the SeaWiFS data second and third reprocessings, August 1998 and May 2000, respectively. Chapter 3 describes a revision of the K(490) algorithm designed to use water-leaving radiances at 490 nm which was implemented for the third reprocessing. Finally, Chapter 4 is an analysis of in situ radiometer calibration data over several years at the University of California, Santa Barbara (UCSB) to establish the temporal consistency of their in-water optical measurements.

  4. Algorithms and data structures for automated change detection and classification of sidescan sonar imagery

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gendron, Marlin Lee

    During Mine Warfare (MIW) operations, MIW analysts perform change detection by visually comparing historical sidescan sonar imagery (SSI) collected by a sidescan sonar with recently collected SSI in an attempt to identify objects (which might be explosive mines) placed at sea since the last time the area was surveyed. This dissertation presents a data structure and three algorithms, developed by the author, that are part of an automated change detection and classification (ACDC) system. MIW analysts at the Naval Oceanographic Office, to reduce the amount of time to perform change detection, are currently using ACDC. The dissertation introductory chapter gives background information on change detection, ACDC, and describes how SSI is produced from raw sonar data. Chapter 2 presents the author's Geospatial Bitmap (GB) data structure, which is capable of storing information geographically and is utilized by the three algorithms. This chapter shows that a GB data structure used in a polygon-smoothing algorithm ran between 1.3--48.4x faster than a sparse matrix data structure. Chapter 3 describes the GB clustering algorithm, which is the author's repeatable, order-independent method for clustering. Results from tests performed in this chapter show that the time to cluster a set of points is not affected by the distribution or the order of the points. In Chapter 4, the author presents his real-time computer-aided detection (CAD) algorithm that automatically detects mine-like objects on the seafloor in SSI. The author ran his GB-based CAD algorithm on real SSI data, and results of these tests indicate that his real-time CAD algorithm performs comparably to or better than other non-real-time CAD algorithms. The author presents his computer-aided search (CAS) algorithm in Chapter 5. CAS helps MIW analysts locate mine-like features that are geospatially close to previously detected features. A comparison between the CAS and a great circle distance algorithm shows that the CAS performs geospatial searching 1.75x faster on large data sets. Finally, the concluding chapter of this dissertation gives important details on how the completed ACDC system will function, and discusses the author's future research to develop additional algorithms and data structures for ACDC.

  5. The Proposal of a Evolutionary Strategy Generating the Data Structures Based on a Horizontal Tree for the Tests

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Żukowicz, Marek; Markiewicz, Michał

    2016-09-01

    The aim of the article is to present a mathematical definition of the object model, that is known in computer science as TreeList and to show application of this model for design evolutionary algorithm, that purpose is to generate structures based on this object. The first chapter introduces the reader to the problem of presenting data using the TreeList object. The second chapter describes the problem of testing data structures based on TreeList. The third one shows a mathematical model of the object TreeList and the parameters, used in determining the utility of structures created through this model and in evolutionary strategy, that generates these structures for testing purposes. The last chapter provides a brief summary and plans for future research related to the algorithm presented in the article.

  6. BOOK REVIEW: Soft Condensed Matter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jones, Richard A. L.

    2002-11-01

    The author states in the preface of the book that the aim is '...to give a unified overview of the various aspects of the physics of soft condensed matter'. The book succeeds in fulfilling this aim in many respects. i) The style is fluent and concise and gives the necessary explanations to make its content understandable to people with some knowledge of the basic principles of physics. ii) The content of the book is complete enough to give a panoramic view of the landscape of soft condensed matter. The first two chapters give, respectively, a short introduction and a presentation of forces, energies and timescales, giving a general overview and pointing out the particular importance of different aspects such as timescales, which are much more important in soft condensed matter than in traditional or 'hard' condensed matter. The next chapter, devoted to phase transition, recalls that the equilibrium between two phases is controlled by free energy considerations. Spinodal decomposition is presented as a counterpart of nucleation and growth. Again, characteristic length scales are considered and applied to a phase separation mixture of polymers in a common solvent. The following three chapters are devoted respectively to specific topics: colloidal dispersion, polymers and gelation. The stability and phase behaviour of colloids are related to the interaction between colloidal particles. Properties of colloidal crystals as well as colloidal dispersion are depicted in terms of stabilization of crystalline colloids. The flow properties of colloidal dispersion are presented in terms of free energy minimization and the structure of the dispersion. After a brief introduction to polymer chemistry and architecture, the coil-globule transition is discussed. Viscoelasticity of polymers is described and discussed by introducing the notion of entanglement. This leads to the introduction of the tube model and the theory of reptation. The sol-gel transition is presented phenomenologically and formulated through the current percolation model and the Flory-Stockmayer model. The next two chapters consider the molecular order in soft condensed matter. The rich complexity of liquid crystals is emphasized and the Frederiks transition is described in relation to liquid crystal displays. The crystallinity in polymers is discussed and its usual semi-crystallinity presented as a consequence of entanglement and timescales. The next chapter describes the self-assembly of phases and the great importance of the self-assembly phenomenon in solutions of amphiphilic molecules is largely discussed in several specific phenomena. The book ends with a chapter devoted to the description of soft matter realizations in nature. Special attention is paid to the components and structure of life: nucleic acids, proteins, polysaccharides and membranes. There are two appendixes recalling the basic concepts of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. In each chapter, several problems are included, and solutions to a selection of them are given. The bibliography proposed is pertinent and each chapter gives details of further reading, mostly addressed to known books on the topic. iii) The presentation of the book is good. Throughout the book, the relevant, basic or new concepts of each topic are typed in bold characters and succinctly defined. The figures are abundant and adequately illustrate the text either by plots of experimental data or by computed predictions from models. Many schematic representations of structures, molecular distributions or arrangements are also included. In summary, the author has succeeded in producing a scientifically rigorous book of affordable size (around 200 pages) that is well illustrated (about 120 figures) and written in a fluent style that describes the many different physical phenomena involved in soft condensed matter. N Clavaguera

  7. Developing the Primordial Inflation Polarization Explorer (PIPER) Microwave Polarimeter for Constraining Inflation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lazear, Justin Scott

    The Inflationary Big Bang model of cosmology generically predicts the existence of a background of gravitational waves due to Inflation, which coupled into the B-mode power spectrum during the epochs of Recombination and Reionization. A measurement of the primordial B-mode spectrum would verify the reality of the Inflationary model and constrain the allowed models of Inflation. In Chapter 1 we describe the background physics of cosmology and Inflation, and the challenges involved with measuring the primordial B-mode spectrum. In Chapter 2 we describe the Primordial Inflation Polarization Explorer (PIPER), a high-altitude balloon-borne microwave polarimeter optimized to measure the B-mode spectrum on large angular scales. We examine the high level design of PIPER and how it addresses the challenges presented in Chapter 1. Following the high level design, we examine in detail the electronics developed for PIPER, both for in-flight operations and for laboratory development. In Chapter 3 we describe the Transition Edge Sensor (TES) bolometers that serve as PIPER's detectors, analyze the Superconducting Quantum Interference Device (SQUID) amplifiers and Mutli-channel Electronics (MCE) detector readout chain, and finally present the characterization of both detector parameters and noise of a single pixel device with a PIPER-like (Backshort Under Grid, BUG) architecture to validate the detector design. In Chapter 4 we present a description of the HKE electronics, used to measure all non-detector science timestreams in PIPER, as well as flight housekeeping and laboratory development. In addition to the operation of the HKE electronics, we develop a model to quantify the performance of the HKE thermometry reader (TRead). A simple simulation pipeline is developed and used to explore the consequences of imperfect foreground removal in Chapter 5. The details of estimating the instrument noise as projected onto a sky map is developed also developed. In particular, we address whether PIPER may be able to get significant science return with only a fraction of its planned flights by optimizing the order that the frequency bands are flown. Additionally, we look at how a spatially varying calibration gain error would affect measurements of the B-mode spectrum. Finally, a series of appendices presents the physics of SQUIDs, develops techniques for estimating noise of circuits and amplifiers, and introduces techniques from control systems. In addition, a few miscellaneous results used throughout the work are derived.

  8. Libraries and Librarians: Key Partners for Progress in Health Literacy Research and Practice.

    PubMed

    Whitney, Wanda; Keselman, Alla; Humphreys, Betsy

    2017-01-01

    The field of librarianship has a history of involvement in patient education, general literacy and information literacy efforts. This history and prominent placement in communities make libraries and librarians an excellent resource in advancing health literacy practice and research. This chapter provides an overview of health literacy and health information literacy efforts in US libraries over the past two decades. The chapter begins with the description of the role of the US National Library of Medicine in developing resources, programs, and partnerships serving health information needs of the public. It then overviews special training programs for increasing librarians' expertise with health information and health literacy support. The narrative also presents different models of health information outreach programs in diverse communities, focusing on serving special populations that may suffer from health disparities. The second half of the chapter describes libraries' and librarians' health information response to continuously evolving contexts, mediums, and requirements. One subsection describes librarians' outreach effort with cutting-edge technologies, such as virtual worlds and gaming. Another focuses on supporting patients' information needs in clinical settings. Two more describe how libraries meet patrons' health information needs in the context of disaster preparedness and health insurance market place sign-up. While presenting the information, to the extent possible, the chapter draws upon research and evaluation of the effectiveness of different types of programs. It also discusses enablers of successes, limitations of the existing data, and directions for future research.

  9. Libraries and Librarians: Key Partners for Progress in Health Literacy Research and Practice

    PubMed Central

    WHITNEY, Wanda; KESELMAN, Alla; HUMPHREYS, Betsy

    2017-01-01

    The field of librarianship has a history of involvement in patient education, general literacy and information literacy efforts. This history and prominent placement in communities make libraries and librarians an excellent resource in advancing health literacy practice and research. This chapter provides an overview of health literacy and health information literacy efforts in US libraries over the past two decades. The chapter begins with the description of the role of the US National Library of Medicine in developing resources, programs, and partnerships serving health information needs of the public. It then overviews special training programs for increasing librarians’ expertise with health information and health literacy support. The narrative also presents different models of health information outreach programs in diverse communities, focusing on serving special populations that may suffer from health disparities. The second half of the chapter describes libraries’ and librarians’ health information response to continuously evolving contexts, mediums, and requirements. One subsection describes librarians’ outreach effort with cutting-edge technologies, such as virtual worlds and gaming. Another focuses on supporting patients’ information needs in clinical settings. Two more describe how libraries meet patrons’ health information needs in the context of disaster preparedness and health insurance market place sign-up. While presenting the information, to the extent possible, the chapter draws upon research and evaluation of the effectiveness of different types of programs. It also discusses enablers of successes, limitations of the existing data, and directions for future research. PMID:28972531

  10. SeaWiFS technical report series. Volume 27: Case studies for SeaWiFS calibration and validation, part 3

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); Acker, James G. (Editor); Mueller, J. L.; Fraser, R. S.; Biggar, S. F.; Thome, K. J.; Slater, P. N.; Holmes, A. W.; Barnes, R. A.

    1995-01-01

    This document provides brief reports, or case studies, on a number of investigations sponsored by the Calibration and Validation Team (CVT) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. Chapter I describes a comparison of the irradiance immersion coefficients determined for several different marine environmental radiometers (MERs). Chapter 2 presents an analysis of how light absorption by atmospheric oxygen will influence the radiance measurements in band 7 of the SeaWiFS instrument. Chapter 3 gives the results of the second ground-based solar calibration of the instrument, which was undertaken after the sensor was modified to reduce the effects of internal stray light. (The first ground-based solar calibration of SeaWiFS is described in Volume 19 in the SeaWiFS Technical Report Series.) Chapter 4 evaluates the effects of ship shadow on subsurface irradiance and radiance measurements deployed from the deck of the R/V Weatherbird 11 in the Atlantic Ocean near Bermuda. Chapter 5 illustrates the various ways in which a single data day of SeaWiFS observations can be defined, and why the spatial definition is superior to the temporal definition for operational usage.

  11. Using Microsoft Access XP: A How-To-Do-It Manual for Librarians. How-To-Do-It Manuals for Librarians, Number 120.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Butler, E. Sonny; Napier, Timothy R.

    This manual is designed to assist librarians in programming unique database applications that meet specific library needs. Chapter 1 goes over the basic functions of working with Windows, describes terms such as multitasking, and shows how to use the menu and tool bars. Chapter 2 covers the basics, defines some useful terms, and presents the steps…

  12. Final Report for Dynamic Models for Causal Analysis of Panel Data. Models for Change in Quantitative Variables, Part II Scholastic Models. Part II, Chapter 4.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hannan, Michael T.

    This document is part of a series of chapters described in SO 011 759. Stochastic models for the sociological analysis of change and the change process in quantitative variables are presented. The author lays groundwork for the statistical treatment of simple stochastic differential equations (SDEs) and discusses some of the continuities of…

  13. Women in American History: A Series. Book Two, Women in the Ages of Expansion and Reform 1820-1860.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sanders, Beverly

    The document, one in a series of four on women in American history, discusses women in the ages of expansion and reform (1820-1860). Designed to supplement U.S. history textbooks, the book is presented in six chapters. Chapter I describes the "true woman," an ideal cultivated by women writers, educators, and magazine editors. The four virtues were…

  14. Gas phase basicities of polyfunctional molecules. Part 5: Non-aromatic sp2 nitrogen containing compounds.

    PubMed

    Bouchoux, Guy; Eckert-Maksic, Mirjana

    2018-03-01

    This paper constitutes the fifth part of a general review of the gas-phase protonation thermochemistry of polyfunctional molecules (Part 1: Theory and methods, Mass Spectrom Rev 2007, 26:775-835, Part 2: Saturated basic sites, Mass Spectrom Rev 2012, 31:353-390, Part 3: Amino acids, Mass Spectrom Rev 2012, 31:391-435, Part 4: Carbonyl as basic site, Mass Spectrom Rev 2015, 34:493-534). This part is devoted to non-aromatic molecules characterized by a lone pair located on a sp 2 nitrogen atom, it embraces functional groups such as imines, amidines, guanidines, diazenes, hydrazines, oximes, and phosphazenes. Specific examples are examined under five major chapters. In the first one, aliphatic and unsaturated (conjugated and cyclic) imines, hydrazones, and oximes are considered. A second chapter describes the protonation energetic of aliphatic, conjugated, or cyclic amidines. Guanidines, polyguanides, and biomolecules containing guanidine were examined in the third chapter. A fourth chapter describes the particular case of the phosphazene molecules. Finally, diazenes and azides were considered in the last chapter. Experimental data were re-evaluated according to the presently adopted basicity scale, i.e., PA(NH 3 ) = 853.6 kJ/mol, GB (NH 3 ) = 819 kJ/mol. Structural and energetic information given by G4MP2 quantum chemistry computations on typical systems are presented. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. Mass Spec Rev 37:139-170, 2018. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  15. Stellar Populations. A User Guide from Low to High Redshift

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Greggio, Laura; Renzini, Alvio

    2011-09-01

    This textbook is meant to illustrate the specific role played by stellar population diagnostics in our attempt to understand galaxy formation and evolution. The book starts with a rather unconventional summary of the results of stellar evolution theory (Chapter 1), as they provide the basis for the construction of synthetic stellar populations. Current limitations of stellar models are highlighted, which arise from the necessity to parametrize all those physical processes that involve bulk mass motions, such as convection, mixing, mass loss, etc. Chapter 2 deals with the foundations of the theory of synthetic stellar populations, and illustrates their energetics and metabolic functions, providing basic tools that will be used in subsequent chapters. Chapters 3 and 4 deal with resolved stellar populations, first addressing some general problems encountered in photometric studies of stellar fields. Then some highlights are presented illustrating our current capacity of measuring stellar ages in Galactic globular clusters, in the Galactic bulge and in nearby galaxies. Chapter 5 is dedicated to the exemplification of synthetic spectra of simple as well as composite stellar populations, drawing attention to those spectral features that may depend on less secure results of stellar evolution models. Chapter 6 illustrates how synthetic stellar populations are used to derive basic galaxy properties, such as star formation rates, stellar masses, ages and metallicities, and does so for galaxies at low as well as at high redshifts. Chapter 7 is dedicated to supernovae, distinguishing them in core collapse and thermonuclear cases, describing the evolution of their rates for various star formation histories, and estimating the supernova productivity of stellar populations and their chemical yields. In Chapter 8 the stellar initial mass function (IMF) is discussed, first showing how even apparently small IMF variations may have large effects on the demo! graphy of stellar populations, and then using galaxies at low ! and high redshifts and clusters of galaxies to set tight constraints on possible IMF variations in space or time. In Chapter 9 a phenomenological model of galaxy evolution is presented which illustrates a concrete application of the stellar population tools described in the previous chapters. Finally, Chapter 10 is dedicated to the chemical evolution on the scale of galaxies, clusters of galaxies and the whole Universe.

  16. Understanding the effects of diffusion and relaxation in magnetic resonance imaging using computational modeling

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Russell, Greg

    The work described in this dissertation was motivated by a desire to better understand the cellular pathology of ischemic stroke. Two of the three bodies of research presented herein address and issue directly related to the investigation of ischemic stroke through the use of diffusion weighted magnetic resonance imaging (DWMRI) methods. The first topic concerns the development of a computationally efficient finite difference method, designed to evaluate the impact of microscopic tissue properties on the formation of DWMRI signal. For the second body of work, the effect of changing the intrinsic diffusion coefficient of a restricted sample on clinical DWMRI experiments is explored. The final body of work, while motivated by the desire to understand stroke, addresses the issue of acquiring large amounts of MRI data well suited for quantitative analysis in reduced scan time. In theory, the method could be used to generate quantitative parametric maps, including those depicting information gleaned through the use of DWMRI methods. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to several topics. A description of the use of DWMRI methods in the study of ischemic stroke is covered. An introduction to the fundamental physical principles at work in MRI is also provided. In this section the means by which magnetization is created in MRI experiments, how MRI signal is induced, as well as the influence of spin-spin and spin-lattice relaxation are discussed. Attention is also given to describing how MRI measurements can be sensitized to diffusion through the use of qualitative and quantitative descriptions of the process. Finally, the reader is given a brief introduction to the use of numerical methods for solving partial differential equations. In Chapters 2, 3 and 4, three related bodies of research are presented in terms of research papers. In Chapter 2, a novel computational method is described. The method reduces the computation resources required to simulate DWMRI experiments. In Chapter 3, a detailed study on how changes in the intrinsic intracellular diffusion coefficient may influence clinical DWMRI experiments is described. In Chapter 4, a novel, non-steady state quantitative MRI method is described.

  17. Production and Electrical Characterization Tests of the ISL Detector and a Trigger Design for Higgs Boson Searches at CDF

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Munar Ara, Antoni

    2002-01-01

    This thesis is structured as follows: Chapter 1. gives a brief review of the Higgs mechanism in the Standard Model and the electroweak symmetry breaking. The Standard Model Higgs boson phenomenology at Tevatron energies is reviewed. Chapter 2. describes the upgraded Fermilab laboratory accelerator complex, and the upgraded CDF detector. Chapter 3. gives a brief overview of the more relevant aspects of the silicon detectors, and the ISL is described in detail. Chapter 4. describes the construction of the ISL ladders, the full custom testing setup (functionality tests, laser test, burn-in test andmore » $$\\beta$$-source measurements), and the problems encountered during the ISL ladders construction. The procedures for ladder grading are also discussed. Chapter 5. describes the multilevel trigger system of the CDF detector, and the trigger primitives available at each level. The most relevant offine event observables are briefly discussed. In Chapter 6 the procedures to estimate the trigger rate and trigger effciency calculation are described. The particularities of triggering in $$p\\bar{p}$$ collisions at high luminosities are discussed. Chapter 7. and Chapter 8. are dedicated to study an effcient trigger strategy for the $$H + W/Z \\to b\\bar{b}jj$$ channel and the $$H + Z \\to b\\bar{b} \

  18. Methods for Tumor Targeting with Salmonella typhimurium A1-R.

    PubMed

    Hoffman, Robert M; Zhao, Ming

    2016-01-01

    Salmonella typhimurium A1-R (S. typhimurium A1-R) has shown great preclinical promise as a broad-based anti-cancer therapeutic (please see Chapter 1 ). The present chapter describes materials and methods for the preclinical study of S. typhimurium A1-R in clinically-relevant mouse models. Establishment of orthotopic metastatic mouse models of the major cancer types is described, as well as other useful models, for efficacy studies of S. typhimurium A1-R or other tumor-targeting bacteria, as well. Imaging methods are described to visualize GFP-labeled S. typhimurium A1-R, as well as GFP- and/or RFP-labeled cancer cells in vitro and in vivo, which S. typhimurium A1-R targets. The mouse models include metastasis to major organs that are life-threatening to cancer patients including the liver, lung, bone, and brain and how to target these metastases with S. typhimurium A1-R. Various routes of administration of S. typhimurium A1-R are described with the advantages and disadvantages of each. Basic experiments to determine toxic effects of S. typhimurium A1-R are also described. Also described are methodologies for combining S. typhimurium A1-R and chemotherapy. The testing of S. typhimurium A1-R on patient tumors in patient-derived orthotopic xenograft (PDOX) mouse models is also described. The major methodologies described in this chapter should be translatable for clinical studies.

  19. Final Report for Dynamic Models for Causal Analysis of Panel Data. Models for Change in Quantitative Variables, Part III: Estimation from Panel Data. Part II, Chapter 5.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hannan, Michael T.

    This document is part of a series of chapters described in SO 011 759. Addressing the problems of studying change and the change process, the report argues that sociologists should study coupled changes in qualitative and quantitative outcomes (e.g., marital status and earnings). The author presents a model for sociological studies of change in…

  20. Years for Decision: A Longitudinal Study of the Educational, Labor Market and Family Experiences of Young Women, 1968 to 1973. Volume Four.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mott, Frank L.; And Others

    Utilizing the National Longitudinal Surveys of 5,159 young women aged fourteen to twenty-four from 1968 to 1973, the study reports on the educational, labor market, and family experiences of young women. The content is in seven chapters. Chapter 1 describes the data base and presents an overview of changes in the women's life patterns over the…

  1. Gaia DR2 documentation Chapter 3: Astrometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hobbs, D.; Lindegren, L.; Bastian, U.; Klioner, S.; Butkevich, A.; Stephenson, C.; Hernandez, J.; Lammers, U.; Bombrun, A.; Mignard, F.; Altmann, M.; Davidson, M.; de Bruijne, J. H. J.; Fernández-Hernández, J.; Siddiqui, H.; Utrilla Molina, E.

    2018-04-01

    This chapter of the Gaia DR2 documentation describes the models and processing steps used for the astrometric core solution, namely, the Astrometric Global Iterative Solution (AGIS). The inputs to this solution rely heavily on the basic observables (or astrometric elementaries) which have been pre-processed and discussed in Chapter 2, the results of which were published in Fabricius et al. (2016). The models consist of reference systems and time scales; assumed linear stellar motion and relativistic light deflection; in addition to fundamental constants and the transformation of coordinate systems. Higher level inputs such as: planetary and solar system ephemeris; Gaia tracking and orbit information; initial quasar catalogues and BAM data are all needed for the processing described here. The astrometric calibration models are outlined followed by the details processing steps which give AGIS its name. We also present a basic quality assessment and validation of the scientific results (for details, see Lindegren et al. 2018).

  2. Structural equation modeling: building and evaluating causal models: Chapter 8

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Grace, James B.; Scheiner, Samuel M.; Schoolmaster, Donald R.

    2015-01-01

    Scientists frequently wish to study hypotheses about causal relationships, rather than just statistical associations. This chapter addresses the question of how scientists might approach this ambitious task. Here we describe structural equation modeling (SEM), a general modeling framework for the study of causal hypotheses. Our goals are to (a) concisely describe the methodology, (b) illustrate its utility for investigating ecological systems, and (c) provide guidance for its application. Throughout our presentation, we rely on a study of the effects of human activities on wetland ecosystems to make our description of methodology more tangible. We begin by presenting the fundamental principles of SEM, including both its distinguishing characteristics and the requirements for modeling hypotheses about causal networks. We then illustrate SEM procedures and offer guidelines for conducting SEM analyses. Our focus in this presentation is on basic modeling objectives and core techniques. Pointers to additional modeling options are also given.

  3. Ecological Census Techniques - 2nd Edition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sutherland, Edited By William J.

    2006-08-01

    This is an updated version of the best selling first edition, Ecological Census Techniques, with updating, some new chapters and authors. Almost all ecological and conservation work involves carrying out a census or survey. This practically focussed book describes how to plan a census, the practical details and shows with worked examples how to analyse the results. The first three chapters describe planning, sampling and the basic theory necessary for carrying out a census. In the subsequent chapters international experts describe the appropriate methods for counting plants, insects, fish, amphibians, reptiles, mammals and birds. As many censuses also relate the results to environmental variability, there is a chapter explaining the main methods. Finally, there is a list of the most common mistakes encountered when carrying out a census. Gives worked examples and describes practical details The chapter on research planning provides an approach for planning any research, not just those relating to census techniques Latest edition of a very highly-regarded book. Includes new authors, each chapter has been updated, and additional chapters on sampling and designing research programmes have been added

  4. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Donnelly, H.; Fullwood, R.; Glancy, J.

    This is the second volume of a two volume report on the VISA method for evaluating safeguards at fixed-site facilities. This volume contains appendices that support the description of the VISA concept and the initial working version of the method, VISA-1, presented in Volume I. The information is separated into four appendices, each describing details of one of the four analysis modules that comprise the analysis sections of the method. The first appendix discusses Path Analysis methodology, applies it to a Model Fuel Facility, and describes the computer codes that are being used. Introductory material on Path Analysis given inmore » Chapter 3.2.1 and Chapter 4.2.1 of Volume I. The second appendix deals with Detection Analysis, specifically the schemes used in VISA-1 for classifying adversaries and the methods proposed for evaluating individual detection mechanisms in order to build the data base required for detection analysis. Examples of evaluations on identity-access systems, SNM portal monitors, and intrusion devices are provided. The third appendix describes the Containment Analysis overt-segment path ranking, the Monte Carlo engagement model, the network simulation code, the delay mechanism data base, and the results of a sensitivity analysis. The last appendix presents general equations used in Interruption Analysis for combining covert-overt segments and compares them with equations given in Volume I, Chapter 3.« less

  5. BPMN, Toolsets, and Methodology: A Case Study of Business Process Management in Higher Education

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barn, Balbir S.; Oussena, Samia

    This chapter describes ongoing action research which is exploring the use of BPMN and a specific toolset - Intalio Designer to capture the “as is” essential process model of part of an overarching large business process within higher education. The chapter contends that understanding the efficacy of the BPMN notation and the notational elements to use is not enough. Instead, the effectiveness of a notation is determined by the notation, the toolset that is being used, and methodological consideration. The chapter presents some of the challenges that are faced in attempting to develop computation independent models in BPMN using toolsets such as Intalio Designer™.

  6. Visualizing, Approximating, and Understanding Black-Hole Binaries

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nichols, David A.

    Numerical-relativity simulations of black-hole binaries and advancements in gravitational-wave detectors now make it possible to learn more about the collisions of compact astrophysical bodies. To be able to infer more about the dynamical behavior of these objects requires a fuller analysis of the connection between the dynamics of pairs of black holes and their emitted gravitational waves. The chapters of this thesis describe three approaches to learn more about the relationship between the dynamics of black-hole binaries and their gravitational waves: modeling momentum flow in binaries with the Landau-Lifshitz formalism, approximating binary dynamics near the time of merger with post-Newtonian and black-hole-perturbation theories, and visualizing spacetime curvature with tidal tendexes and frame-drag vortexes. In Chapters 2--4, my collaborators and I present a method to quantify the flow of momentum in black-hole binaries using the Landau-Lifshitz formalism. Chapter 2 reviews an intuitive version of the formalism in the first-post-Newtonian approximation that bears a strong resemblance to Maxwell's theory of electromagnetism. Chapter 3 applies this approximation to relate the simultaneous bobbing motion of rotating black holes in the superkick configuration---equal-mass black holes with their spins anti-aligned and in the orbital plane---to the flow of momentum in the spacetime, prior to the black holes' merger. Chapter 4 then uses the Landau-Lifshitz formalism to explain the dynamics of a head-on merger of spinning black holes, whose spins are anti-aligned and transverse to the infalling motion. Before they merge, the black holes move with a large, transverse, velocity, which we can explain using the post-Newtonian approximation; as the holes merge and form a single black hole, we can use the Landau-Lifshitz formalism without any approximations to connect the slowing of the final black hole to its absorbing momentum density during the merger. In Chapters 5--7, we discuss using analytical approximations, such as post-Newtonian and black-hole-perturbation theories, to gain further understanding into how gravitational waves are generated by black-hole binaries. Chapter 5 presents a way of combining post-Newtonian and black-hole-perturbation theories---which we call the hybrid method---for head-on mergers of black holes. It was able to produce gravitational waveforms and gravitational recoils that agreed well with comparable results from numerical-relativity simulations. Chapter 6 discusses a development of the hybrid model to include a radiation-reaction force, which is better suited for studying inspiralling black-hole binaries. The gravitational waveform from the hybrid method for inspiralling mergers agreed qualitatively with that from numerical-relativity simulations; when applied to the superkick configuration, it gave a simplified picture of the formation of the large black-hole kick. Chapter 7 describes an approximate method of calculating the frequencies of the ringdown gravitational waveforms of rotating black holes (quasinormal modes). The method generalizes a geometric interpretation of black-hole quasinormal modes and explains a degeneracy in the spectrum of these modes. In Chapters 8--11, we describe a new way of visualizing spacetime curvature using tools called tidal tendexes and frame-drag vortexes. This relies upon a time-space split of spacetime, which allows one to break the vacuum Riemann curvature tensor into electric and magnetic parts (symmetric, trace-free tensors that have simple physical interpretations). The regions where the eigenvalues of these tensors are large form the tendexes and vortexes of a spacetime, and the integral curves of their eigenvectors are its tendex and vortex lines, for the electric and magnetic parts, respectively. Chapter 8 provides an overview of these visualization tools and presents initial results from numerical-relativity simulations. Chapter 9 uses topological properties of vortex and tendex lines to classify properties of gravitational waves far from a source. Chapter 10 describes the formalism in more detail, and discusses the vortexes and tendexes of multipolar spacetimes in linearized gravity about flat space. The chapter helps to explain how near-zone vortexes and tendexes become gravitational waves far from a weakly gravitating, time-varying source. Chapter 11 is a detailed investigation of the vortexes and tendexes of stationary and perturbed black holes. It develops insight into how perturbations of (strongly gravitating) black holes extend from near the horizon to become gravitational waves.

  7. The Training/Development of In-Company Trainers/Supervisors of Young People--The Case of Greece.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Constantinides, Xenophon; And Others

    This document describes the training of the in-company trainer of young people in Greece. Chapter 1 describes the context of training. Chapter 2 describes the methodology used in the study including questionnaires, interviews, and a forum. Chapter 3 reports the results of the study in the following categories: training manager, in-company trainer,…

  8. Map and Track: State Initiatives for Young Children and Families. 1998 Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Knitzer, Jane; Page, Stephen

    This report profiles state efforts to develop comprehensive programs and policies for young children and families, presents indicators of child and family well-being, and describes state investments in young children and families. Chapter 1, "Overview of Findings and Implications," identifies the research questions, describes data collection…

  9. Consulting to Facilitate Planned Organizational Change in Schools

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Zins, Joseph E.; Illback, Robert J.

    2007-01-01

    We present an update of our 1984 chapter on organizational interventions in educational settings. Our view of the organizational change process is described, followed by a discussion of the gap between current theory and practice. We describe several examples of promising organizational change initiatives, followed by our observations of future…

  10. Measurements of CP asymmetries and branching fractions of two-body charmless decays of B 0 and B$$0\\atop{s}$$ mesons

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Morello, Michael Joseph

    2007-12-19

    The thesis is organized as follows: Chapter 1 describes the theoretical framework of non-leptonic Bmore » $$0\\atop{s}$$ → H +h' - decays, with a simple overview of the CP violation mechanism within the Standard Model and of the most used phenomenological approaches in the evaluation of strong interaction contributions. The chapter contains also a review of the theoretical expectations and the current experimental measurements along with a discussion about the importance of studying such decays. Chapter 2 contains a general description of the Tevatron collider and of the CDF II detector. Chapter 3 is devoted to the description of the data sample used for the measurement and the method used in extracting the signal from the background. Particular attention is dedicated to the on-line trigger selection, which is crucial to collect a sample enriched in B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → h +h' - decays. Chapter 4 shows how the information from kinematics and particle identification was used to achieve a statistical discrimination amongst modes to extract individual measurements. The available resolutions in mass or in particle identification are separately insufficient for an event-by-event separation of B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → h +h' - modes. The choice of observables and the technique used to combine them is an important and innovative aspect of the analysis described in this thesis. Chapter 5 is devoted to the accurate determination of the invariant mass lineshape. This is a crucial ingredient for resolving overlapping mass peaks. This chapter details all resolution effects with particular attention at the tails due to the emission of low-energy photons from charged kaons and pions in the final state (FSR). For the first time the effect of FSR has been accurately accounted for in a CDF analysis. Chapter 6 describes how kinematic and PID information, discussed in chap. 4 and chap. 5 were combined in a maximum Likelihood fit to statistically determine the composition of the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → h +h' - sample. This kinematics-PID combined fit has been developed and performed for the first time at CDF in the analysis presented in this thesis and this methodology was later inherited by several other analyses. Chapter 7 is devoted to the study of the isolation variable, which is a crucial handle to enhance the signal-to-background ratio in the off-line selection. It exploits the property that the b-hadrons tend to carry a larger fraction of the transverse momentum of the particles produced in the fragmentation, with respect to lighter hadrons. Since the simulators do not accurately reproduce the fragmentation processes, this chapter is devoted to the study of the control data sample of B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ΨX decays to probe the characteristics of this variable. Chapter 8 describes an innovative procedure used to optimize the selection to minimize the statistical uncertainty on the quantities one wishes to measure. The procedure is based on the fit of composition described in chap. 6. Chapter 9 reports the results of the fit of composition described in chap. 6 and the cross-checks performed to verify the goodness of the fit of composition. In order to translate the parameters returned from the fit into physics measurements the relative efficiency corrections between the various decay modes need to be applied. Chapter 10 is devoted to the description of these corrections. Chapter 11 describes the measurement of the detector-induced charge asymmetry between positively and negatively charged kaons and pions, due to their different probability of strong interaction in the tracker material using the real data. This allows to extract the acceptance correction factor for the CP asymmetries measurement without any external inputs from the simulation, and to perform a powerful check of whole analysis. Chapter 12 describes the main sources of systematic uncertainties and the method used to evaluate the significance of the results on rare modes. The final results of the measurements and their interpretation are discussed in chap. 13.« less

  11. Search for the Standard Model Higgs Boson associated with a W Boson using Matrix Element Technique in the CDF detector at the Tevatron

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gonzalez, Barbara Alvarez

    In this thesis a direct search for the Standard Model Higgs boson production in association with a W boson at the CDF detector in the Tevatron is presented. This search contributes predominantly in the region of low mass Higgs region, when the mass of Higgs boson is less than about 135 GeV. The search is performed in a final state where the Higgs boson decays into two b quarks, and the W boson decays leptonically, to a charged lepton (it can be an electron or a muon) and a neutrino. This work is organized as follows. Chapter 2 gives an overview of the Standard Model theory of particle physics and presents the SM Higgs boson search results at LEP, and the Tevatron colliders, as well as the prospects for the SM Higgs boson searches at the LHC. The dataset used in this analysis corresponds to 4.8 fb -1 of integrated luminosity of pmore » $$\\bar{p}$$ collisions at a center of mass energy of 1.96 TeV. That is the luminosity acquired between the beginning of the CDF Run II experiment, February 2002, and May 2009. The relevant aspects, for this analysis, of the Tevatron accelerator and the CDF detector are shown in Chapter 3. In Chapter 4 the particles and observables that make up the WH final state, electrons, muons, E T, and jets are presented. The CDF standard b-tagging algorithms to identify b jets, and the neural network flavor separator to distinguish them from other flavor jets are also described in Chapter 4. The main background contributions are those coming from heavy flavor production processes, such as those coming from Wbb, Wcc or Wc and tt. The signal and background signatures are discussed in Chapter 5 together with the Monte CArlo generators that have been used to simulate almost all the events used in this thesis. WH candidate events have a high-p T lepton (electron or muon), high missing transverse energy, and two or more than two jets in the final state. Chapter 6 describes the event selection applied in this analysis and the method used to estimate the background contribution. The Matrix Element method, that was successfully used in the single top discovery analysis and many other analyses within the CDF collaboration, is the multivariate technique used in this thesis to discriminate signal from background events. With this technique is possible to calculate a probability for an event to be classified as signal or background. These probabilities are then combined into a discriminant function called the Event Probability Discriminant, EPD, which increases the sensitivity of the WH process. This method is described in detail in Chapter 7. As no evidence for the signal has been found, the results obtained with this work are presented in Chapter 8 in terms of exclusion regions as a function of the mass of the Higgs boso, taking into account the full systematics. The conclusions of this work to obtain the PhD are presnted in Chapter 9.« less

  12. Integrated Nanosystems Templated by Self-assembled Virus Capsids

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stephanopoulos, Nicholas

    This dissertation presents the synthesis and modeling of multicomponent nanosystems templated by self-assembled virus capsids. The design principles, synthesis, analysis, and future directions for these capsid-based materials are presented. Chapter 1 gives an overview of the literature on the application of virus capsids in constructing nanomaterials. The uses of capsids in three main areas are considered: (1) as templates for inorganic materials or nanoparticles; (2) as vehicles for biological applications like medical imaging and treatment; and (3) as scaffolds for catalytic materials. In light of this introduction, an overview of the material in this dissertation is described. Chapters 2-4 all describe integrated nanosystems templated by bacteriophage MS2, a spherical icosahedral virus capsid. MS2 possesses an interior and exterior surface that can be modified orthogonally using bioconjugation chemistry to create multivalent, multicomponent constructs with precise localization of components attached to the capsid proteins. Chapter 2 describes the use of MS2 to synthesize a photocatalytic construct by modifying the internal surface with sensitizing chromophores and the external surface with a photocatalytic porphyrin. The chromophores absorbed energy that the porphyrin could not, and transferred it to the porphyrin via FRET through the protein shell. The porphyrin was then able to utilize the energy to carry out photocatalysis at new wavelengths. In Chapter 3, porphyrins were installed on the interior surface of MS2 and DNA aptamers specific for Jurkat leukemia T cells on the exterior surface. The dual-modified capsids were able to bind to Jurkat cells, and upon illumination the porphyrins generated singlet oxygen to kill them selectively over non-targeted cells. Chapter 4 explores integrating MS2 with DNA origami in order to arrange the capsids at larger length scales. Capsids modified with fluorescent dyes inside and single-stranded DNA outside were able to bind to origami tiles bearing complementary DNA probes. The tiles could then be used to arrange the capsids in a one-dimensional array with dimensions far exceeding those of individual MS2 particles. In Chapter 5, the use of a different capsid, that of the tobacco mosaic virus (TMV) is described. The defect tolerance of light harvesting systems built using TMV as a scaffold was investigated using a kinetic Monte Carlo model to simulate the energy transfer processes. The results of the simulation were used to understand and explain experimental results obtained from the system.

  13. Liquid crystal interfaces: Experiments, simulations and biosensors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Popov, Piotr

    Interfacial phenomena are ubiquitous and extremely important in various aspects of biological and industrial processes. For example, many liquid crystal applications start by alignment with a surface. The underlying mechanisms of the molecular organization of liquid crystals at an interface are still under intensive study and continue to be important to the display industry in order to develop better and/or new display technology. My dissertation research has been devoted to studying how complex liquid crystals can be guided to organize at an interface, and to using my findings to develop practical applications. Specifically, I have been working on developing biosensors using liquid-crystal/surfactant/lipid/protein interactions as well as the alignment of low-symmetry liquid crystals for potential new display and optomechanical applications. The biotechnology industry needs better ways of sensing biomaterials and identifying various nanoscale events at biological interfaces and in aqueous solutions. Sensors in which the recognition material is a liquid crystal naturally connects the existing knowledge and experience of the display and biotechnology industries together with surface and soft matter sciences. This dissertation thus mainly focuses on the delicate phenomena that happen at liquid interfaces. In the introduction, I start by defining the interface and discuss its structure and the relevant interfacial forces. I then introduce the general characteristics of biosensors and, in particular, describe the design of biosensors that employ liquid crystal/aqueous solution interfaces. I further describe the basic properties of liquid crystal materials that are relevant for liquid crystal-based biosensing applications. In CHAPTER 2, I describe the simulation methods and experimental techniques used in this dissertation. In CHAPTER 3 and CHAPTER 4, I present my computer simulation work. CHAPTER 3 presents insight of how liquid crystal molecules are aligned by hydrocarbon surfaces at the atomic level. I show that the vertical alignment of a rod-like liquid crystal molecule first requires its insertion into the alignment layer. In CHAPTER 4, I investigate the Brownian behavior of a tracer molecule at an oil/water interface and explain the experimentally-observed anomaly of its increased mobility. Following my molecular dynamics simulation studies of liquid interfaces, I continue my work in CHAPTER 5 with experimental research. I employ the high sensitivity of liquid crystal alignment to the presence of amphiphiles adsorbed to the liquid crystal surface from water for potential biosensor applications. I propose a more accurate method of sensing using circular polarization and spectrophotometry. In CHAPTER 6, I investigate if cholesteric and smectic liquid crystals can potentially offer new modes of biosensing. In CHAPTER 7, I describe preliminary results toward constructing a liquid crystal biosensor platform with capabilities of specific sensitivity using proteins and antibodies. Finally in CHAPTER 8, I summarize the findings of my studies and research and suggest possible future experiments to further advance our knowledge in interfacial science for future applications.

  14. Preservice elementary teachers learning of astronomy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fidler, Chuck Gary

    The dissertation presents a new approach for the study of preservice elementary teacher astronomy education. The approach suggests that learning astronomical concepts are facilitated by greater sophistication in scale perception and spatial-aptitude. This dissertation is underscored by the national call for elementary science education reform efforts and suggests certain strategies shown more effective for the development of accurate astronomical comprehension. The present research study describes how preservice elementary teachers conceptualize and communicate ideas about Space. Instead of assuming a universal mental conception of cosmic orientations and relationships, the dissertation claims that the perception of Space related dimensions vary among preservice elementary teachers. Furthermore, the dissertation suggests individual perceptions of the scale sizes and orientations of celestial systems have direct influences on mental models used to organize and communicate astronomical information. The development of inaccurate mental models of the scaled dimensions of Space may perpetuate the teacher-student cycle of misconception and naive-theory generation among children in elementary education settings. The ability to conceptualize the vast cosmos is facilitated by the minds ability to think about vast scales and orientations of celestial objects. The Earth-based perspective of astronomy education compels the learner to think about astronomical principles within imaginary frames of reference and across unfamiliar scaled dimensions. Therefore, mental astronomical model building is underscored by the perception of scale and cosmic spatiality. This study suggests these cognitive skill sets are interconnected and facilitate the learning of accurate astronomy principles; as well as play an important role when designing an astronomy education program for preservice elementary teachers. This research study is comprised of three separate standalone articles designed and formatted for journal submission. Chapter 1 outlines the intent, rationale, and design of the overall dissertation process and format. Chapter 2 describes an in-depth review of the specific astronomy curricula used for comparison by subsequent chapters and is not intended as a standalone article, but rather as an informative outline of events and activities to help the reader understand the differences of instruction between the two sections of sample populations. Chapter 3 uses qualitative interviews to explore the cosmic dimensions associated with learning of astronomy and finds diverse perceptions of astronomical scales may influence preservice teachers' mental organization of astronomical information. Chapter 4 further analyzes cosmic dimensions using quantitative analyses and specifically examines preservice teachers perceptions of scale and spatiality within the context of astronomy education. Findings from Chapter 4 show that perceptions of scale and spatiality are an interconnected set of learning skills which may greatly enhance the learning of astronomy. Chapter 5 describes how concepts of scale and spatiality may be operationalized within a secondary school science classroom in order to better understand the scaled distances of stars though an inquiry-based three-dimensional modeling activity. Chapter 6 briefly concludes the dissertation work. Due to the nature of this dissertation design, the conclusions chapter is quite succinct as previous chapters are designed with conclusions sections embedded within the body of the text as outlined by specific journal submission guidelines. These dissertation ideas are presented in a formal setting so that the various research undertakings can be studied and analyzed. Qualitative and quantitative analyses of research data are present to support the claims made in this study. The results of this research combine with features of previous research in order to advance our understanding of how preservice elementary teachers think about and learn astronomy.

  15. SAMPLING VIRUSES FROM SOIL

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter describes in detail methods for detecting viruses of bacteria and humans in soil. Methods also are presented for the assay of these viruses. Reference sources are provided for information on viruses of plants.

  16. A Survey of the Manpower Training Needs of Connecticut Business and Industry with Special Emphasis on the Development of a Computer-Based Model for Vocational-Career Information Delivery Systems. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Connecticut Business and Industry Association, Hartford.

    Conducting a survey of manpower training needs of business and industry in Connecticut and identifying elements of a vocational-career information delivery system were the two major focuses of the study described in this report. Content is presented in three chapters. Chapter 1 reviews and analyzes the manpower training needs survey and results.…

  17. Experimental and theoretical aspects of studying themodynamics and mass transport in polymer-solvent systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Davis, Peter Kennedy

    Mass transport and thermodynamics in polymer-solvent systems are two key areas of importance to the polymer industry. Numerous processes including polymerization reactors, membrane separations, foam production, devolatilization processes, film and coating drying, supercritical extractions, drug delivery, and even nano-technology require fundamental phase equilibria and diffusion information. Although such information is vital in equipment design and optimization, acquisition and modeling of these data are still in the research and development stages. This thesis is rather diverse as it addresses many realms of this broad research area. From high pressure to low pressure, experimental to theoretical, and infinite dilution to finite concentration, the thesis covers a wide range of topics that are of current importance to the industrial and academic polymer community. Chapter 1 discusses advances in the development of a new volumetric sorption pressure decay technique to make phase equilibrium and diffusion measurements in severe temperature-pressure environments. Chapter 2 provides the derivations and results of a new completely predictive Group Contribution Lattice Fluid Equation of State for multi-component polymer-solvent systems. The remaining four chapters demonstrate advances in the modeling of inverse gas chromatography (IGC) experiments. IGC has been used extensively of the last 50 years to make low pressure sorption and diffusion measurements at infinitely dilute and finite solvent concentrations. Chapter 3 proposes a new IGC experiment capable of obtaining ternary vapor-liquid equilibria in polymer-solvent-solvent systems. Also in that chapter, an extensive derivation is provided for a continuum model capable of describing the results of such an experiment. Chapter 4 presents new data collected on a packed column IGC experiment and a new model that can be used with those experimental data to obtain diffusion and partition coefficients. Chapter 5 addresses a rather controversial topic about IGC experiments near the polymer glass transition temperature. Using a new IGC model capable of describing both bulk absorption and surface adsorption, IGC behavior around the glass transition was able to be better understood. Finally, Chapter 6 presents an IGC model that can be used to separate bulk effects from surface effects in capillary column IGC experiments.

  18. UNDERSTANDING AND ACCOUNTING FOR METHOD VARIABILITY IN WHOLE EFFLUENT TOXICITY APPLICATIONS UNDER THE NPDES PROGRAM

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter provides a brief introduction to whole effluent toxicity (WET) testing and describes the regulatory background and context of WET testing. This chapter also describes the purpose of this document and outlines the issues addressed in each chapter.

  19. AGR-1 Thermocouple Data Analysis

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jeff Einerson

    2012-05-01

    This report documents an effort to analyze measured and simulated data obtained in the Advanced Gas Reactor (AGR) fuel irradiation test program conducted in the INL's Advanced Test Reactor (ATR) to support the Next Generation Nuclear Plant (NGNP) R&D program. The work follows up on a previous study (Pham and Einerson, 2010), in which statistical analysis methods were applied for AGR-1 thermocouple data qualification. The present work exercises the idea that, while recognizing uncertainties inherent in physics and thermal simulations of the AGR-1 test, results of the numerical simulations can be used in combination with the statistical analysis methods tomore » further improve qualification of measured data. Additionally, the combined analysis of measured and simulation data can generate insights about simulation model uncertainty that can be useful for model improvement. This report also describes an experimental control procedure to maintain fuel target temperature in the future AGR tests using regression relationships that include simulation results. The report is organized into four chapters. Chapter 1 introduces the AGR Fuel Development and Qualification program, AGR-1 test configuration and test procedure, overview of AGR-1 measured data, and overview of physics and thermal simulation, including modeling assumptions and uncertainties. A brief summary of statistical analysis methods developed in (Pham and Einerson 2010) for AGR-1 measured data qualification within NGNP Data Management and Analysis System (NDMAS) is also included for completeness. Chapters 2-3 describe and discuss cases, in which the combined use of experimental and simulation data is realized. A set of issues associated with measurement and modeling uncertainties resulted from the combined analysis are identified. This includes demonstration that such a combined analysis led to important insights for reducing uncertainty in presentation of AGR-1 measured data (Chapter 2) and interpretation of simulation results (Chapter 3). The statistics-based simulation-aided experimental control procedure described for the future AGR tests is developed and demonstrated in Chapter 4. The procedure for controlling the target fuel temperature (capsule peak or average) is based on regression functions of thermocouple readings and other relevant parameters and accounting for possible changes in both physical and thermal conditions and in instrument performance.« less

  20. How to Trigger Emergence and Self-Organisation in Learning Networks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brouns, Francis; Fetter, Sibren; van Rosmalen, Peter

    The previous chapters of this section discussed why the social structure of Learning Networks is important and present guidelines on how to maintain and allow the emergence of communities in Learning Networks. Chapter 2 explains how Learning Networks rely on social interaction and active participations of the participants. Chapter 3 then continues by presenting guidelines and policies that should be incorporated into Learning Network Services in order to maintain existing communities by creating conditions that promote social interaction and knowledge sharing. Chapter 4 discusses the necessary conditions required for knowledge sharing to occur and to trigger communities to self-organise and emerge. As pointed out in Chap. 4, ad-hoc transient communities facilitate the emergence of social interaction in Learning Networks, self-organising them into communities, taking into account personal characteristics, community characteristics and general guidelines. As explained in Chap. 4 community members would benefit from a service that brings suitable people together for a specific purpose, because it will allow the participant to focus on the knowledge sharing process by reducing the effort or costs. In the current chapter, we describe an example of a peer support Learning Network Service based on the mechanism of peer tutoring in ad-hoc transient communities.

  1. SuperJet International case study: a business network start-up in the aeronautics industry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Corallo, Angelo; de Maggio, Marco; Storelli, Davide

    This chapter presents the SuperJet International case study, a start-up in the aeronautics industry characterized by a process-oriented approach and a complex and as yet evolving network of partnerships and collaborations. The chapter aims to describe the key points of the start-up process, highlighting common factors and differences compared to the TEKNE Methodology of Change, with particular reference to the second and third phase, namely, the design and deployment of new techno-organizational systems. The SuperJet International startup is presented as a case study where strategic and organizational aspects have been jointly conceived from a network-driven perspective. The chapter compares some of the guidelines of the TEKNE Methodology of Change with experiences and actual practices deriving from interviews with key players in SJI's start-up process.

  2. Ecology of bonytail and razorback sucker and the role of off-channel habitats in their recovery

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Mueller, Gordon A.

    2006-01-01

    This report presents new findings, updates existing information, and describes what may well represent the only practical approach to these species’ conservation and recovery. Chapter 1 provides an overview of the Colorado River system from its origin to the Gulf of California and includes a description of propagation and stocking programs which have not been described elsewhere. The report also updates what is known or suspected on the life history and ecology of these two endangered fishes. Chapter 2 describes the successful recruitment of both species at an oxbow pond on the Cibola National Wildlife Refuge in Arizona, discusses factors that contribute to completion of the life cycle of both fishes, and provides recommendations for future management of the impoundment. Chapter 3 provides historical evidence that oxbow habitats were formed historically in years of high runoff and the importance of these habitats for survival and evolution of native fishes. It also summarizes key features of habitats that can serve as sanctuaries that enhance early survival of the endangered fishes and allow the fish to complete their entire life cycles.

  3. The use of plasma technology for the treatment of noxious waste

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wilman, Jonathan James

    This thesis begins by describing the common types of air pollution and the main effects of these pollutants. Natural and man-made sources are discussed as well as the current types of technology used for reduction of common pollutants. The use of atmospheric pressure non-thermal plasma reactors for the control of pollutants is introduced at this stage. The second chapter describes the different types of atmospheric pressure non-thermal reactor designs and their modes of operation. The fundamental processes behind the production of plasmas are discussed and the chemistry of some simple discharges is also presented. The third chapter begins the experimental and modelling work done at Manchester on the destruction of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) using packed bed reactors and pulsed corona reactors. This chapter is concerned with the destruction of toluene and its behaviour as the oxygen content of the carrier gas, flowing through the reactor, is changed. Work using a pulsed corona reactor is also presented showing the destruction of toluene as a function of the applied specific energy. A model is constructed using mainly atmospheric reactions and the predictions are compared with experimental values. The fourth chapter discusses the destruction of dichloromethane (DCM) as a function of the oxygen content of the carrier gas. A model is constructed, again from mainly atmospheric reactions, and the predictions compared with the experimental data obtained. Methane is chosen as a molecule to study in the fifth chapter. A model is constructed and compared with experimental findings, showing that the chemistry of non-thermal plasmas can be effectively represented using neutral gas phase chemistry. Finally chapter six is concerned with the use of a large scale pulsed corona system for the reduction of NO[x] in industrial flue gas. This system has been tested on a modem incinerator, showing encouraging results. The workings of a modem incinerator are described together with those of the corona facility and any instruments used in these tests. Some experimental results are discussed. The aim of this chapter is to show that plasma reactors can be scaled up for industrial use. This section also discusses the difficulty of analysing and working with industrial gases and large scale apparatus as opposed to laboratory scale experiments.

  4. Book Review: Precession, Nutation, and Wobble of the Earth

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sterken, Christiaan; Dehant, V.; Mathews, P. M.

    2016-10-01

    This great book describes and explains observational and computational aspects of three apparently tiny changes in the Earth's motion and orientation, viz., precession, nutation, and wobble. The three introductory chapters of this book present fundamental definitions, elementary geodetic theory, and celestial/terrestrial reference systems - including transformations between reference frames. The next chapter on observational techniques describes the principle of accurate measurements of the orientation of the Earth's axis, as obtained from measurements of extra-galactic radio sources using Very Long Baseline Interferometry and GPS observations. Chapter 5 handles precession and nutation of the rigid Earth (i.e., a celestial body that cannot, by definition, deform) and the subsequent chapter takes deformation into consideration, viz., the effect of a centrifugal force caused by a constant-rate rotation that causes the Earth's shape and structure to become ellipsoidal. Deformations caused by external solar-system bodies are discussed in terms of deformability parameters. The next three chapters handle additional complex deviations: non-rigid Earth and more general Earth models, anelastic Earth parameters, and the effects of the fluid layers (i.e., ocean and atmosphere) on Earth rotation. Chapter 10 complements Chapter 7 with refinements that take into account diverse small effects such as the effect of a thermal conductive layer at the top of the core, Core Mantle and Inner Boundary coupling effects on nutation, electromagnetic coupling, and so-called topographic coupling. Chapter 11 covers comparison of observation and theory, and tells us that the present-date precision of the nutation theory is at the level of milliarcseconds in the time domain, and of a tenth of a microsecond in the frequency domain (with some exceptions). This chapter is followed by a 25-page chapter of definitions of equator, equinox, celestial intermediate pole and origin, stellar angle, universal time, and more. Chapter 13 treats the planet Mars, as it is also rapidly rotating, has an equatorial bulge and an obliquity that is comparable to that of the Earth. The last chapter is followed by three Appendices, viz., Rotation representation, Clairaut theory and Definitions of equinoxes. Appendix A deals with rotation vector and rotation matrix, specifically applied to small angles, such as in the case of rotation from change of pole position. Appendix B expresses the Earth's gravitational potential, and the first-order hypothesis that the Earth is in hydrostatic equilibrium, and that its uniformly-rotating surface is an equipotential corresponding to the mean sea level. Appendix C presents a set of definitions of equinoxes. This book is extremely well documented with more than 50 pages of references that are very up to date. The illustrations (exclusively line art diagrams) are all of good quality and the data tables are rich and well formatted. The language is clear and direct, but with nearly 1500 mathematical formulae, this reference work primarily appeals to the community of mathematically-schooled researchers, although anyone lecturing or teaching in celestial mechanics will see this jewel as a treasure trove to be visited on.

  5. Bringing It All Together through Group Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chance, Shannon M.

    2014-01-01

    Interpersonal and transdisciplinary collaboration can facilitate and amplify the benefits of learning. Drawing from ideas presented throughout this volume, this culminating chapter describes ways to enhance collaborative learning within and among various stakeholder groups.

  6. A measurement of the mass of the top quark using the ideogram technique

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Houben, Pieter Willem Huib

    2009-06-03

    This thesis describes a measurement of the mass of the top quark on data collected with the D0 detector at the Tevatron collider in the period from 2002 until 2006. The first chapter describes the Standard Model and the prominent role of the top quark mass. The second chapter gives a description of the D0 detector which is used for this measurement. After the pmore » $$\\bar{p}$$ collisions have been recorded, reconstruction of physics objects is required, which is described in Chapter 3. Chapter 4 describes how the interesting collisions in which top quarks are produced are separated from the `uninteresting' ones with a set of selection criteria. The method to extract the top quark mass from the sample of selected collisions (also called events), which is based on the ideogram technique, is explained in Chapter 5, followed in Chapter 6 by the description of the calibration of the method using simulation of our most precise knowledge of nature. Chapter 7 shows the result of the measurement together with some cross checks and an estimation of the uncertainty on this measurement. This thesis concludes with a constraint on the Higgs boson mass.« less

  7. General summary of effects of the drought in the Southwest: Chapter H in Drought in the Southwest, 1942-56

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Thomas, H.E.

    1963-01-01

    This final chapter of Prof. Paper 372 summarizes the results of a comprehensive study of drought in the Southwest, as reported in greater detail in chapters A-G. Chapter A presents some of the published and recorded conclusions concerning the basic meteorological factors that influence the patterns of precipitation in the Southwest, and describes the characteristics of the drought of 1942-56 as indicated by meteorologic records. Chapter B is a general discussion of the effects of that drought as shown by hydrologic data. Subsequent chapters (C-G) provide more detailed evaluations of the effects of drought in individual river basins and specific localities. The effects of drought are discriminated from water shortages due to other causes wherever possible.For this summary, the hydrologic units in the Southwest are classified according to type, and examples of each type are cited, but no attempt is made to summarize the effects of drought in every hydrologic unit in the Southwest, as was described in preceding parts of this report.The comprehensive study of drought has required analysis of the longest records available concerning all aspects of the water resources, with special attention to the 1942-56 period to ascertain similarities with earlier drought periods and contrasts with periods of greater precipitation. Despite the intended emphasis on drought, the studies have been almost as broad in scope as general studies of interrelations of the hydrologic cycle.

  8. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bauza, Oriol Salto

    This Ph.D. thesis presents the measurement of inclusive jet cross sections in Z/γ*→ e +e - events using 1.7 fb -1 of data collected by the upgraded CDF detector during the Run II of the Tevatron. The Midpoint cone algorithm is used to search for jets in the events after identifying the presence of a Z/γ* boson through the reconstruction of its decay products. The measurements are compared to next-to-LO (NLO) pQCD predictions for events with one and two jets in the final state. The perturbative predictions are corrected for the contributions of non-perturbative processes, like the underlying event andmore » the fragmentation of the partons into jets of hadrons. These processes are not described by perturbation theory and must be estimated from phenomenological models. In this thesis, a number of measurements are performed to test different models of underlying event and hadronization implemented in LO plus parton shower Monte Carlo generator programs. Chapter 2 is devoted to the description of the theory of strong interactions and jet phenomenology at hadron colliders. Chapter 3 contains the description of the Tevatron collider and the CDF detector. The analysis is described in detail in Chapter 4. Chapter 5 shows the measurement of those observables sensitive to non-perturbative effects compared to the predictions from several Monte Carlo programs. Chapter 6 discusses the final results and the comparison with theoretical expectations. Finally, Chapter 7 is devoted to the conclusions.« less

  9. Dualities in String Cosmology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Meissner, K. A.

    We describe in this chapter a set of duality symmetries present in the string-inspired theory of gravity coupled to the dilaton. These dualities are the cornerstones of String Cosmology, which provides alternatives to the usual inflation scenario. The crucial role of Prof. Gabriele Veneziano in the discovery and the development of string dualities is described and emphasized.

  10. Surviving Violence: A Recovery Programme for Children and Families.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fozzard, Shirley

    This book describes the process of assessment, intervention, and evaluation undertaken with refugees from Mozambique on the cessation of hostilities in 1994, to address the psychosocial needs of the refugees. Chapters 1-3 describe the refugees' experiences and the refugee settlement, and present research results on the impact of the traumatic…

  11. The Calibration System of the E989 Experiment at Fermilab

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Anastasi, Antonio

    The muon anomaly aµ is one of the most precise quantity known in physics experimentally and theoretically. The high level of accuracy permits to use the measurement of aµ as a test of the Standard Model comparing with the theoretical calculation. After the impressive result obtained at Brookhaven National Laboratory in 2001 with a total accuracy of 0.54 ppm, a new experiment E989 is under construction at Fermilab, motivated by the diff of aexp SM µ - aµ ~ 3σ. The purpose of the E989 experiment is a fourfold reduction of the error, with a goal of 0.14 ppm,more » improving both the systematic and statistical uncertainty. With the use of the Fermilab beam complex a statistic of × 21 with respect to BNL will be reached in almost 2 years of data taking improving the statistical uncertainty to 0.1 ppm. Improvement on the systematic error involves the measurement technique of ωa and ωp, the anomalous precession frequency of the muon and the Larmor precession frequency of the proton respectively. The measurement of ωp involves the magnetic field measurement and improvements on this sector related to the uniformity of the field should reduce the systematic uncertainty with respect to BNL from 170 ppb to 70 ppb. A reduction from 180 ppb to 70 ppb is also required for the measurement of ωa; new DAQ, a faster electronics and new detectors and calibration system will be implemented with respect to E821 to reach this goal. In particular the laser calibration system will reduce the systematic error due to gain fl of the photodetectors from 0.12 to 0.02 ppm. The 0.02 ppm limit on systematic requires a system with a stability of 10 -4 on short time scale (700 µs) while on longer time scale the stability is at the percent level. The 10 -4 stability level required is almost an order of magnitude better than the existing laser calibration system in particle physics, making the calibration system a very challenging item. In addition to the high level of stability a particular environment, due to the presence of a 14 m diameter storage ring, a highly uniform magnetic field and the detector distribution around the storage ring, set specific guidelines and constraints. This thesis will focus on the final design of the Laser Calibration System developed for the E989 experiment. Chapter 1 introduces the subject of the anomalous magnetic moment of the muon; chapter 2 presents previous measurement of g -2, while chapter 3 discusses the Standard Model prediction and possible new physics scenario. Chapter 4 describes the E989 experiment. In this chapter will be described the experimental technique and also will be presented the experimental apparatus focusing on the improvements necessary to reduce the statistical and systematic errors. The main item of the thesis is discussed in the last two chapters: chapter 5 is focused on the Laser Calibration system while chapter 6 describes the Test Beam performed at the Beam Test Facility of Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati from the 29th February to the 7th March as a final test for the full calibrations system. An introduction explain the physics motivation of the system and the diff t devices implemented. In the final chapter the setup used will be described and some of the results obtained will be presented.« less

  12. A visual analytical approach to rock art panel condition assessment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vogt, Brandon J.

    Rock art is a term for pecked, scratched, or painted symbols found on rock surfaces, most typically joint faces called rock art panels. Because rock art exists on rock at the atmosphere interface, it is highly susceptible to the destructive processes of weathering. Thus, rock weathering scientists, including those that study both natural and cultural surfaces, play a key role towards understanding rock art longevity. The mapping of weathering forms on rock art panels serves as a basis from which to assess overall panel instability. This work examines fissures, case hardened surfaces, crumbly disintegration, and lichen. Knowledge of instability, as measured through these and other weathering forms, provides integral information to land managers and archaeological conservators required to prioritize panels for remedial action. The work is divided into five chapters, three of which are going to be submitted as a peer-reviewed journal manuscript. The second chapter, written as a manuscript for International Newsletter on Rock Art, describes a specific set of criteria that lead to the development of a mapping tool for weathering forms, called 'mapping weathering forms in three dimensions' (MapWeF). The third chapter, written as a manuscript for Remote Sensing of Environment, presents the methodology used to develop MapWeF. The chapter incorporates terrestrial laser scanning, a geographic information system (GIS), geovisualization, image analysis, and exploratory spatial data analysis (ESDA) to identify, map, and quantify weathering features known to cause instability on rock art panels. The methodology implemented in the third chapter satisfies the criteria described in Chapter Two. In the fourth chapter, prepared as a manuscript for Geomorphology, MapWeF is applied to a site management case study, focusing on a region---southeastern Colorado---with notoriously weak and endangered sandstone rock art panels. The final conclusions chapter describes contributions of the work to GIScience and rock weathering, and discusses how MapWeF, as a diagnostic tool, fits into a larger national vision by linking existing rock art stability characterizations to cultural resource management-related conservation action.

  13. Plasmonics analysis of nanostructures for bioapplications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xie, Qian

    Plasmonics, the science and technology of the plasmons, is a rapidly growing field with substantial broader impact in numerous different fields, especially for bio-applications such as bio-sensing, bio-photonics and photothermal therapy. Resonance effects associated with plasmatic behavior i.e. surface Plasmon resonance (SPR) and localize surface Plasmon resonance (LSPR), are of particular interest because of their strong sensitivity to the local environment. In this thesis, plasmonic resonance effects are discussed from the basic theory to applications, especially the application in photothermal therapy, and grating bio-sensing. This thesis focuses on modeling different metallic nanostructures, i.e. nanospheres, nanorods, core-shell nanoparticles, nanotori and hexagonal closed packed nanosphere structures, to determine their LSPR wavelengths for use in various applications. Experiments regarding photothermal therapy using gold nanorods are described and a comparison is presented with results obtained from simulations. Lastly, experiments of grating-based plasmon-enhanced bio-sensing are also discussed. In chapter one, the physics of plasmonics is reviewed, including surface plasmon resonance (SPR) and localized surface plasmon resonance (LSPR). In the section on surface plasmon resonance, the physics behind the phenomenon is discussed, and also, the detection methods and applications in bio-sensing are described. In the section on localized surface plasmon resonance (LSPR), the phenomenon is described with respect to sub wavelength metallic nanoparticles. In chapter two, specific plasmonic-based bio-applications are discussed including plasmonic and magneto-plasmonic enhanced photothermal therapy and grating-based SPR bio-sening. In chapter three, which is the most important part in the thesis, optical modeling of different gold nanostructures is presented. The modeling tools used in this thesis are Comsol and custom developed Matlab programs. In Comsol, the geometries of different metallic nanostructures are drawn and simulated using finite element-based computational electromagnetics. The power absorption of the nanostructures is plotted as a function of wavelength to identify the LSPR wavelength, i.e. the wavelength of peak absorption. In Matlab, Mie scattering theory is programmed in terms of semi-analytical mathematical equations, which predict the power absorption for specific plasmonic geometries, i.e. nanospheres, nanorods and core-shell particles. These predictions, which are much faster than the Comsol analysis, are validated using corresponding numerical simulations. In chapter four, experiments involving novel magneto-plasmonic Nano platforms are described, and experimental data is presented to illustrate the use of the modeling in analyzing these particles. Simulations are performed to determine the influence on the laser absorption of magnetic nanospheres in proximity to metallic nanorods. These results are compared with experimental data. In the last chapter, experiments using a grating-based SPR sensor are described, and modeling results are also presented. In summary, this thesis discusses the physics of plasmonics, electromagnetic analysis for predicting the absorption spectra of metallic nanoparticles and bio-applications that utilize these effects.

  14. Islamic values in the Kuwaiti curriculum

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alshahen, Ghanim A.

    This study investigated the influence of Islamic values on the curriculum, in particular the Islamic studies and science curricula. Three questionnaires were developed, validated, and used to investigate teachers' and pupils' attitudes toward Islamic values in the curriculum. Four main sections deal with Islamic values in the Islamic studies and science curricula, namely: Islamic values in the textbook, teaching Islamic values, the relationship between Islamic values and the science curriculum, and the Islamic values model. Two instruments were used in this study: questionnaires and interviews. Both qualitative and quantitative data were generated from the sample, which consisted of Islamic studies and science teachers and supervisors in intermediate schools, and pupils studying in the eighth grade in intermediate schools. In the last case, the data were gathered by questionnaire only. The interviews and questionnaires provided explanatory data. The research was carried out in three phases, considering respectively 55 Islamic studies teachers, 55 science teachers who teach the eighth grade in intermediate schools, and 786 pupils who study in the eighth grade in 20 schools. In each school, the researcher selected two classes. This thesis consists of eight chapters. Chapter One provides a general introduction and highlights the general framework of this study. Chapter Two is concerned with the development of the education system in Kuwait and the objectives of the Islamic studies and science curricula in the intermediate stage. Chapter Three presents the conceptions of values, the Islamic values model, and Islamic values in the curriculum. Chapter Four describes the objectives of the study, and its research design methods and procedures used to develop the instruments. The sampling procedure, the data collection procedures, and the statistical methods used to analyse the data are also described. Chapter Five presents and interprets the findings of this study. Data analysis in this chapter deals with the Islamic studies and science teachers' questionnaires and both the teachers' and supervisors' interviews. The interview findings are dealt with according to the key themes. Chapter Seven discusses the main findings related to Islamic values in both curricula. Chapter Eight reflects on the main themes of the investigation as a whole. It gives a brief description of the aims and methods of the study and sets out the major findings, their importance, and limitations. Finally, the study concludes with several recommendations and suggestions for developing Islamic values in the curriculum.

  15. Enhanced surveillance strategies for detecting and monitoring chronic wasting disease in free-ranging cervids

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Walsh, Daniel P.

    2012-01-01

    The purpose of this document is to provide wildlife management agencies with the foundation upon which they can build scientifically rigorous and cost-effective surveillance and monitoring programs for chronic wasting disease (CWD) or refine their existing programs. The first chapter provides an overview of potential demographic and spatial risk factors of susceptible wildlife populations that may be exploited for CWD surveillance and monitoring. The information contained in this chapter explores historic as well as recent developments in our understanding of CWD disease dynamics. It also contains many literature references for readers who may desire a more thorough review of the topics or CWD in general. The second chapter examines methods for enhancing efforts to detect CWD on the landscape where it is not presently known to exist and focuses on the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of the surveillance program. Specifically, it describes the means of exploiting current knowledge of demographic and spatial risk factors, as described in the first chapter, through a two-stage surveillance scheme that utilizes traditional design-based sampling approaches and novel statistical methods to incorporate information about the attributes of the landscape, environment, populations and individual animals into CWD surveillance activities. By accounting for these attributes, efficiencies can be gained and cost-savings can be realized. The final chapter is unique in relation to the first two chapters. Its focus is on designing programs to monitor CWD once it is discovered within a jurisdiction. Unlike the prior chapters that are more detailed or prescriptive, this chapter by design is considerably more general because providing comprehensive direction for creating monitoring programs for jurisdictions without consideration of their monitoring goals, sociopolitical constraints, or their biological systems, is not possible. Therefore, the authors draw upon their collective experiences implementing disease-monitoring programs to present the important questions to consider, potential tools, and various strategies for those wildlife management agencies endeavoring to create or maintain a CWD monitoring program. Its intent is to aid readers in creating efficient and cost-effective monitoring programs, while avoiding potential pitfalls. It is hoped that these three chapters will be useful tools for wildlife managers struggling to implement efficient and effective CWD disease management programs.

  16. Effects of Heat Treatments and Compositional Modification on Carbide Network and Matrix Microstructure in Ultrahigh Carbon Steels

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hecht, Matthew David

    This dissertation investigates microstructure/property relations in ultrahigh carbon steel (UHCS) with the aim of improving toughness while retaining high hardness. Due to high C contents (ranging from 1 to 2 wt%), UHCS exhibit high strength, hardness, and wear resistance. Despite this, applications for UHCS are currently limited because they typically contain a continuous network of proeutectoid cementite that greatly reduces ductility and toughness. In previous research, thermomechanic processing had seen considerable success in breaking up the network. However, the processing is difficult and has thus far seen very limited industrial application. Chemical modification of the steel composition has also seen some success in network break-up, but is still not well understood. There have been relatively few fundamental studies of microstructure evolution in UHCS; studies in the literature typically focused on lower C steels (up to 1 wt% C) or on cast irons (>2.1 wt% C). Thus, this work was undertaken to gain a better understanding of microstructural changes that occur during heat treatment and/or chemical modification of UHCS with a focus on the distribution of proeutectoid cementite within the microstructure. This dissertation is composed of eight chapters. The first chapter presents an introduction to phases found in UHCS, descriptions of research materials used in each chapter, and the hypotheses and objectives guiding the work. The second chapter describes a study of the microstructure found in a 2C-4Cr UHCS before and after an industrial-scale austenitizating heat treatment that increased hardness and toughness and also produced discrete carbide particles in the matrix. The third chapter establishes and demonstrates a metric for measuring connectivity in carbide networks. The fourth chapter describes a series of heat treatments designed to investigate kinetics of spheroidization and coarsening of carbide particles and denuded zones near cementite network branches in 2C-4Cr UHCS. The fifth chapter describes an additional series of heat treatments comparing coarsening kinetics in 2C-1Cr and 2C-4Cr UHCS. Lowering the Cr content caused clustering of cementite particles near grain boundaries, in contrast to the denuded zones observed in the higher Cr UHCS. The fifth chapter details four in situ confocal laser scanning microscopy heat treatments of 2C-4Cr UHCS. The seventh chapter investigates the effects of a 2wt% Nb addition on 2C-4Cr UHCS. The eighth and final chapter summarizes the findings of all the experiments of the previous chapters and revisits the objectives and conclusions.

  17. Thermodynamics fundamentals of energy conversion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dan, Nicolae

    The work reported in the chapters 1-5 focuses on the fundamentals of heat transfer, fluid dynamics, thermodynamics and electrical phenomena related to the conversion of one form of energy to another. Chapter 6 is a re-examination of the fundamental heat transfer problem of how to connect a finite-size heat generating volume to a concentrated sink. Chapter 1 extends to electrical machines the combined thermodynamics and heat transfer optimization approach that has been developed for heat engines. The conversion efficiency at maximum power is 1/2. When, as in specific applications, the operating temperature of windings must not exceed a specified level, the power output is lower and efficiency higher. Chapter 2 addresses the fundamental problem of determining the optimal history (regime of operation) of a battery so that the work output is maximum. Chapters 3 and 4 report the energy conversion aspects of an expanding mixture of hot particles, steam and liquid water. At the elemental level, steam annuli develop around the spherical drops as time increases. At the mixture level, the density decreases while the pressure and velocity increases. Chapter 4 describes numerically, based on the finite element method, the time evolution of the expanding mixture of hot spherical particles, steam and water. The fluid particles are moved in time in a Lagrangian manner to simulate the change of the domain configuration. Chapter 5 describes the process of thermal interaction between the molten material and water. In the second part of the chapter the model accounts for the irreversibility due to the flow of the mixture through the cracks of the mixing vessel. The approach presented in this chapter is based on exergy analysis and represents a departure from the line of inquiry that was followed in chapters 3-4. Chapter 6 shows that the geometry of the heat flow path between a volume and one point can be optimized in two fundamentally different ways. In the "growth" method the structure is optimized starting from the smallest volume element of fixed size. In "design" method the overall volume is fixed, and the designer works "inward" by increasing the internal complexity of the paths for heat flow.

  18. Future Directions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maña, Antonio; Spanoudakis, George; Kokolakis, Spyros

    In this chapter we present the prospects of the SERENITY approach towards secure and dependable AmI ecosystems and identify issues for further research. We also describe the foreseen impact that the SERENITY model, processes, tools, and technologies can produce.

  19. Conclusion: From describing to prescribing--transitioning to place-based conservation [Chapter 18

    Treesearch

    William P. Stewart; Daniel R. Williams; Linda E. Kruger

    2013-01-01

    The chapters of this book describe various perspectives from the social sciences of place-based conservation. The prescriptive implications are often close to the surface and become entangled with them. This chapter highlights four overlapping approaches to the practice of place-based conservation and acknowledges the difficulty of separating descriptions from...

  20. Chapter 6. Landscape Analysis for Habitat Monitoring

    Treesearch

    Samuel A. Cushman; Kevin McGarigal; Kevin S. McKelvey; Christina D. Vojta; Claudia M. Regan

    2013-01-01

    The primary objective of this chapter is to describe standardized methods for measur¬ing and monitoring attributes of landscape pattern in support of habitat monitoring. This chapter describes the process of monitoring categorical landscape maps in which either selected habitat attributes or different classes of habitat quality are represented as different patch types...

  1. The Adult Basic Education Profession and Competence: Promoting Best Practice. Final Report 1993.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Scheeres, Hermine; And Others

    This report describes the adult basic education profession in Australia across state boundaries and across a wide range of contexts. Chapter 1 discusses competencies and professions and why competency-based teacher education has been unsuccessful. Chapter 2 discusses the context of Adult Basic Education Competencies. Chapter 3 describes the…

  2. Chapter 08: Comments on, and additional information for, wood identification

    Treesearch

    Alex C. Wiedenhoeft

    2011-01-01

    This manual has described the theory of identification (Chapter 1), the botanical basis of wood structure (Chapter 2), the use of a hand lens (Chapter 3), how to use cutting tools to prepare wood for observation with a lens (Chapter 4), and the characters used in hand lens wood identification (Chapter 5) before leading you through an identification key (Chapter 6) and...

  3. A Novel Interdisciplinary Approach to Socio-Technical Complexity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bassetti, Chiara

    The chapter presents a novel interdisciplinary approach that integrates micro-sociological analysis into computer-vision and pattern-recognition modeling and algorithms, the purpose being to tackle socio-technical complexity at a systemic yet micro-grounded level. The approach is empirically-grounded and both theoretically- and analytically-driven, yet systemic and multidimensional, semi-supervised and computable, and oriented towards large scale applications. The chapter describes the proposed approach especially as for its sociological foundations, and as applied to the analysis of a particular setting --i.e. sport-spectator crowds. Crowds, better defined as large gatherings, are almost ever-present in our societies, and capturing their dynamics is crucial. From social sciences to public safety management and emergency response, modeling and predicting large gatherings' presence and dynamics, thus possibly preventing critical situations and being able to properly react to them, is fundamental. This is where semi/automated technologies can make the difference. The work presented in this chapter is intended as a scientific step towards such an objective.

  4. General Education: A Curriculum Cornerstone.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bunker Hill Community Coll., Boston, MA.

    Prepared by the General Education (GE) Review Steering Committee of Massachusetts' Bunker Hill Community College in 1991, this guide presents the Committee's GE curiculum Cornerstone model. Following a short preface which discusses the goals and activities of the Steering Committee, chapter 1 presents a rationale for the model and describes its…

  5. Backboards & Blackboards: College Athletes and Role Engulfment.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Adler, Patricia A.; Peter Adler

    A chronological account of the socialization experiences of college basketball players from their recruitment and entry into university through the termination of their college playing careers is presented in this book. After a prologue which describes the methodological techniques used in the 10-year study, chapter 1 presents an overview of the…

  6. Chemistry of wood strength

    Treesearch

    Jerrold E. Winandy; Roger M. Rowell

    2005-01-01

    This chapter presents a theoretical model to explain the relationship between the mechanical properties and the chemical components of wood. This model is then used to describe the effects of altered composition on those mechanical properties. Many of the theories presented are only partially proven and just beginning to be understood. These theories should be...

  7. Opportunities in Mechnical Engineering. [VGM Career Horizons Series].

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Konzo, Seichi; Bayne, James W.

    This book presents information on career opportunities in mechanical engineering. Chapter 1 describes the historical development of mechanical engineering and its interactions with society, considers the growth of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, and discusses the relevance of mechanical engineering to present-day and future society.…

  8. Low-Frequency Waves in HF Heating of the Ionosphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sharma, A. S.; Eliasson, B.; Milikh, G. M.; Najmi, A.; Papadopoulos, K.; Shao, X.; Vartanyan, A.

    2016-02-01

    Ionospheric heating experiments have enabled an exploration of the ionosphere as a large-scale natural laboratory for the study of many plasma processes. These experiments inject high-frequency (HF) radio waves using high-power transmitters and an array of ground- and space-based diagnostics. This chapter discusses the excitation and propagation of low-frequency waves in HF heating of the ionosphere. The theoretical aspects and the associated models and simulations, and the results from experiments, mostly from the HAARP facility, are presented together to provide a comprehensive interpretation of the relevant plasma processes. The chapter presents the plasma model of the ionosphere for describing the physical processes during HF heating, the numerical code, and the simulations of the excitation of low-frequency waves by HF heating. It then gives the simulations of the high-latitude ionosphere and mid-latitude ionosphere. The chapter also briefly discusses the role of kinetic processes associated with wave generation.

  9. Enabling Technologies for Microfluidic Flow Control and Detection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Leslie, Daniel Christopher

    Advances in microfluidic technologies have expanded conventional chemical and biological techniques to the point where we can envision rapid, inexpensive and portable analysis. Among the numerous challenges in the development of portable, chip-based technologies are simple flow control and detection strategies, which will be essential to widespread acceptance and implementation at both the point-of-care and in locales with limited facilities/resources. The research presented in this dissertation is focused on the development of precise flow control techniques and new, simplified detection technologies aimed at addressing these challenges. An introduction to the concepts important to microfluidics and a brief history to the field are presented in Chapter 1. Chapter 2 will present the development of a technique for the precise control of small volumes of liquids, where well-studied electrical circuit concepts are employed to create frequency-dependent microfluidic circuits. In this system, elastomeric thin films act as fluidic capacitors and diodes, which, when combined with resistors (channels), make fluidic circuits that are described by analytical models. Metering of two separate chemical inputs with a single oscillatory pneumatic control line is demonstrated by combining simple fluidic circuits (i.e., band-pass filters) to significantly reduce the external hardware required for microfluidic flow control. In order to quantify multiple flow profiles in microfluidic circuits, a novel multiplexed flow measurement method using visible dyes is introduced in Chapter 3 and rapidly determines individual flow in connected channels, post-fabrication device quality and solution viscosity. Another thrust of this dissertation research has been to develop miniaturized bioanalytical systems. Chapter 4 describes the adaption of a nucleic-acid-tagged antibody protein detection reaction to a microfluidic platform for detection of down to 5 E. coli O157:H7 cells. Furthermore, a completely non-contact temperature control platform is developed in Chapter 5 for forensic human identification reactions, based on interferometric temperature sensing and infrared-mediated heating, which simplifies the microfluidic device and its operation. Finally, possible future directions are outlined in Chapter 6 including further simplification of microfluidic instrumentation.

  10. Optimization of Helium Vessel Design for ILC Cavities

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fratangelo, Enrico

    2009-01-01

    The ILC (International Linear Collider) is a proposed new major particle accelerator. It consists of two 20 km long linear accelerators colliding electrons and positrons at an energy exceeding 500 GeV, Achieving this collision energy while keeping reasonable accelerator dimensions requires the use of high electric field superconducting cavities as the main acceleration element. These cavities are operated at l.3 GHz inside an appropriate container (He vessel) at temperatures as low as 1.4 K using superfluid Helium as the refrigerating medium. The purpose of this thesis, in the context of the ILC R&D activities currently in progress at Fermilab (Fermimore » National Accelerator Laboratory), is the mechanical study of an ILC superconducting cavity and Helium vessel prototype. The main goals of these studies are the determination of the limiting working conditions of the whole He vessel assembly, the simulation of the manufacturing process of the cavity end-caps and the assessment of the Helium vessel's efficiency. In addition this thesis studies the requirements to certify the compliance with the ASME Code of the whole cavity/vessel assembly. Several Finite Elements Analyses were performed by the candidate himself in order to perform the studies listed above and described in detail in Chapters 4 through 8. ln particular the candidate has developed an improved procedure to obtain more accurate results with lower computational times. These procedures will be accurately described in the following chapters. After an introduction that briefly describes the Fennilab and in particular the Technical Division (where all the activities concerning with this thesis were developed), the first part of this thesis (Chapters 2 and 3) explains some of the main aspects of modem particle accelerators. Moreover it describes the most important particle accelerators working at the moment and the basic features of the ILC project. Chapter 4 describes all the activities that were done to certify the compliance of the Helium vessel and the cavity to the ASME code standard. After briefly recalling to the main contents of the the ASME Code (Sections II and Vlll - Division ll), the procedure used for finding all relevant stresses and comparing the obtained results with the maximum values allowed are explained. This part also includes the buckling verification of the cavity. In Chapter 5 the manufacturing process of the cavity end-caps, whose function is to link the Helium vessel with the cavity, is studied. The present configuration of the dies is described and the manufacturing process is simulated in order to explain the origin of some defects fol.llld on real parts. Finally a new design of the dies is proposed and the resulting deformed piece is compared with the design requirements. Chapter 6 describes a finite elements analysis to assess the efficiency and the stiffness of the Helium vessel. Furthermore the results of the optimization of the Helium vessel (in order to increase the value of the efficiency) are reported. The same stiffness analysis is used in Chapter 7 for the Blade-Tuner study. After a description of this tuner and of its function, the preliminary analyses done to confirm the results provided by the vendor are described and then its limiting load conditions are found. Chapter 8 shows a study of the resistance of all the welds present in between the cavity and the end-cap and between the end-caps and the He vessel for a smaller superconducting cavity operating at 3.9 GHz. Finally Chapter 9 briefly describes some R&D activities in progress at INFN (Section of Pisa) and Fermilab that could produce significant cost reductions of the Helium vessel design. All the finite elements analyses contained and described in this thesis made possible the certification of the whole superconducting cavity-Helium vessel assembly at Fermilab. Furthermore they gave several useful indications to the Fermilab staff to improve the performance of the Helium vessel by modifying some design parameters or refining the manufacturing processes.« less

  11. SeaWiFS Technical Report Series. Volume 42; Satellite Primary Productivity Data and Algorithm Development: A Science Plan for Mission to Planet Earth

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Falkowski, Paul G.; Behrenfeld, Michael J.; Esaias, Wayne E.; Balch, William; Campbell, Janet W.; Iverson, Richard L.; Kiefer, Dale A.; Morel, Andre; Yoder, James A.; Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); hide

    1998-01-01

    Two issues regarding primary productivity, as it pertains to the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Program and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) Mission to Planet Earth (MTPE) are presented in this volume. Chapter 1 describes the development of a science plan for deriving primary production for the world ocean using satellite measurements, by the Ocean Primary Productivity Working Group (OPPWG). Chapter 2 presents discussions by the same group, of algorithm classification, algorithm parameterization and data availability, algorithm testing and validation, and the benefits of a consensus primary productivity algorithm.

  12. New York University's Stern School of Business: A Centennial Retrospective.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gitlow, Abraham L.

    This volume traces the history of the first hundred years of the Stern School of Business at New York University. Chapter 1 describes the school's original mission and founding. Chapter 2 describes how the school changed and developed as it responded to trends from 1900 to 1950. Chapter 3 explores the school's dramatic decline between 1955 and…

  13. US and Russian Cooperation in Space Biology and Medicine

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sawin, C.F.; Hanson, S.I.; House, N.G.; Pestov, I.D.

    2009-01-01

    This slide presentation concerns the 5th volume of a joint publication that describes the cooperation between the United States and Russia in research into space biology and medicine. Each of the chapters is briefly summarized.

  14. Mixing and CP violation in the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ meson system at CDF; Mélange et violation de CP dans le système des mésons B$$0\\atop{s}$$ à CDF (in French)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Di Giovanni, Gian Piero

    2008-01-01

    The two analyses presented in the thesis, the Bmore » $$0\\atop{s}$$ mixing analysis and the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ψφ angular analysis, share most of the technical implementations and features. Thus, my choice was to pursue in parallel the common aspects of the analyses, avoiding, whenever possible, repetitions. Each Chapter is split in two parts, the first one dedicated to the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ mixing analysis and the second one describing the angular analysis on the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ψφ decay mode. They are organized as follows. In Chapter 1 we present the theoretical framework of the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ neutral mesons system. After a general introduction on the Standard Model, we focus on the quantities which are relevant to the Δms measurement and the CP violation phenomena, underlying the details concerning the study of pseudo-scalar to vector vector decays, P → VV, which allow to carry out an angular analysis. A discussion on the implication of the measurements performed in the search of physics beyond the Standard Model is presented. The accelerator facilities and the CDF-II detector are reported in Chapter 2. While describing the detector, more emphasis is given to the components fundamental to perform B physics analyses at CDF. The Chapter 3 is focused on the reconstruction and selection of the data samples. The Chapter starts with a description of the on-line trigger requirements, according to the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ sample considered, followed by the offline selection criteria implemented to reconstruct B$$0\\atop{s}$$ semileptonic and hadronic decays, fully and partially reconstructed, for the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ mixing analysis, as well as the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ψφ decay mode for the angular analysis. The subsequent Chapter 4 is dedicated to the revision of the technical ingredients needed in the final analyses. The B$$0\\atop{s}$$ mixing elements are firstly described. The methodology historically used in the oscillation searches, the 'amplitude scan', is here introduced together with the calibration of the proper-decay-time resolution and the flavor tagging algorithms, in particular a closer examination of the same-side tagger performances is given. The B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ψφ angular analysis elements description then follows, focusing on the performances and the eventual differences with respect to the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ oscillation search. The final results of the analyses are obtained with the use of an un-binned likelihood fitting framework: Chapter 5 presents the general principles behind this methodology and a description of both the maximum likelihood fitters employed. Chapter 6 contains the conclusive results on the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ analyses. They are presented in an historical fashion: the measurement of the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ oscillation frequency is followed by the first flavor tagged ΔΓs and βs measurements. The impact and the constraints on the parameters of the flavor model is part of the discussion in the Chapter. As cross-check of the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ angular analysis, the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ψK*0 decay mode has been additionally studied. Its angular analysis shows a competitive sensitivity with the B factories in measuring the parameters which define the decay. Not only this contributes to enforce the reliability of the entire framework, but it constitutes an excellent result by itself. Thus, we devote the entire Chapter 7 to the sole discussion of the angular analysis of the B$$0\\atop{s}$$ → J/ψK*0 decay mode.« less

  15. Chapter 1: Direct Normal Radiation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Myer, Daryl R.

    2016-04-15

    This chapter addresses the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the solar resource, the direct solar radiation. It discusses the total or integrated broadband direct beam extraterrestrial radiation (ETR). This total integrated irradiance is comprised of photons of electromagnetic radiation. The chapter also discusses the impact of the atmosphere and its effect upon the direct normal irradiance (DNI) beam radiation. The gases and particulates present in the atmosphere traversed by the direct beam reflect, absorb, and scatter differing spectral regions and proportions of the direct beam, and act as a variable filter. Knowledge of the available broadband DNI beam radiation resourcemore » data is essential in designing a concentrating photovoltaic (CPV) system. Spectral variations in the DNI beam radiation affect the performance of a CPV system depending on the solar cell technology used. The chapter describes propagation and scattering processes of circumsolar radiation (CSR), which includes the Mie scattering from large particles.« less

  16. Understanding the quasi-static thermo-electro-mechanical response of piezoelectric materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ganley, Jeffrey Mark

    2007-12-01

    Piezoelectricity describes the behavior of a class of materials which exhibit a relationship between mechanical strain and electrical field. Piezoelectric materials can be crystals (e.g. quartz), ceramic (e.g. lead-zirconate-titanate---PZT---the primary focus of the present research), or polymers (e.g. polyvinylidine-fluoride - PVDF). Piezopolymers and piezoceramics offer a significant improvement in piezoelectric properties over naturally occurring piezoelectrics like quartz. In the last five years, research in piezoelectrics has begun to change focus from the more traditional sensor/actuator applications to utilizing piezoelectric materials in energy harvesting applications. The present research will explore the very low frequency response of piezoelectrics, including several energy harvesting applications, as well as the interactions between thermal, mechanical and electrical energy in a thermally driven piezoelectric energy generation system. In Chapter 1, the history of piezoelectric research and development is given, along with an overview of piezoelectricity for those readers who are not familiar with the topic. In Chapter 2, current investigations in piezoelectric energy harvesting research are summarized. The present research, namely understanding the quasi-static thermo-electro-mechanical response of piezoelectric materials is also summarized. In addition, two applications: thermal management in a satellite and energy harvesting from a vibrating highway bridge are detailed as motivators for the present research. Chapter 3 gives a summary of the relevant piezoelectric theory. In addition, electrical circuit theory and thermodynamic heat capacity/heat energy considerations required to complete the present research are given. Chapter 4 provides a summary of the experimental testing completed during the course of the present research. Significant testing, including determination of the PZT/Aluminum substrate sample time constants, thermal calibration testing and quantification of the voltage resulting from the PZT/Aluminum substrate samples, is detailed and summarized. In Chapter 5 the research analysis, including variance of the PZT element capacitance with loading condition, is presented. Novel piezoelectric theory associated with the thermally induced planar strain loading condition, along with corroborating test results, are also presented. Chapter 6 notes the significant results, conclusions and recommendations for future research resulting from the present research, including a system level summary of the 'satellite' and 'bridge' applications.

  17. Lipases as catalysts in synthesis of fine chemicals.

    PubMed

    Baldessari, Alicia

    2012-01-01

    The application of lipases as catalysts in the synthesis of an intermediate of alfuzosin and lapyrium chloride is described. In the first case, the one-pot procedure to obtain the intermediate involves the treatment of tetrahydrofuroic acid with ethanol in the presence of Candida antarctica lipase followed by the addition of N-methyl-1,3-diaminopropane. In the second part of the chapter, an efficient route for large-scale preparation of lapyrium chloride is developed from chloroacetic acid in four steps, three of them enzymatic. Due to the chemoselective behavior of the lipases, both products described in the present chapter were obtained in a high degree of purity and yield, applying mild reaction conditions, and following a low environmental impact methodology.

  18. New Layered Materials and Functional Nanoelectronic Devices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yu, Jaeeun

    This thesis introduces functional nanomaterials including superatoms and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) for new layered solids and molecular devices. Chapters 1-3 present how we incorporate superatoms into two-dimensional (2D) materials. Chapter 1 describes a new and simple approach to dope transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDCs) using the superatom Co6Se8(PEt3)6 as the electron dopant. Doping is an effective method to modulate the electrical properties of materials, and we demonstrate an electron-rich cluster can be used as a tunable and controllable surface dopant for semiconducting TMDCs via charge transfer. As a demonstration of the concept, we make a p-n junction by patterning on specific areas of TMDC films. Chapter 2 and Chapter 3 introduce new 2D materials by molecular design of superatoms. Traditional atomic van der Waals materials such as graphene, hexagonal boron-nitride, and TMDCs have received widespread attention due to the wealth of unusual physical and chemical behaviors that arise when charges, spins, and vibrations are confined to a plane. Though not as widespread as their atomic counterparts, molecule-based layered solids offer significant benefits; their structural flexibility will enable the development of materials with tunable properties. Chapter 2 describes a layered van der Waals solid self-assembled from a structure-directing building block and C60 fullerene. The resulting crystalline solid contains a corrugated monolayer of neutral fullerenes and can be mechanically exfoliated. Chapter 3 describes a new method to functionalize electroactive superatoms with groups that can direct their assembly into covalent and non-covalent multi-dimensional frameworks. We synthesized Co6Se8[PEt2(4-C6H4COOH)]6 and found that it forms two types of crystalline assemblies with Zn(NO3)2, one is a three-dimensional solid and the other consists of stacked layers of two-dimensional sheets. The dimensionality is controlled by subtle changes in reaction conditions. CNT-based field-effect transistor (FETs), in which a single molecule spans an oxidatively cut gap in the CNT, provide a versatile, ground-state platform with well-defined electrical contacts. For statistical studies of a variety of small molecule bridges, Chapter 4 presents a novel fabrication method to produce hundreds of FETs on one single carbon nanotube. A large number of devices allows us to study the stability and uniformity of CNT FET properties. Moreover, the new platform also enables a quantitative analysis of molecular devices. In particular, we used CNT FETs for studying DNA-mediated charge transport. DNA conductance was measured by connecting DNA molecules of varying lengths to lithographically cut CNT FETs.

  19. 22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

  20. 22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

  1. 22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

  2. 22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ...-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE LABOR RELATIONS... THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV—Memorandum... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

  3. Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Licata, Nicholas A.

    2008-05-01

    In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.

  4. Time-Variable Phenomena in the Jovian System

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Belton, Michael J. S. (Editor); West, Robert A. (Editor); Rahe, Jurgen (Editor); Pereyda, Margarita

    1989-01-01

    The current state of knowledge of dynamic processes in the Jovian system is assessed and summaries are provided of both theoretical and observational foundations upon which future research might be based. There are three sections: satellite phenomena and rings; magnetospheric phenomena, Io's torus, and aurorae; and atmospheric phenomena. Each chapter discusses time dependent theoretical framework for understanding and interpreting what is observed; others describe the evidence and nature of observed changes or their absence. A few chapters provide historical perspective and attempt to present a comprehensive synthesis of the current state of knowledge.

  5. Hybridization of Architectural Styles for Integrated Enterprise Information Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bagusyte, Lina; Lupeikiene, Audrone

    Current enterprise systems engineering theory does not provide adequate support for the development of information systems on demand. To say more precisely, it is forming. This chapter proposes the main architectural decisions that underlie the design of integrated enterprise information systems. This chapter argues for the extending service-oriented architecture - for merging it with component-based paradigm at the design stage and using connectors of different architectural styles. The suitability of general-purpose language SysML for the modeling of integrated enterprise information systems architectures is described and arguments pros are presented.

  6. Grain optical properties

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hanner, Martha

    1988-01-01

    The optical properties of small grains provide the link between the infrared observations presented in Chapter 1 and the dust composition described in Chapter 3. In this session, the optical properties were discussed from the viewpoint of modeling the emission from the dust coma and the scattering in order to draw inference about the dust size distribution and composition. The optical properties are applied to the analysis of the infrared data in several ways, and these different uses should be kept in mind when judging the validity of the methods for applying optical constants to real grains.

  7. Fundamentals of Condensed Matter Physics Marvin L. Cohen and Steven G. Louie

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Devanathan, Ram

    This graduate level textbook on Condensed Matter Physics is written lucidly by two leading luminaries in this field. The volume draws its material from the graduate course in condensed matter physics that has been offered by the authors for several decades at the University of California, Berkeley. Cohen and Louie have done an admirable job of guiding the reader gradually from elementary concepts to advanced topics. The book is divided into four main parts that have four chapters each. Chapter 1 presents models of solids in terms of interacting atoms, which is appropriate for the ground state, and excitations tomore » describe collective effects. Chapter 2 deals with the properties of electrons in crystalline materials. The authors introduce the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and then proceed to the periodic potential approximation. Chapter 3 discusses energy bands in materials and covers concepts from the free electron model to the tight binding model and periodic boundary conditions. Chapter 4 starts with fixed atomic cores and introduces lattice vibrations, phonons, and the concept of density of states. By the end of this part, the student should have a basic understanding of electrons and phonons in materials. Part II presents electron dynamics and the response of materials to external probes. Chapter 5 covers the effective Hamiltonian approximation and the motion of the electron under a perturbation, such as an external field. The discussion moves to many-electron interactions and the exchange-correlation energy in Chapter 6, the widely-used Density Functional Theory (DFT) in chapter 7, and the dielectric response function in Chapter 8. The next two parts of the book cover advanced topics. Part III begins with a discussion of the response of materials to photons in Chapter 9. Chapter 10 goes into the details of electron-phonon interactions in different materials and introduces the polaron. Chapter 11 presents electron dynamics in a magnetic field and Chapter 12 discusses electrical and thermal transport in materials. Part IV takes the reader further into many body effects, superconductivity, and nanoscale materials. The authors introduce Feynman diagrams and many-body perturbation theory in Chapter 13, theories of superconductivity in Chapter 14, magnetism in Chapter 15, and low dimensional systems in Chapter 16. The first two parts are required reading for the beginner planning to perform DFT calculations. The advanced student interested in conducting research in condensed matter physics will benefit from continuing on to the last two parts. There is a set of problems at the end of each part. The narrative is aided by equations and detailed figures. References at the end of the book direct the reader to relevant books and review articles for each chapter. The inside covers include a periodic table and a useful list of fundamental physical constants. The authors present the underlying mathematics elegantly, which makes the textbook quite readable for those with a good mathematical background. Students lacking a firm footing in math will find the terrain rough after Chapter 1. This field has seen many good undergraduate textbooks including those by Kittel and by Ashcroft and Mermin. This volume fills the need for a rigorous graduate level textbook, and is a required addition to the bookshelf of every condensed matter physicist. Cohen and Louie have brought refreshing clarity to a challenging subject and made it eminently accessible to the motivated student.« less

  8. Ground Water Atlas of the United States

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    ,

    2000-01-01

    PrefaceThe Ground Water Atlas of the United States presents a comprehensive summary of the Nation's ground-water resources and is a basic reference for the location, geography, geology, and hydrologic characteristics of the major aquifers in the Nation. The information was collected by the U.S. Geological Survey and other agencies during the course of many years of study. Results of the Regional Aquifer-System Analysis Program, a systematic study of the Nation's major aquifers by the U.S. Geological Survey, were used as a major, but not exclusive, source of information of the Atlas. The Atlas, which is designed in a graphical format that is supported by descriptive discussions, includes 13 chapters, each representing areas that collectively cover the 50 States and Puerto Rico, as well as the U.S. Virgin Islands. Each chapter of the Atlas presents and describes hydrogeologic and hydrologic conditions for the major aquifers in each regional area. The scale of the Atlas does not allow portrayal of minor features of the geology or hydrology of each aquifer presented, nor does it include detailed discussion of minor aquifers. Those readers who seek detailed local information for the aquifers will find extensive lists of references at the end of each chapter. The introductory chapter in this volume presents an overview of ground-water conditions Nationwide and gives an example of an aquifer in each of six hydrogeologic settings.

  9. RNA mediated assembly of nanostructures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rouge, Jessica Lynn

    The first chapter of this work presents a comprehensive look at RNA mediated nanoparticle formation. The overall goal of this research is to gain a deeper understanding of the RNA-particle formation mechanism and the basic properties of the materials selected by modified RNA molecules. Understanding such RNA-substrate interactions and how they translate into the physical and chemical characteristics of the nanoparticles they create are important fundamental concepts when considering these biotemplated materials as potential chemical catalysts. The RNA sequences discussed in the first chapter (referred to as Pdases) were discovered using RNA in vitro selection techniques. These Pdases were found to be capable of forming inorganic palladium (Pd) containing nanoparticles with impressive control over an individual particle's size and shape, despite incubation with the same organometallic precursor. This discovery held exciting implications for inorganic nanoparticle design while also generating numerous questions regarding the mechanism of RNA mediated particle growth. The central question that arose after this initial discovery was how could a biomolecule be used to tailor the physical size and shape of inorganic materials? Starting with a chemical proof designed to uncover the composition of the nanoparticles formed by RNA mediation, this chapter investigates the basic material properties of the nanoparticles while also introducing surprising results regarding the effect of multiple sequences on nanoparticle growth outcomes. In the second chapter, the experiments shift to developing methods to investigate nanoparticle growth mechanisms by fluorescence spectroscopy. A fluorescence polarization anisotropy (FPA) assay is presented in which the strengths of the technique are adapted for studying the formation of RNA mediated Pd nanoparticles in real time. This is a unique application of FPA, as it has been adapted to encompass both the biochemical and materials analysis of a single dynamic system. Although the initial studies described in chapter two focus on the growth kinetics of selected Pdases and their organometallic substrate (Pd2DBA3), it is envisioned that this technique can be used to study a variety of biotemplated systems in a similar fashion. For the experiments described, a key interest was to understand if the RNA governed the rates associated with nanoparticle formation and to gain deeper insight in to the potential growth mechanisms of RNA-nanoparticle constructs. Understanding such interactions could help identify the role RNA play in forming materials while also helping to shape the experimental design of future in vitro selections between RNA and materials. The strengths of these FPA experiments are described as well the associated kinetics observed for RNA mediated particle growth. In chapter three, the fundamental concepts surrounding RNA-nanoparticle interactions shifts to the first application-oriented study of RNA mediated nanoparticle formation for chemical catalysis. The product of a second materials selection is presented in which platinum (Pt) rich nanoparticles are formed using pyridyl modified RNA sequences. These RNA-Pt nanoparticle constructs are interfaced with cadmium sulfide (CdS) quantum dots in an effort to assess the ability of the RNA-Pt nanoparticles to serve as functional catalyst for the photocatalytic production of metal hydrides from aqueous solutions at neutral pH. Metal hydride formation is a crucial step in the challenging chemical reaction of water splitting. The results of this hybrid RNA-Pt/CdS water splitting catalyst are described and compared to more traditional catalyst designs. In the final chapter, the combination of concepts and insights gained as presented in chapters 1-3 are systematically combined into the first RNA in vitro selection for photochemically active materials. This novel selection utilizes an RNA library that is chemically modified such that it can both find and assess the ability of a material to perform photon-driven oxidation chemistry in a complex mixture. In order to conduct such a selection, a new DNA phosphoramidite was synthesized and attached to the RNA library prior to beginning the selection. The details of this synthesis are described. Later in this chapter, the results of this complex yet powerful in vitro selection are outlined. In closing, the prospect of using in vitro selection techniques for discovering other chemically active materials is discussed.

  10. SYSTHESIS OF VOLCANISM STUDIES FOR THE YUCCA MOUNTAIN SITE CHARACTERIZATION PROJECT

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Perry, F. V.; Crowe, G. A.; Valentine, G. A.

    1997-09-23

    This report synthesizes the results of volcanism studies conducted by scientists at the Los Alamos National Laboratory and collaborating institutions on behalf of the Department of Energy's Yucca Mountain Project. Chapter 1 introduces the volcanism issue for the Yucca Mountain site and provides the reader with an overview of the organization, content, and significant conclusions of this report. The hazard of future basaltic volcanism is the primary topic of concern including both events that intersect a potential repository and events that occur near or within the waste isolation system of a repository. Future volcanic events cannot be predicted with certaintymore » but instead are estimated using formal methods of probabilistic volcanic hazard assessment (PVHA). Chapter 2 describes the volcanic history of the Yucca Mountain region (YMR) and emphasizes the Pliocene and Quaternary volcanic record, the interval of primary concern for volcanic risk assessment. The distribution, eruptive history, and geochronology of Plio-Quaternary basalt centers are described by individual center emphasizing the younger postcaldera basalt (<5 Ma). The Lathrop Wells volcanic center is described in detail because it is the youngest basalt center in the YMR. The age of the Lathrop Wells center is now confidently determined to be about 75 thousand years old. Chapter 3 describes the tectonic setting of the YMR and presents and assesses the significance of multiple alternative tectonic models. The distribution of Pliocene and Quaternary basaltic volcanic centers is evaluated with respect to tectonic models for detachment, caldera, regional and local rifting, and the Walker Lane structural zone. Geophysical data are described for the YMR and are used as an aid to understand the distribution of past basaltic volcanic centers and possible future magmatic processes. Chapter 4 discusses the petrologic and geochemical features of basaltic volcanism in the YMR, the southern Great Basin and the Basin and Range province. Geochemical and isotopic data are presented for post-Miocene basalts of the Yucca Mountain region. Alternative petrogenetic models are assessed for the formation of the Lathrop Wells volcanic center. Based on geochemical data, basaltic ash in fault trenches near Yucca Mountain is shown to have originated from the Lathrop Wells center. Chapter 5 synthesizes eruptive and subsurface effects of basaltic volcanism on a potential repository and summarizes current concepts of the segregation, ascent, and eruption of basalt magma. Chapter 6 synthesizes current knowledge of the probability of disruption of a potential repository at Yucca Mountain. In 1996, an Expert Elicitation panel was convened by DOE that independently conducted PVHA for the Yucca Mountain site. Chapter 6 does not attempt to revise this PVHA; instead, it further examines the sensitivity of variables in PVHA. The approaches and results of PVHA by the expert judgment panel are evaluated and incorporated throughout this chapter. The disruption ratio (E2) is completely re-evaluated using simulation modeling that describes volcanic events based on the geometry of basaltic feeder dikes. New estimates of probability bounds are developed. These comparisons show that it is physically implausible for the probability of magmatic disruption of the Yucca Mountain site to be greater than 10{sup -7} events per year. Bounding probability estimates are used to assess possible implications of not drilling aeromagnetic anomalies in the Arnargosa Valley and Crater Flat. The results of simulation modeling are used to assess the sensitivity of the disruption probability for the location of northeast boundaries of volcanic zones near the Yucca Mountain site. A new section on modeling of radiological releases associated with surface and subsurface magmatic activity has been added to chapter 6. The modeling results are consistent with past total system performance assessments that show future volcanic and magmatic events are not significant components of repository performance and volcanism is not a priority issue for performance assessment studies.« less

  11. The National Student Clearinghouse: The Largest Current Student Tracking Database

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schoenecker, Craig; Reeves, Richard

    2008-01-01

    This chapter describes the National Student Clearinghouse and discusses opportunities and challenges for tracking community college students. It also presents a system perspective on using clearinghouse data to promote more comprehensive student and graduate tracking. (Contains 2 tables.)

  12. Radically Healing Black Lives: A Love Note to Justice.

    PubMed

    Ginwright, Shawn A

    2015-01-01

    This chapter describes how present conditions in Black communities have fostered the development of new modes of youth leadership that focus on hope, love, and joy, and are ultimately restorative and redemptive. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc., A Wiley Company.

  13. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rohay, A.C.; Fosmire, C.J.; Neitzel, D.A.

    1999-09-28

    This document describes the US Department of Energy's (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many NEPA documents being prepared by DOE contractors. No conclusions or recommendations are provided. This year's report is the eleventh revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the 12th revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA; SEPA and CERCLA documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered tomore » correspond to the chapters where such information is presented in environmental impact statements (EISs) and other Site-related NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology, geology, hydrology, ecology, cultural, archaeological and historical resources, socioeconomic; occupational safety, and noise. Sources for extensive tabular data related to these topics are provided in the chapter. Most subjects are divided into a general description of the characteristics of the Hanford Site, followed by site-specific information, where available, of the 100,200,300, and other Areas. This division allows the reader to go directly to those sections of particular interest. When specific information on each of these separate areas is not complete or available, the general Hanford Site description should be used. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) is essentially a definitive NEPA Chapter 6.0, which describes applicable federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and environmental standards directly applicable to the NEPA documents on the Hanford Site. People preparing environmental assessments and EISs should also be cognizant of the document entitled ''Recommendations for the Preparation of Environmental Assessments and Environmental Impact Statements'' published by the DOE Office of NEPA Oversight. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL) staff prepared individual sections of this document, with input from other Site contractors. More detailed data are available from reference sources cited or from the authors. The following sections of the document were reviewed by the authors and updated with the best available information through June 1999: Climate and Meteorology; Ecology; Cultural, Archaeological, and Historical Resources; Socioeconomics; and All of Chapter 6.« less

  14. Three essays on energy efficiency and environmental policies in Canada

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gamtessa, Samuel Faye

    This thesis is organized into five Chapters. In Chapter 1, we provide an introduction. In Chapter 2, we present a study on residential energy-efficiency retrofits in Canada. We describe the EnerGuide for Houses data and model household decisions to invest in energy-efficiency retrofits. Our results show that government financial incentives have important positive effects. The decision to invest in energy-efficiency retrofits is positively related to potential energy cost savings and negatively related to the costs of the retrofits. We find that household characteristics such as the age composition of household members are important factors. All else remaining constant, low income households are more likely to undertake energy-efficiency retrofits. In the third Chapter, we present our study on price-induced energy efficiency improvements in Canadian manufacturing. Our study employs a new approach to the estimation of price-induced energy efficiency improvements and the results have important empirical and policy implications. In the fourth chapter, we present our study on the implications of the “shale gas revolution” on Alberta greenhouse gas emission abatement strategy. Given that the strategy is centered on deployment of CCS technologies, we analyze the effects of the declines in natural gas price on CCS deployment in the electricity sector. We use the CIMS simulation model to simulate various policy scenarios under high and low natural gas price assumptions. Comparison of the results shows that CCS market penetration in the electricity sector is very minimal in the low natural gas price scenario even when a 50% cost subsidy is applied. Accordingly, there is little gain from subsidizing CCS given the “shale gas revolution.” We provide a few concluding remarks in Chapter 5.

  15. Three Essays on Energy Efficiency and Environmental Policies in Canada

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gamtessa, Samuel

    2011-09-01

    This thesis is organized into five Chapters. In Chapter 1, we provide an introduction. In Chapter 2, we present a study on residential energy-efficiency retrofits in Canada. We describe the EnerGuide for Houses data and model household decisions to invest in energy-efficiency retrofits. Our results show that government financial incentives have important positive effects. The decision to invest in energy-efficiency retrofits is positively related to potential energy cost savings and negatively related to the costs of the retrofits. We find that household characteristics such as the age composition of household members are important factors. All else remaining constant, low income households are more likely to undertake energy-efficiency retrofits. In the third Chapter, we present our study on price-induced energy efficiency improvements in Canadian manufacturing. Our study employs a new approach to the estimation of price-induced energy efficiency improvements and the results have important empirical and policy implications. In the fourth chapter, we present our study on the implications of the "shale gas revolution" on Alberta greenhouse gas emission abatement strategy. Given that the strategy is centered on deployment of CCS technologies, we analyze the effects of the declines in natural gas price on CCS deployment in the electricity sector. We use the CIMS simulation model to simulate various policy scenarios under high and low natural gas price assumptions. Comparison of the results shows that CCS market penetration in the electricity sector is very minimal in the low natural gas price scenario even when a 50% cost subsidy is applied. Accordingly, there is little gain from subsidizing CCS given the "shale gas revolution." We provide a few concluding remarks in Chapter 5.

  16. 22 CFR Appendix B to Chapter Xiv - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... Service Labor-Management Relations Statute B Appendix B to Chapter XIV Foreign Relations FOREIGN SERVICE... AUTHORITY; AND THE FOREIGN SERVICE IMPASSE DISPUTES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to Chapter XIV... under this chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other...

  17. Radionuclide and contaminant immobilization in the fluidized bed steam reforming waste products

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Neeway, James J.; Qafoku, Nikolla; Westsik, Joseph H.

    2012-05-01

    The goal of this chapter is to introduce the reader to the Fluidized Bed Steam Reforming (FBSR) process and resulting waste form. The first section of the chapter gives an overview of the potential need for FBSR processing in nuclear waste remediation followed by an overview of the engineering involved in the process itself. This is followed by a description of waste form production at a chemical level followed by a section describing different process streams that have undergone the FBSR process. The third section describes the resulting mineral product in terms of phases that are present and the abilitymore » of the waste form to encapsulate hazardous and radioactive wastes from several sources. Following this description is a presentation of the physical properties of the granular and monolith waste form product including and contaminant release mechanisms. The last section gives a brief summary of this chapter and includes a section on the strengths associated with this waste form and the needs for additional data and remaining questions yet to be answered. The reader is directed elsewhere for more information on other waste forms such as Cast Stone (Lockrem, 2005), Ceramicrete (Singh et al., 1997, Wagh et al., 1999) and geopolymers (Kyritsis et al., 2009; Russell et al., 2006).« less

  18. Training for Development 1970. The United States Participant Training Program.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Agency for International Development (Dept. of State), Washington, DC. Office of International Training.

    The report describes the program of training for foreign students conducted by the Office of International Training of the Agency for International Development (AID). The report's first chapter describes the history, nature, and importance of participant training and diagrams the administrative structure of the program. Chapter 2 describes the…

  19. Transit-oriented development compendium.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2005-06-01

    The compendium is organized into eight chapters listed below. Each chapter describes relevant issues, the state of the practice for TOD, and includes information from guidebooks and interviews. The eight chapters include: 1) general principles of TOD...

  20. Geology and undiscovered resource assessment of the potash-bearing Central Asia Salt Basin, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, and Afghanistan: Chapter AA in Global mineral resource assessment

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Wynn, Jeff; Orris, Greta J.; Dunlap, Pamela; Cocker, Mark D.; Bliss, James D.

    2016-03-23

    Chapter 1 of this report provides an overview of the history of the CASB and summarizes evaporite potash deposition, halokinesis, and dissolution processes that have affected the current distribution of potash-bearing salt in the CASB. Chapter 2 describes the Gissar tract, an uplifted region that contains a mix of stratabound and halokinetic potash deposits and all of the discovered and exploited potash deposits of the CASB. Chapter 3 describes the Amu Darya tract, where evaporite deposits remain flat-lying and undeformed since their original deposition. Chapter 4 describes the highly deformed and compressed Afghan-Tajik tract and what is known of the deeply-buried Jurassic salt. Chapter 5 describes the spatial databases included with this report, which contain a collection of CASB potash information. Appendixes A and B summarize descriptive models for stratabound and halokinetic potash-bearing salt deposits, respectively. Appendix C summarizes the AGE method used to evaluate the Gissar and Amu Darya tracts. Appendixes D and E contain grade and thickness data for the Gissar and Amu Darya tracts. Appendix F provides the SYSTAT script used to estimate undiscovered K2 O in a CASB tract. Appendix G provides a potash glossary, and appendix H provides biographies of assessment participants.

  1. Volcanism Studies: Final Report for the Yucca Mountain Project

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bruce M. Crowe; Frank V. Perry; Greg A. Valentine

    1998-12-01

    This report synthesizes the results of volcanism studies conducted by scientists at the Los Alamos National Laboratory and collaborating institutions on behalf of the Department of Energy's Yucca Mountain Project. An assessment of the risk of future volcanic activity is one of many site characterization studies that must be completed to evaluate the Yucca Mountain site for potential long-term storage of high-level radioactive waste. The presence of several basaltic volcanic centers in the Yucca Mountain region of Pliocene and Quaternary age indicates that there is a finite risk of a future volcanic event occurring during the 10,000-year isolation period ofmore » a potential repository. Chapter 1 introduces the volcanism issue for the Yucca Mountain site and provides the reader with an overview of the organization, content, and significant conclusions of this report. The risk of future basaltic volcanism is the primary topic of concern including both events that intersect a potential repository and events that occur near or within the waste isolation system of a repository. Future volcanic events cannot be predicted with certainty but instead are estimated using formal methods of probabilistic volcanic hazard assessment (PVHA). Chapter 2 describes the volcanic history of the Yucca Mountain region (YMR) and emphasizes the Pliocene and Quaternary volcanic record, the interval of primary concern for volcanic risk assessment. The distribution, eruptive history, and geochronology of Plio-Quaternary basalt centers are described by individual center emphasizing the younger postcaldera basalt (<5 Ma). The Lathrop Wells volcanic center is described in detail because it is the youngest basalt center in the YMR. The age of the Lathrop Wells center is now confidently determined to be about 75 thousand years old. Chapter 3 describes the tectonic setting of the YMR and presents and assesses the significance of multiple alternative tectonic models. The Crater Flat volcanic zone is defined and described as one of many alternative models of the structural controls of the distribution of Plio-Quaternary basalt centers in the YMR. Geophysical data are described for the YMR and are used as an aid to understand the distribution of basaltic volcanic centers. Chapter 4 discusses the petrologic and geochemical features of basaltic volcanism in the YMR, the southern Great Basin and the Basin and Range province. Geochemical and isotopic data are presented for post-Miocene basalts of the Yucca Mountain region. Alternative petrogenetic models are assessed for the formation of the Lathrop Wells volcanic center. Based on geochemical data, basaltic ash in fault trenches near Yucca Mountain is shown to have originated from the Lathrop Wells center. Chapter 5 synthesizes eruptive and subsurface effects of basaltic volcanism on a potential repository and summarizes current concepts of the segregation, ascent, and eruption of basalt magma. Chapter 6 synthesizes current knowledge of the probability of disruption of a potential repository at Yucca Mountain. In 1996, an Expert Elicitation panel was convened by DOE that independently conducted PVHA for the Yucca Mountain site. Chapter 6 does not attempt to revise this PVHA; instead, it further examines the sensitivity of variables in PVHA. The approaches and results of PVHA by the expert judgment panel are evaluated and incorporated throughout this chapter. The disruption ratio (E2) is completely re-evaluated using simulation modeling that describes volcanic events based on the geometry of basaltic feeder dikes. New estimates of probability bounds are developed. These comparisons show that it is physically implausible for the probability of magmatic disruption of the Yucca Mountain site to be > than about 7 x 10{sup {minus}8} events yr{sup {minus}1} . Simple probability estimates are used to assess possible implications of not drilling aeromagnetic anomalies in the Amargosa Valley. The sensitivity of the disruption probability to the location of northeast boundaries of volcanic zones near the Yucca Mountain sit« less

  2. Considering Subcontractors in Distributed Scrum Teams

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rudzki, Jakub; Hammouda, Imed; Mikkola, Tuomas; Mustonen, Karri; Systä, Tarja

    In this chapter we present our experiences with working with subcontractors in distributed Scrum teams. The context of our experiences is a medium size software service provider company. We present the way the subcontractors are selected and how Scrum practices can be used in real-life projects. We discuss team arrangements and tools used in distributed development teams highlighting aspects that are important when working with subcontractors. We also present an illustrative example where different phases of a project working with subcontractors are described. The example also provides practical tips on work in such projects. Finally, we present a summary of our data that was collected from Scrum and non-Scrum projects implemented over a few years. This chapter should provide a practical point of view on working with subcontractors in Scrum teams for those who are considering such cooperation.

  3. Strategic Marketing for Presidents.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pappas, Richard J., Ed.

    Designed to inform the marketing efforts of community college presidents, this document describes the importance of marketing, presents a targeted approach, and outlines the specific roles and skills needed by the president to ensure successful efforts and effective institutions. The first chapter, "Developing a Marketing-Strategic…

  4. Limitless Horizons: Careers in Aerospace.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lewis, Mary H.

    This is a manual for acquainting students with pertinent information relating to career choices in aerospace science, engineering, and technology. The first chapter presents information about the aerospace industry by describing disciplines typical of this industry. The National Aeronautics and Space Administration's (NASA) classification system…

  5. Redesigning Arithmetic for Student Success: Supporting Faculty to Teach in New Ways

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bickerstaff, Susan; Lontz, Barbara; Cormier, Maria Scott; Xu, Di

    2014-01-01

    This chapter describes a promising new approach to teaching developmental arithmetic and prealgebra, and presents research findings that demonstrate how a faculty support network helped instructors adopt new teaching strategies and gain confidence in teaching the reformed course.

  6. Solid Lubrication Fundamentals and Applications: Introduction and Background. Revision 1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miyoshi, Kazuhisa

    1998-01-01

    This chapter presents an introduction and historical background to the field of tribology, especially solid lubrication and lubricants and sets them in the perspective of techniques and materials in lubrication. Also, solid and liquid lubrication films are defined and described.

  7. Using Large Data Sets to Study College Education Trajectories

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Oseguera, Leticia; Hwang, Jihee

    2014-01-01

    This chapter presents various considerations researchers undertook to conduct a quantitative study on low-income students using a national data set. Specifically, it describes how a critical quantitative scholar approaches guiding frameworks, variable operationalization, analytic techniques, and result interpretation. Results inform how…

  8. Elementary School Finance Manual.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    National Catholic Educational Association, Washington, DC.

    Developed to assist those responsible for financial matters in Catholic elementary schools, this manual presents each topic briefly and simply, taking into account administrators' minimal formal financial training. It is divided into six sections. Chapter 1, "Daily Financial Operations," describes the specifics of handling receipts, billings, and…

  9. USEPA MANUAL OF METHODS FOR VIROLOGY

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter describes procedures for the detection of coliphases in water matrices. These procedures are based on those presented in the Supplement to the 20th Edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Eastewater and EPA Methods 1601 and 1602. Two quantitati...

  10. AstroGrid-D: Grid technology for astronomical science

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Enke, Harry; Steinmetz, Matthias; Adorf, Hans-Martin; Beck-Ratzka, Alexander; Breitling, Frank; Brüsemeister, Thomas; Carlson, Arthur; Ensslin, Torsten; Högqvist, Mikael; Nickelt, Iliya; Radke, Thomas; Reinefeld, Alexander; Reiser, Angelika; Scholl, Tobias; Spurzem, Rainer; Steinacker, Jürgen; Voges, Wolfgang; Wambsganß, Joachim; White, Steve

    2011-02-01

    We present status and results of AstroGrid-D, a joint effort of astrophysicists and computer scientists to employ grid technology for scientific applications. AstroGrid-D provides access to a network of distributed machines with a set of commands as well as software interfaces. It allows simple use of computer and storage facilities and to schedule or monitor compute tasks and data management. It is based on the Globus Toolkit middleware (GT4). Chapter 1 describes the context which led to the demand for advanced software solutions in Astrophysics, and we state the goals of the project. We then present characteristic astrophysical applications that have been implemented on AstroGrid-D in chapter 2. We describe simulations of different complexity, compute-intensive calculations running on multiple sites (Section 2.1), and advanced applications for specific scientific purposes (Section 2.2), such as a connection to robotic telescopes (Section 2.2.3). We can show from these examples how grid execution improves e.g. the scientific workflow. Chapter 3 explains the software tools and services that we adapted or newly developed. Section 3.1 is focused on the administrative aspects of the infrastructure, to manage users and monitor activity. Section 3.2 characterises the central components of our architecture: The AstroGrid-D information service to collect and store metadata, a file management system, the data management system, and a job manager for automatic submission of compute tasks. We summarise the successfully established infrastructure in chapter 4, concluding with our future plans to establish AstroGrid-D as a platform of modern e-Astronomy.

  11. Biological characteristics and population status of anadromous salmon in southeast Alaska.

    Treesearch

    Karl C. Halupka; Mason D. Bryant; Mary F. Willson; Fred H. Everest

    2000-01-01

    Populations of Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.) in southeast Alaska and adjacent areas of British Columbia and the Yukon Territory show great variation in biological characteristics. An introduction presents goals and methods common to the series of reviews of regional salmon diversity presented in the five subsequent chapters. Our primary goals were to (1) describe...

  12. National Study of Vocational Education Systems and Facilities. Volume I. Technical Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Woodruff, Alan; And Others

    The major data and findings of a national study of vocational education systems and facilities are presented in this first of a four-volume report. Part I is organized as follows: chapter I describes the present and historical organization of state vocational education administration structures and identifies types of state agency relationships…

  13. The application of spaceborne GPS to atmospheric limb sounding and global change monitoring

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Melbourne, W. G.; Davis, E. S.; Duncan, C. B.; Hajj, G. A.; Hardy, K. R.; Kursinski, E. R.; Meehan, T. K.; Young, L. E.; Yunck, T. P.

    1994-01-01

    This monograph is intended for readers with minimal background in radio science who seek a relatively comprehensive treatment of the mission and technical aspects of an Earth-orbiting radio occultation satellite. Part 1 (chapters 1-6) describes mission concepts and programmatic information; Part 2 (chapters 7-12) deals with the theoretical aspects of analyzing and interpreting radio occultation measurements. In this mission concept the navigation signals from a Global Positioning System (GPS) satellite that is being occulted by the Earth's limb are observed by a GPS flight receiver on board a low Earth orbiter (LEO) satellite. This technique can be used to recover profiles of the Earth's atmospheric refractivity, pressure, and temperature using small, dedicated, and relatively low-cost space systems. Chapter 2 summarizes the basic space system concepts of the limb-sounding technique and describes a low-cost strawman demonstration mission. Chapter 3 discusses some of the scientific benefits of using radio occultation on a suite of small satellites. Chapter 4 provides a more detailed discussion of several system elements in a radio occultation mission, including the launch system for small payloads, the LEO microsat, the GPS constellation, the GPS flight receiver payload, the mission operations ground control and data receiving system, the ground-based GPS global tracking network for precision orbit determination, and the central data processing and archive system. Chapter 5 addresses the various technology readiness questions that invariably arise. Chapter 6 discusses the overall costs of a demonstration mission such as GPS/MET (meteorological) proposed by the University Navstar Consortium (UNAVCO). Chapter 7 describes a geometrical optics approach to coplanar atmospheric occultation. Chapter 8 addresses major questions regarding accuracy of the occultation techniques. Chapter 9 describes some simulations that have been performed to evaluate the sensitivity of the recovered profiles of atmospheric parameters to different error sources, such as departure from spherical symmetry, water vapor, etc. Chapter 10 discusses horizontal and vertical resolution associated with limb sounders in general. Chapter 11 treats selected Fresnel diffraction techniques that can be used in radio occultation measurements to sharpen resolution. Chapter 12 provides brief discussions on selected special topics, such as strategies for handling interference and multipath processes that may arise for rays traveling in the lower troposphere.

  14. SeaWiFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine (Editor); McClain, Charles R.; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E., Jr.; Franz, Bryan A.; Hsu, N. Christina; Patt, Frederick S.; Pietras, Christophe M.; Robinson, Wayne D.

    2000-01-01

    The effort to resolve data quality issues and improve on the initial data evaluation methodologies of the SeaWiFS Project was an extensive one. These evaluations have resulted, to date, in three major reprocessings of the entire data set where each reprocessing addressed the data quality issues that could be identified up to the time of the reprocessing. Three volumes of the SeaWiFS Postlaunch Technical Report Series (Volumes 9, 10, and 11) are needed to document the improvements implemented since launch. Volume 10 continues the sequential presentation of postlaunch data analysis and algorithm descriptions begun in Volume 9. Chapter 1 of Volume 10 describes an absorbing aerosol index, similar to that produced by the Total Ozone Mapping Spectrometer (TOMS) Project, which is used to flag pixels contaminated by absorbing aerosols, such as, dust and smoke. Chapter 2 discusses the algorithm being used to remove SeaWiFS out-of-band radiance from the water-leaving radiances. Chapter 3 provides an itemization of all significant changes in the processing algorithms for each of the first three reprocessings. Chapter 4 shows the time series of global clear water and deep-water (depths greater than 1,000m) bio-optical and atmospheric properties (normalized water-leaving radiances, chlorophyll, atmospheric optical depth, etc.) based on the eight-day composites as a check on the sensor calibration stability. Chapter 5 examines the variation in the derived products with scan angle using high resolution data around Hawaii to test for residual scan modulation effects and atmospheric correction biases. Chapter 6 provides a methodology for evaluating the atmospheric correction algorithm and atmospheric derived products using ground-based observations. Similarly, Chapter 7 presents match-up comparisons of coincident satellite and in situ data to determine the accuracy of the water-leaving radiances, chlorophyll a, and K(490) products.

  15. Development of conductometric biosensors based on alkaline phosphatases for the water quality control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berezhetskyy, A.

    2008-09-01

    Researches are focused on the elaboration of enzymatic microconductometric device for heavy metal ions detection in water solutions. The manuscript includes a general introduction, the first chapter contains bibliographic review, the second chapter described the fundamentals of conductometric transducers, the third chapter examining the possibility to create and to optimize conductometric biosensor based on bovine alkaline phosphatase for heavy metals ions detection, the fourth chapter devoted to creation and optimization of conductometric biosensor based on alkaline phosphatase active microalgae and sol gel technology, the last chapter described application of the proposed algal biosensor for measurements of heavy metal ions toxicity of waste water, general conclusions stating the progresses achieved in the field of environmental monitoring

  16. Suggestions for Modifications in the Teaching of General Chemistry to Accommodate Learning Disabled Students: Alternative Techniques for Teaching General Chemistry to Learning Disabled Students in the University.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Habib, H. S.

    A professor involved with the HELDS project (Higher Education for Learning Disabled Students) describes modifications in a general chemistry course. A syllabus lists program objectives for eight text chapters, evaluation components, and course rules. Two units are described in detail, with information presented on modifications made for LD…

  17. The Quality Professor: Implementing TQM in the Classroom.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cornesky, Robert A.

    This volume describes Total Quality Management (TQM) in the higher education classroom and guides college faculty in implementing TQM to improve their teaching. Chapter 1 introduces TQM and gives pointers on how to begin implementing it. Chapter 2 describes TQM approaches and principles including the Deming and Crosby approaches, describes the TQM…

  18. Historical Perspectives on School Health.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Means, Richard K.

    This book describes the evolution of philosophy and practice in school health education in the United States. It is divided into 12 chapters. Chapter 1 briefly traces the evolutionary development of the field. Chapter 2 gives a chronological review of significant major movements. Chapter 3 focuses on the two curriculum problems of (a) what to…

  19. Simulation of phase equilibria

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martin, Marcus Gary

    The focus of this thesis is on the use of configurational bias Monte Carlo in the Gibbs ensemble. Unlike Metropolis Monte Carlo, which is reviewed in chapter I, configurational bias Monte Carlo uses an underlying Markov chain transition matrix which is asymmetric in such a way that it is more likely to attempt to move to a molecular conformation which has a lower energy than to one with a higher energy. Chapter II explains how this enables efficient simulation of molecules with complex architectures (long chains and branched molecules) for coexisting fluid phases (liquid, vapor, or supercritical), and also presents several of our recent extensions to this method. In chapter III we discuss the development of the Transferable Potentials for Phase Equilibria United Atom (TraPPE-UA) force field which accurately describes the fluid phase coexistence for linear and branched alkanes. Finally, in the fourth chapter the methods and the force field are applied to systems ranging from supercritical extraction to gas chromatography to illustrate the power and versatility of our approach.

  20. Seeing Is the Hardest Thing to See: Using Illusions to Teach Visual Perception

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Riener, Cedar

    2015-01-01

    This chapter describes three examples of using illusions to teach visual perception. The illusions present ways for students to change their perspective regarding how their eyes work and also offer opportunities to question assumptions regarding their approach to knowledge.

  1. The Art of Multi-Image.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gordon, Roger L., Ed.

    This guide to multi-image program production for practitioners describes the process from the beginning stages through final presentation, examines historical perspectives, theory, and research in multi-image, and provides examples of successful utilization. Ten chapters focus on the following topics: (1) definition of multi-image field and…

  2. Yeasts as distinct life forms of fungi

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    This review describes all presently recognized genera of the Ascomycete yeasts (Saccharomycotina, budding yeasts, and the Taphrinomycotina, fission yeasts and related) as well as all currently recognized genera of the Basidiomycete yeasts. This update will be the lead chapter for a book entitled “Ye...

  3. Making a Difference: Innovations in Adult Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mauch, Werner, Ed.; Papen, Uta, Ed.

    This book highlights examples of innovative educational practices in the field of organized adult learning. Fifteen chapters present outcomes of collective research in the Innovations in Nonformal and Adult Education (INNAE) project. "Common Learning--Collective Research: Innovating Adult Education" (Werner Mauch, Uta Papen) describes the…

  4. Materials data handbooks on stainless steels

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Muraca, R. F.; Whittick, J. S.

    1973-01-01

    Two handbooks which summarize latest available data have been published. Two types of stainless steels, alloy A-286 and Type 301, are described. Each handbook is divided into twelve chapters. Scope of information presented includes physical- and mechanical-property data at cryogenic, ambient, and elevated temperatures.

  5. Motivations, attitudes, preferences, and satisfactions among outdoor recreationists

    Treesearch

    Michael A. Tarrant; Alan D. Bright; Erin Smith; H. Ken Cordell

    1999-01-01

    This chapter is presented in two sections. The first by Bright and Tarrant describes visitor preferences and examines users' perceptions of encountering other visitors in outdoor recreation settings. The second by Tarrant and others reviews visitor preferences for, and satisfactions with, outdoor recreation experiences.

  6. A Plan for Community College Instructional Computing.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Howard, Alan; And Others

    This document presents a comprehensive plan for future growth in instructional computing in the Washington community colleges. Two chapters define the curriculum objectives and content recommended for instructional courses in the community colleges which require access to computing facilities. The courses described include data processing…

  7. Outstanding School Administrators: Their Keys to Success.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wendel, Frederick C.; And Others

    Project Success was initiated to identify the good things that happen in American public education. One thousand administrators nationwide, identified by their peers as successful were asked to describe their leadership characteristics and beliefs about education. Responses were received from 491 administrators. Chapter 1 presents sample…

  8. TOTAL CULTURABLE VIRUS QUANTAL ASSAY

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter describes a quantal method for assaying culturable human enteric viruses from water matrices. The assay differs from the plaque assay described in Chapter 10 (December 1987 Revision) in that it is based upon the direct microscopic viewing of cells for virus-induced ...

  9. Potash: a global overview of evaporate-related potash resources, including spatial databases of deposits, occurrences, and permissive tracts: Chapter S in Global mineral resource assessment

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Orris, Greta J.; Cocker, Mark D.; Dunlap, Pamela; Wynn, Jeff C.; Spanski, Gregory T.; Briggs, Deborah A.; Gass, Leila; Bliss, James D.; Bolm, Karen S.; Yang, Chao; Lipin, Bruce R.; Ludington, Stephen; Miller, Robert J.; Słowakiewicz, Mirosław

    2014-01-01

    This report describes a global, evaporite-related potash deposits and occurrences database and a potash tracts database. Chapter 1 summarizes potash resource history and use. Chapter 2 describes a global potash deposits and occurrences database, which contains more than 900 site records. Chapter 3 describes a potash tracts database, which contains 84 tracts with geology permissive for the presence of evaporite-hosted potash resources, including areas with active evaporite-related potash production, areas with known mineralization that has not been quantified or exploited, and areas with potential for undiscovered potash resources. Chapter 4 describes geographic information system (GIS) data files that include (1) potash deposits and occurrences data, (2) potash tract data, (3) reference databases for potash deposit and tract data, and (4) representative graphics of geologic features related to potash tracts and deposits. Summary descriptive models for stratabound potash-bearing salt and halokinetic potash-bearing salt are included in appendixes A and B, respectively. A glossary of salt- and potash-related terms is contained in appendix C and a list of database abbreviations is given in appendix D. Appendix E describes GIS data files, and appendix F is a guide to using the geodatabase.

  10. Avant le deluge: An investigation of some neglected dimensions of electricity restructuring in California

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Golove, William Harry

    Chapter One of this dissertation focuses on describing the key participant groups and their principle interests in the restructuring process. The process of reaching agreement on the restructuring plan turned on each major interest group receiving satisfaction of all of its key objectives. Chapter Two explores the effective use of rhetoric in the electricity restructuring debate. Despite a lack of public involvement, the use of rhetoric appears to have been a prominent feature of the public policy process. A series of rhetorical concepts and mechanisms defined. Of these, the notions of rhetorical salience and rhetorical efficacy are most significant. The results of a field test on the impact of the particular examples of these tropes prominent in the restructuring debate on opinions regarding some of the key restructuring issues are presented. Chapter Three describes the sea change in the nature of demand side management (DSM) policy in the state, brought about by the restructuring of the electricity market. Whereas the primary goal of DSM had been resource acquisition, the new policy goal was to be market transformation. This chapter reviews the economic, and other social science theory that led to the development of demand side management programs based on a resource acquisition goal prior to restructuring and, subsequently, to a market transformation objective. Chapter Four examines the performance of the market during the period beginning in early 1998 through the first few months of 2000 at which time both the wholesale and retail markets in California were apparently functioning relatively well. The findings presented in this chapter are the result of a series of semi-structured interviews conducted with non-residential electricity customers that had chosen to receive electric service and, in some cases, value-added services from a competitive retail electricity service provider One of the key conclusions is that market rules appear to be critical to customer experiences with retail competition, yet the relationship between market rules and market development is inadequately understood. The over-arching theme, that the "free market" was inadequate to manage the complexities of the electricity market, is articulated throughout this work.

  11. Ambient Intelligence in Multimeda and Virtual Reality Environments for the rehabilitation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Benko, Attila; Cecilia, Sik Lanyi

    This chapter presents a general overview about the use of multimedia and virtual reality in rehabilitation and assistive and preventive healthcare. This chapter deals with multimedia, virtual reality applications based AI intended for use by medical doctors, nurses, special teachers and further interested persons. It describes methods how multimedia and virtual reality is able to assist their work. These include the areas how multimedia and virtual reality can help the patients everyday life and their rehabilitation. In the second part of the chapter we present the Virtual Therapy Room (VTR) a realized application for aphasic patients that was created for practicing communication and expressing emotions in a group therapy setting. The VTR shows a room that contains a virtual therapist and four virtual patients (avatars). The avatars are utilizing their knowledge base in order to answer the questions of the user providing an AI environment for the rehabilitation. The user of the VTR is the aphasic patient who has to solve the exercises. The picture that is relevant for the actual task appears on the virtual blackboard. Patient answers questions of the virtual therapist. Questions are about pictures describing an activity or an object in different levels. Patient can ask an avatar for answer. If the avatar knows the answer the avatars emotion changes to happy instead of sad. The avatar expresses its emotions in different dimensions. Its behavior, face-mimic, voice-tone and response also changes. The emotion system can be described as a deterministic finite automaton where places are emotion-states and the transition function of the automaton is derived from the input-response reaction of an avatar. Natural language processing techniques were also implemented in order to establish highquality human-computer interface windows for each of the avatars. Aphasic patients are able to interact with avatars via these interfaces. At the end of the chapter we visualize the possible future research field.

  12. SERENITY Aware System Development Process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Serrano, Daniel; Maña, Antonio; Llarena, Rafael; Crespo, Beatriz Gallego-Nicasio; Li, Keqin

    Traditionally, security patterns have successfully been used to describe security and dependability. In the SERENITY Project the notion of security and dependability (S&D) pattern has been extended to exact specifications of re-usable security mechanisms for Ambient Intelligence (AmI) systems. These S&D Patterns include information on the security properties satisfied by the solution and on the context conditions to be fulfilled. This chapter presents the development of applications supported by SERENITY. In the context of SERENITY we refer to these applications as Serenity-aware applications. Firstly, this chapter presents the Serenity-aware application design using S&D Artefacts. Secondly, it proposes a Java Application Programming Interface (API) to be used in the application development. And, finally, it introduces the development of an example Serenity-aware application.

  13. A Skeptic among Scholars: August Fruge on University Publishing.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fruge, August

    This memoir describes August Fruge's 32 years as head of the University of California Press. Early chapters describe Berkeley, where the press is located, in the 1940s, conflicts with the Printing Department, the role of the faculty-run editorial committee, and setting new directions for the press. Three chapters describe looking for titles to…

  14. Chapter 2 Formula, 1989-90: Major Points. Publication No. 89.32.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Baenen, Nancy R.

    Programs implemented in 1989-90 by the Austin (Texas) Independent School District (AISD) using Chapter 2 Formula federal funds are described. Chapter 2 Formula provides federal funds to the states through the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 as amended in 1988. Chapter 2 funds can support programs that meet the educational needs of…

  15. Kansas Chapter 1 1992-1993 Evaluation.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kansas State Board of Education, Topeka.

    The 1992-93 analysis of the Kansas Chapter 1 evaluation results is described. In the 1992-93 school year, 100 percent (304) of Kansas districts participated in the Chapter 1 program. Approximately 7 percent of the student population participated in Chapter 1 programs, and 82 percent were in grades 1 through 6. A majority of these students were…

  16. Development and Applications of Laminar Optical Tomography for In Vivo Imaging

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Burgess, Sean A.

    Laminar optical tomography (LOT) is an optical imaging technique capable of making depth-resolved measurements of absorption and fluorescence contrast in scattering tissue. LOT was first demonstrated in 2004 by Hillman et al [1]. The technique combines a non-contact laser scanning geometry, similar to a low magnification confocal microscope, with the imaging principles of diffuse optical tomography (DOT). This thesis describes the development and application of a second generation LOT system, which acquires both fluorescence and multi-wavelength measurements simultaneously and is better suited for in vivo measurements. Chapter 1 begins by reviewing the interactions of light with tissue that form the foundation of optical imaging. A range of related optical imaging techniques and the basic principles of LOT imaging are then described. In Chapter 2, the development of the new LOT imaging system is described including the implementation of a series of interfaces to allow clinical imaging. System performance is then evaluated on a range of imaging phantoms. Chapter 3 describes two in vivo imaging applications explored using the second generation LOT system, first in a clinical setting where skin lesions were imaged, and then in a laboratory setting where LOT imaging was performed on exposed rat cortex. The final chapter provides a brief summary and describes future directions for LOT. LOT has the potential to find applications in medical diagnostics, surgical guidance, and in-situ monitoring owing to its sensitivity to absorption and fluorescence contrast as well as its ability to provide depth sensitive measures. Optical techniques can characterize blood volume and oxygenation, two important biological parameters, through measurements at different wavelengths. Fluorescence measurements, either from autofluorescence or fluorescent dyes, have shown promise for identifying and analyzing lesions in various epithelial tissues including skin [2, 3], colon [4], esophagus [5, 6], oral mucosa [7, 8], and cervix [9]. The desire to capture these types of measurements with LOT motivated much of the work presented here.

  17. MPACT Theory Manual, Version 2.2.0

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Downar, Thomas; Collins, Benjamin S.; Gehin, Jess C.

    2016-06-09

    This theory manual describes the three-dimensional (3-D) whole-core, pin-resolved transport calculation methodology employed in the MPACT code. To provide sub-pin level power distributions with sufficient accuracy, MPACT employs the method of characteristics (MOC) solutions in the framework of a 3-D coarse mesh finite difference (CMFD) formulation. MPACT provides a 3D MOC solution, but also a 2D/1D solution in which the 2D planar solution is provided by MOC and the axial coupling is resolved by one-dimensional (1-D) lower order (diffusion or P3) solutions. In Chapter 2 of the manual, the MOC methodology is described for calculating the regional angular and scalarmore » fluxes from the Boltzmann transport equation. In Chapter 3, the 2D/1D methodology is described, together with the description of the CMFD iteration process involving dynamic homogenization and solution of the multigroup CMFD linear system. A description of the MPACT depletion algorithm is given in Chapter 4, followed by a discussion of the subgroup and ESSM resonance processing methods in Chapter 5. The final Chapter 6 describes a simplified thermal hydraulics model in MPACT.« less

  18. CHLORINE DIOXIDE CHEMISTRY, REACTIONS, AND DISINFECTION BY-PRODUCTS

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter contains two main sections-the first section describes the chemistry and reactions of chlorine dioxide, and the second describes the disinfection by-products (DBPs) of chlorine dioxide and their control. A short section on Research Needs completes this chapter. The...

  19. Crystalline and Crystalline International Disposal Activities

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Viswanathan, Hari S.; Chu, Shaoping; Dittrich, Timothy M.

    This report presents the results of work conducted between September 2015 and July 2016 at Los Alamos National Laboratory in the crystalline disposal and crystalline international disposal work packages of the Used Fuel Disposition Campaign (UFDC) for DOE-NE’s Fuel Cycle Research and Development program. Los Alamos focused on two main activities during this period: Discrete fracture network (DFN) modeling to describe flow and radionuclide transport in complex fracture networks that are typical of crystalline rock environments, and a comprehensive interpretation of three different colloid-facilitated radionuclide transport experiments conducted in a fractured granodiorite at the Grimsel Test Site in Switzerland betweenmore » 2002 and 2013. Chapter 1 presents the results of the DFN work and is divided into three main sections: (1) we show results of our recent study on the correlation between fracture size and fracture transmissivity (2) we present an analysis and visualization prototype using the concept of a flow topology graph for characterization of discrete fracture networks, and (3) we describe the Crystalline International work in support of the Swedish Task Force. Chapter 2 presents interpretation of the colloidfacilitated radionuclide transport experiments in the crystalline rock at the Grimsel Test Site.« less

  20. Recommended Reference Books in Paperback. Third Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lang, Jovian P.; O'Gorman, Jack

    Completely revised and updated from the last edition (1992), this annotated, evaluative bibliography presents more than 1,000 outstanding titles chosen for their quality, economy, and availability. Thirty-six chapters describe and judge these affordable paperbacks for libraries with limited budgets. Subject matter includes: general reference, area…

  1. Wilderness Therapy for Women: The Power of Adventure.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cole, Ellen, Ed.; And Others

    This anthology contains 18 chapters that deal with wilderness therapy for women and the symbolic value of wilderness accomplishments to women's mental health. Sections of the book present theoretical perspectives on wilderness therapy; describe programs providing empowerment, challenge, and therapy for general populations of women and special…

  2. How Computer Graphics Work.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Prosise, Jeff

    This document presents the principles behind modern computer graphics without straying into the arcane languages of mathematics and computer science. Illustrations accompany the clear, step-by-step explanations that describe how computers draw pictures. The 22 chapters of the book are organized into 5 sections. "Part 1: Computer Graphics in…

  3. A Professional Development School Partnership: Conflict and Collaboration.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Campoy, Renee W.

    This book describes complex issues involved in an elementary Professional Development School (PDS) partnership. Section one presents contextual information on the nature of the PDS phenomenon. It includes three chapters: (1) "Introduction and PDS as a Reform Initiative"; (2) "Methodology of the Case Study"; and (3)…

  4. Assessment of Childhood Disorders. Third Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mash, Eric J., Ed.; Terdal, Leif G., Ed.

    This book describes methods and strategies for assessing a comprehensive array of childhood disorders, child health risks, and adolescent problems. It highlights the ongoing interplay among behaviors, cognition, and affects as they unfold within the young person's social network. Each chapter presents a conceptual framework for understanding the…

  5. Soils [Chapter 5

    Treesearch

    R. W. E. Hopper; P. M. Walthall

    1994-01-01

    This report describes the soils of the Lost Lake, West Glacier Lake, and East Glacier Lake watersheds of GLEES and presents the methods used in conducting both the field and laboratory work. In addition, general statements about the nature of the mapping units used in making the soil maps are provided.

  6. Data Mining for CRM

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Thearling, Kurt

    Data Mining technology allows marketing organizations to better understand their customers and respond to their needs. This chapter describes how Data Mining can be combined with customer relationship management to help drive improved interactions with customers. An example showing how to use Data Mining to drive customer acquisition activities is presented.

  7. Using Kolb's Experiential Learning Cycle in Chapter Presentations

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stokes-Eley, Stephanie

    2007-01-01

    Student-led chapter presentations provide an excellent opportunity for instructors to evaluate a student's comprehension of the assigned chapter, as well as the student's ability to present and convey information in a public forum. Although several instructors realize the benefits of requiring students to complete chapter presentations either as…

  8. Vaccination against bacterial kidney disease: Chapter 22

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Elliott, Diane G.; Wiens, Gregory D.; Hammell, K. Larry; Rhodes, Linda D.; Edited by Gudding, Roar; Lillehaug, Atle; Evensen, Øystein

    2014-01-01

    Bacterial kidney disease (BKD) of salmonid fishes, caused by Renibacterium salmoninarum, has been recognized as a serious disease in salmonid fishes since the 1930s. This chapter discusses the occurrence and significance, etiology, and pathogenesis of BKD. It then describes the different vaccination procedures and the effects and side-effects of vaccination. Despite years of research, however, only a single vaccine has been licensed for prevention of BKD, and has demonstrated variable efficacy. Therefore, in addition to a presentation of the current status of BKD vaccination, a discussion of potential future directions for BKD vaccine development is included in the chapter. This discussion is focused on the unique characteristics of R. salmoninarum and its biology, as well as aspects of the salmonid immune system that might be explored specifically to develop more effective vaccines for BKD prevention.

  9. Chemistry of sustainability-Part I: Carbon dioxide as an organic synthon and Part II: Study of thermodynamics of cation exchange reactions in semiconductor nanocrystals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sathe, Ajay A.

    Sustainability is an important part of the design and development of new chemical and energy conversion processes. Simply put sustainability is the ability to meet our needs without sacrificing the ability of the next generations to meet theirs. This thesis describes our efforts in developing two orthogonal strategies for the fixation of CO2 by utilizing high energy intermediates which are generated via oxidative or reductive processes on common organic substrates and of thermochemical measurements of cation exchange reactions which will aid the development of new materials relevant for energy conversion and storage. The first chapter lays a background for the challenges and opportunities for the use of CO2 in organic synthesis. The rapidly growing field of continuous flow processing in organic synthesis is introduced, and its importance in the development of sustainable chemical conversions is highlighted. The second chapter describes the development of a novel route to alpha-amino acids via reductive carboxylation of imines. A mechanistic proposal is presented and the reaction is shown to proceed through the intermediacy of alpha-amino alkyl metal species. Possible strategies for designing catalytic and enantioselective variants of the reaction are presented. The third chapter describes the development of a catalytic oxidative carboxylation of olefins to yield cyclic carbonates. The importance of flow chemistry and membrane separation is demonstrated by allowing the combination of mutually incompatible reagents in a single reaction sequence. While the use of carbon dioxide for synthesis of organic fine chemicals is not expected to help reduce the atmospheric carbon dioxide levels, or tackle climate change, it certainly has the potential to reduce our dependence on non-sustainable carbon feedstocks, and help achieve a carbon neutral chemical life cycle. Having described the use of carbon dioxide and flow chemistry for sustainable chemical conversion, the fourth chapter introduces the role of nanomaterials in sustainable solar energy conversion and storage. The use of cation exchange reactions in nanocrystals to access novel materials is highlighted. Despite having shown tremendous promise in the synthetic applications, the fundamental measurements of the thermodynamic and kinetic parameters of a cation exchange reaction are largely non-existent. This impedes the future growth of this powerful methodology. The technique of isothermal titration calorimetry is introduced, and its importance to studying the thermochemical changes occurring during cation exchange is outlined. The final chapter presents results obtained from the isothermal titration calorimetry on the prototypical cation exchange reaction between cadmium selenide and silver ions. The role of nanoparticle size, identity of the silver salt, solvent, surface ligands and temperature is studied. Recommendations for future investigations using ITC as well as other characterization techniques for discerning the kinetics of cation exchange are presented. I believe that a more unified mechanistic understanding of the cation exchange process in nanomaterials will aid the development of more efficient and robust materials for applications in a wide variety of fields.

  10. Analysis of heavy oils: Method development and application to Cerro Negro heavy petroleum

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    None

    1989-12-01

    On March 6, 1980, the US Department of Energy (DOE) and the Ministry of Energy and Mines of Venezuela (MEMV) entered into a joint agreement which included analysis of heavy crude oils from the Venezuelan Orinoco oil belt. The purpose of this report is to present compositional data and describe new analytical methods obtained from work on the Cerro Negro Orinoco belt crude oil since 1980. Most of the chapters focus on the methods rather than the resulting data on Cerro Negro oil, and results from other oils obtained during the verification of the method are included. In addition, publishedmore » work on analysis of heavy oils, tar sand bitumens, and like materials is reviewed, and the overall state of the art in analytical methodology for heavy fossil liquids is assessed. The various phases of the work included: distillation and determination of routine'' physical/chemical properties (Chapter 1); preliminary separation of >200{degrees} C distillates and the residue into acid, base, neutral, saturated hydrocarbon and neutral-aromatic concentrates (Chapter 2); further separation of acid, base, and neutral concentrates into subtypes (Chapters 3--5); and determination of the distribution of metal-containing compounds in all fractions (Chapter 6).« less

  11. Remote Sensing of Precipitation from Airborne and Spaceborne Radar. Chapter 13

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Munchak, S. Joseph

    2017-01-01

    Weather radar measurements from airborne or satellite platforms can be an effective remote sensing tool for examining the three-dimensional structures of clouds and precipitation. This chapter describes some fundamental properties of radar measurements and their dependence on the particle size distribution (PSD) and radar frequency. The inverse problem of solving for the vertical profile of PSD from a profile of measured reflectivity is stated as an optimal estimation problem for single- and multi-frequency measurements. Phenomena that can change the measured reflectivity Z(sub m) from its intrinsic value Z(sub e), namely attenuation, non-uniform beam filling, and multiple scattering, are described and mitigation of these effects in the context of the optimal estimation framework is discussed. Finally, some techniques involving the use of passive microwave measurements to further constrain the retrieval of the PSD are presented.

  12. Contributions au probleme d'affectation des types d'avion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Belanger, Nicolas

    In this thesis, we approach the problem of assigning aircraft types to flights (what is called aircraft fleet assignment) in a strategic planning context. The literature mentions many studies considering this problem on a daily flight schedule basis, but the proposed models do no allow to consider many elements that are either necessary to assure the practical feasibility of the solutions, or relevant to get more beneficial solutions. After describing the practical context of the problem (Chapter 1) and presenting the literature on the subject (Chapter 2), we propose new models and solution approaches to improve the quality of' the solutions obtained. The general scheme of the thesis is presented in Chapter 3. We summarize here the models and solution approaches that we propose; and present the main elements of our conclusions. First, in Chapter 4, we consider the problem of aircraft fleet Assignment over a weekly flight schedule, integrating into the objective an homogeneity factor for driving the choice of the aircraft types for the flights with the same flight number over the week. We present an integer linear model based on a time-space multicommodity network. This model includes, among others, decision variables relative to the aircraft type assigned to each flight and to the dominant aircraft type assigned to each flight number. We present in Chapter 5 the results of a research project made in collaboration with Air Canada within a consulting contract. The project aimed at analyzing the relevance for the planners of using an optimization software to help them to first identify non profitable flight legs in the network, and second to efficiently establish the aircraft fleet assignment. In this chapter, we propose an iterative approach to take into account the fact that the passenger demand is not known on a leg basis, but rather on an origin-destination and departure time basis. Finally, in Chapter 6, we propose a model and a solution approach that aim at solving the fleet assignment problem over a periodic schedule in the case where there is a flexibility on the flight departure times and the fleet size must be minimized. Moreover, the objective of this model includes the impact on the passenger demand for each flight of the variation of the flight departure times and the closing of the departure times of consecutive flights connecting the same pairs of stations. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

  13. Pre-Emption and Precedent: The Significance of Iraq (1981) and Syria (2007) for an Israeli Response to an Iranian Nuclear Threat

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-06-10

    x CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ...79 1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Background You don‘t want a messianic apocalyptic cult controlling atomic...Elli_Louka_Nuclear_Weapons_Proliferation.pdf (accessed 15 April 2011). 8 This study consists of five chapters. Chapter 1, ― Introduction ‖ announces the topic and describes its

  14. Traffic Pattern Detection Using the Hough Transformation for Anomaly Detection to Improve Maritime Domain Awareness

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-12-01

    Programming code in the Python language used in AIS data preprocessing is contained in Appendix A. The MATLAB programming code used to apply the Hough...described in Chapter III is applied to archived AIS data in this chapter. The implementation of the method, including programming techniques used, is...is contained in the second. To provide a proof of concept for the algorithm described in Chapter III, the PYTHON programming language was used for

  15. Data Mining Methods for Recommender Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Amatriain, Xavier; Jaimes*, Alejandro; Oliver, Nuria; Pujol, Josep M.

    In this chapter, we give an overview of the main Data Mining techniques used in the context of Recommender Systems. We first describe common preprocessing methods such as sampling or dimensionality reduction. Next, we review the most important classification techniques, including Bayesian Networks and Support Vector Machines. We describe the k-means clustering algorithm and discuss several alternatives. We also present association rules and related algorithms for an efficient training process. In addition to introducing these techniques, we survey their uses in Recommender Systems and present cases where they have been successfully applied.

  16. Human Activity Behavior and Gesture Generation in Virtual Worlds for Long- Duration Space Missions. Chapter 8

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sierhuis, Maarten; Clancey, William J.; Damer, Bruce; Brodsky, Boris; vanHoff, Ron

    2007-01-01

    A virtual worlds presentation technique with embodied, intelligent agents is being developed as an instructional medium suitable to present in situ training on long term space flight. The system combines a behavioral element based on finite state automata, a behavior based reactive architecture also described as subsumption architecture, and a belief-desire-intention agent structure. These three features are being integrated to describe a Brahms virtual environment model of extravehicular crew activity which could become a basis for procedure training during extended space flight.

  17. NASA directives: Master list and index

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1994-01-01

    This Handbook sets forth in two parts the following information for the guidance of users of the NASA Management Directives System. Chapter 1 contains introductory information material on how to use this Handbook. Chapter 2 is a complete master list of Agency-wide management directives, describing each directive by type, number, effective date, expiration date, title, and organization code of the office responsible for the directive. Chapter 3 includes a consolidated numerical list of all delegations of authority and a breakdown of such delegation by the office of Installation to which special authority is assigned. Chapter 4 sets forth a consolidated list of all NASA Handbooks (NHB's) and important footnotes covering the control and ordering of such documents. Chapter 5 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives applicable to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Chapter 6 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives published in the code of Federal Regulations. Complementary manuals to the NASA Management Directives System are described in Chapter 7. Part B contains an in-depth alphabetical index to all NASA management directives other than Handbooks.

  18. Jobs in Public Service. Job Family Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Science Research Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL.

    The booklet describes jobs in public service. The introductory chapter provides a definition and overview of public service work. Following chapters describe various levels of public service including: (1) neighborhood workers--letter carriers and postal employees, fire fighters, police officers, service repair workers, and bus drivers; (2) city…

  19. Simulating Dinosaur Digestion in the Classroom.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Peczkis, Jan

    1992-01-01

    Describes an activity for use with a chapter on dinosaurs, prehistoric life, or digestion in which children make simulated dinosaur stomachs to gain hands-on experience about the theory of gastroliths, or stomach stones. Presents teacher information about the digestive processes in birds and dinosaurs. Discusses materials needed, objectives,…

  20. Innovation and Diffusion--An Anthropological View.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    du Toit, Brian M.

    This chapter presents the anthropological theory of innovation and diffusion, and applies it to the problem of implementing planned change within the instructional development process. The work of Barnett and others on culture and planned culture change is described and applied to the educational system and the classroom environment. Barnett's…

  1. Social Capital Theory: Implications for Women's Networking and Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alfred, Mary V.

    2009-01-01

    This chapter describes social capital theory as a framework for exploring women's networking and social capital resources. It presents the foundational assumptions of the theory, the benefits and risks of social capital engagement, a feminist critique of social capital, and the role of social capital in adult learning.

  2. Specification of Training Simulator Fidelity: A Research Plan. Technical Report 558.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Baum, David R.; And Others

    This report presents a research plan to guide the determination of the empirical relationship between level of maintenance training simulator fidelity and training effectiveness. Chapter I describes data collection and analysis activities undertaken to provide guidance for fidelity decision making by the training simulator development community.…

  3. Vocational Training and Placement of the Severely Handicapped: Research and Development Recommendations.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cook, Paul F.; Dahl, Peter R.

    The monograph synthesizes findings of the Vocational Training and Placement of the Severely Handicapped Project (VOTAP) and offers recommendations for further research and development. Chapter 1 presents the theoretical model that describes the dimensions upon which the task of developing research and development recommendations could be…

  4. Radical Literary Education: A Classroom Experiment with Wordsworth's "Ode."

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Robinson, Jeffrey C.

    Using a college course on William Wordsworth's "Ode: Intimations of Immortality from Recollections of Early Childhood" as a case study, this book presents an alternative approach to teaching poetry. Divided into seven sections with 19 chapters, the book describes how students can develop and exercise an historical imagination in the…

  5. Developing the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning at the McMaster Institute for Innovation and Excellence in Teaching and Learning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Marquis, Elizabeth; Ahmad, Arshad

    2016-01-01

    This chapter describes three research-informed SoTL initiatives undertaken at the McMaster Institute for Innovation and Excellence in Teaching and Learning and presents preliminary evidence of their impact on teaching, learning, and SoTL.

  6. Give Them Roots, Then Let Them Fly: Understanding Attachment Therapy.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    McKelvey, Carole A., Ed.

    This book describes attachment theory, presents the attachment therapy program in place at the Evergreen Attachment Center at Evergreen, Colorado, and examines the implications of attachment therapy. The chapters are: (1) "An Overview" (Carole A. McKelvey, John Alston); (2) "Attachment Theory and Assessment" (Michael Orlans,…

  7. Resources for Runaway and Missing Children.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Illinois Univ., Champaign. Community Research Center.

    Following a brief introduction, chapter 2 presents a typology of runaways in which four types of runaways are profiled (healthy, unhealthy, curious, chronic). The behaviors of each type are described and the services needed by each are discussed. General techniques for working with runaways are detailed, including developing a runaway profile,…

  8. Towards the Goal of Full Employment: Trends, Obstacles and Policies.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Richards, Peter

    Expanding upon a report presented to the International Labor Organization (ILO), this book documents the current world employment situation, including how it has fallen short, how current economic policies interact with world employment, and how improvements can be made. Chapter one, "The Commitment to Full Employment," describes how the…

  9. Professional Development Guide for Educators. The Multicultural Resource Series, Volume 1.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gorski, Paul, Ed.; Shin, Gene-Tey, Ed.; Green, Martha, Ed.

    This guide presents a collection of personal essays written by educators who describe how multicultural education has transformed their teaching. It also includes resources such as multicultural organizations, publications, videos, and Web sites. Chapter 1, "Multicultural Education: Voices and Visions," includes "Ethiopia at the Bar…

  10. Macro-Level Profile of Hawai'i's Schools Participating in the Significant Bilingual Instructional Features Study.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gavieres, Milagros; And Others

    This document contains six chapters: (1) The introduction discusses the State of Hawaii, its residents, and major industries. (2) "Education in Hawaii" presents the state's education plan, Department of Education rules and regulations, and student services. (3) "Bilingual Education Program Data" describes Hawaii's bilingual…

  11. CTIC Cablebooks. Volume 2: A Guide for Local Policy.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jesuale, Nancy, Ed.; And Others

    The second in a two-part series, this volume presents 13 chapters discussing many of the most pressing cable policy issues facing local government, describing alternative policy options, and suggesting regulatory procedures successfully used by decision makers in the United States. Topics covered are (1) "The Rationale for Regulation,"…

  12. The Challenge of Family Relationships in Early Adolescence.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    ERIC Clearinghouse on Counseling and Personnel Services, Ann Arbor, MI.

    This second chapter in "The Challenge of Counseling in Middle Schools" presents four articles that deal with family relationships in early adolescence. "Teen-Parent Relationship Enrichment Through Choice Awareness," by Richard Nelson and Marsha Link, describes a process through which counselors may help to enrich relationships between teenagers…

  13. Bit patterned media with composite structure for microwave assisted magnetic recording

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eibagi, Nasim

    Patterned magnetic nano-structures are under extensive research due to their interesting emergent physics and promising applications in high-density magnetic data storage, through magnetic logic to bio-magnetic functionality. Bit-patterned media is an example of such structures which is a leading candidate to reach magnetic densities which cannot be achieved by conventional magnetic media. Patterned arrays of complex heterostructures such as exchange-coupled composites are studied in this thesis as a potential for next generation of magnetic recording media. Exchange-coupled composites have shown new functionality and performance advantages in magnetic recording and bit patterned media provide unique capability to implement such architectures. Due to unique resonant properties of such structures, their possible application in spin transfer torque memory and microwave assisted switching is also studied. This dissertation is divided into seven chapters. The first chapter covers the history of magnetic recording, the need to increase magnetic storage density, and the challenges in the field. The second chapter introduces basic concepts of magnetism. The third chapter explains the fabrication methods for thin films and various lithographic techniques that were used to pattern the devices under study for this thesis. The fourth chapter introduces the exchanged coupled system with the structure of [Co/Pd] / Fe / [Co/Pd], where the thickness of Fe is varied, and presents the magnetic properties of such structures using conventional magnetometers. The fifth chapter goes beyond what is learned in the fourth chapter and utilizes polarized neutron reflectometry to study the vertical exchange coupling and reversal mechanism in patterned structures with such structure. The sixth chapter explores the dynamic properties of the patterned samples, and their reversal mechanism under microwave field. The final chapter summarizes the results and describes the prospects for future applications of these structures.

  14. Chapter Four: Discursive Resources

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Young, Richard F.

    2008-01-01

    In this chapter, the focus of attention moves from the contexts described in chapter 3 to the verbal, nonverbal, and interactional resources that participants employ in discursive practices. These resources are discussed within the frame of participation status and participation framework proposed by Goffman. Verbal resources employed by…

  15. The School District Organization Handbook.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    California State Dept. of Education, Sacramento.

    This handbook describes procedures for school-district reorganization in California. Following the introductory chapter, chapter 2 offers a historical overview of school-district reorganization in California. Chapters 3 and 4 outline the organization and responsibilities of the county committee and the role and responsibilities of the State Board…

  16. BOOK REVIEW: The Illustrated Wavelet Transform Handbook: Introductory Theory and Applications in Science, Engineering, Medicine and Finance

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ng, J.; Kingsbury, N. G.

    2004-02-01

    This book provides an overview of the theory and practice of continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. Divided into seven chapters, the first three chapters of the book are introductory, describing the various forms of the wavelet transform and their computation, while the remaining chapters are devoted to applications in fluids, engineering, medicine and miscellaneous areas. Each chapter is well introduced, with suitable examples to demonstrate key concepts. Illustrations are included where appropriate, thus adding a visual dimension to the text. A noteworthy feature is the inclusion, at the end of each chapter, of a list of further resources from the academic literature which the interested reader can consult. The first chapter is purely an introduction to the text. The treatment of wavelet transforms begins in the second chapter, with the definition of what a wavelet is. The chapter continues by defining the continuous wavelet transform and its inverse and a description of how it may be used to interrogate signals. The continuous wavelet transform is then compared to the short-time Fourier transform. Energy and power spectra with respect to scale are also discussed and linked to their frequency counterparts. Towards the end of the chapter, the two-dimensional continuous wavelet transform is introduced. Examples of how the continuous wavelet transform is computed using the Mexican hat and Morlet wavelets are provided throughout. The third chapter introduces the discrete wavelet transform, with its distinction from the discretized continuous wavelet transform having been made clear at the end of the second chapter. In the first half of the chapter, the logarithmic discretization of the wavelet function is described, leading to a discussion of dyadic grid scaling, frames, orthogonal and orthonormal bases, scaling functions and multiresolution representation. The fast wavelet transform is introduced and its computation is illustrated with an example using the Haar wavelet. The second half of the chapter groups together miscellaneous points about the discrete wavelet transform, including coefficient manipulation for signal denoising and smoothing, a description of Daubechies’ wavelets, the properties of translation invariance and biorthogonality, the two-dimensional discrete wavelet transforms and wavelet packets. The fourth chapter is dedicated to wavelet transform methods in the author’s own specialty, fluid mechanics. Beginning with a definition of wavelet-based statistical measures for turbulence, the text proceeds to describe wavelet thresholding in the analysis of fluid flows. The remainder of the chapter describes wavelet analysis of engineering flows, in particular jets, wakes, turbulence and coherent structures, and geophysical flows, including atmospheric and oceanic processes. The fifth chapter describes the application of wavelet methods in various branches of engineering, including machining, materials, dynamics and information engineering. Unlike previous chapters, this (and subsequent) chapters are styled more as literature reviews that describe the findings of other authors. The areas addressed in this chapter include: the monitoring of machining processes, the monitoring of rotating machinery, dynamical systems, chaotic systems, non-destructive testing, surface characterization and data compression. The sixth chapter continues in this vein with the attention now turned to wavelets in the analysis of medical signals. Most of the chapter is devoted to the analysis of one-dimensional signals (electrocardiogram, neural waveforms, acoustic signals etc.), although there is a small section on the analysis of two-dimensional medical images. The seventh and final chapter of the book focuses on the application of wavelets in three seemingly unrelated application areas: fractals, finance and geophysics. The treatment on wavelet methods in fractals focuses on stochastic fractals with a short section on multifractals. The treatment on finance touches on the use of wavelets by other authors in studying stock prices, commodity behaviour, market dynamics and foreign exchange rates. The treatment on geophysics covers what was omitted from the fourth chapter, namely, seismology, well logging, topographic feature analysis and the analysis of climatic data. The text concludes with an assortment of other application areas which could only be mentioned in passing. Unlike most other publications in the subject, this book does not treat wavelet transforms in a mathematically rigorous manner but rather aims to explain the mechanics of the wavelet transform in a way that is easy to understand. Consequently, it serves as an excellent overview of the subject rather than as a reference text. Keeping the mathematics to a minimum and omitting cumbersome and detailed proofs from the text, the book is best-suited to those who are new to wavelets or who want an intuitive understanding of the subject. Such an audience may include graduate students in engineering and professionals and researchers in engineering and the applied sciences.

  17. Total Quality Management in Education.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Johnson, James H.

    1993-01-01

    Ways to apply the concepts and processes of Total Quality Management (TQM) to education are discussed in this document. Following the introduction and the preface, chapter 1 provides a historical overview and describes the four cornerstones of TQM--an understanding of systems, psychology, knowledge, and statistics. Chapter 2 describes some of the…

  18. Soft Paths: How To Enjoy the Wilderness without Harming It.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hampton, Bruce; Cole, David

    This outdoor-education book describes methods of hiking and camping that minimize the human impact upon the natural environment. Each chapter offers the rationale behind recommended practices, based on the best scientific research on recreational impact. The first chapter, "The Case for Minimum Impact," describes increasing tourist use…

  19. Food Rights Handbook.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Children's Foundation, Washington, DC.

    This booklet, which describes federal food assistance programs, is designed to help large families, families on small budgets, and elderly people on fixed incomes get more food for less money. The book is divided into four chapters: Kids, Women and Children, Families, and Senior Citizens. Each chapter describes in detail the food assistance…

  20. New and Emerging Occupations Project. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Southeast Community Coll., Lincoln, NE.

    This document reports a project to define, identify, and describe new and emerging occupations in Nebraska and disseminate that information to vocational education program and curriculum planners. Chapter 1 describes the background, problem, and purpose of the project. Chapter 2 sets forth the objectives and discusses procedures for developing a…

  1. To Teach, To Love.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stuart, Jesse

    In this book, the Kentucky novelist, poet, and teacher Jesse Stuart describes his experiences as student and teacher. Chapter 1 recounts the influence of his father, who instilled the principle of learning through play and the value of imagination and memory, and catalogs young Jesse's teachers at Plum Grove School. Chapter 2 describes his high…

  2. Effects of climate change on ecological disturbances [Chapter 8

    Treesearch

    Danielle M. Malesky; Barbara J. Bentz; Gary R. Brown; Andrea R. Brunelle; John M. Buffington; Linda M. Chappell; R. Justin DeRose; John C. Guyon; Carl L. Jorgensen; Rachel A. Loehman; Laura L. Lowrey; Ann M. Lynch; Marek Matyjasik; Joel D. McMillin; Javier E. Mercado; Jesse L. Morris; Jose F. Negron; Wayne G. Padgett; Robert A. Progar; Carol B. Randall

    2018-01-01

    This chapter describes disturbance regimes in the Intermountain Adaptation Partnership (IAP) region, and potential shifts in these regimes as a consequence of observed and projected climate change. The term "disturbance regime" describes the general temporal and spatial characteristics of a disturbance agent (e.g., insects, disease, fire, weather, human...

  3. The Use of Technology in Adult Literacy Programs.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Anderson, Jonathan; And Others

    This document describes the use of educational technology (including radio, television, computers, telephones, satellites, and optical laser discs) in adult literacy programs in Australia. Chapter 1 describes the scope of the study that resulted in the document and defines both literacy and educational technology. Chapter 2 contains a generalized…

  4. Multisectoral Strategies for Advancing Girls' Education: Principles and Practice. SAGE Technical Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Williams, Howard

    This paper describes issues, experiences, and strategies used in developing successful multisectoral partnerships to advance girls' education, using Guinea and Morocco as examples. Chapter 1 introduces the issue, discussing barriers to girls' education and describing the multisectoral response to interrelated barriers. Chapter 2 defines the…

  5. Development and evaluation of an active instructional framework for undergraduate biology education

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lysne, Steven John

    The practice of science education in American colleges and universities is changing and the role of faculty is changing as well. There is momentum in higher education to transform our instruction and do a better job at supporting more students' success in science and engineering programs. New teaching approaches are transforming undergraduate science instruction and new research demonstrates that these new approaches are more engaging for students, result in greater achievement, and create more positive attitudes toward science careers. Additionally, teaching scholars have described a paradigm shift toward placing the burden of content coverage on students which allows more time for in-class activities such as discussion and problem solving. Teaching faculty have been asked to redesign their courses and rebrand themselves as facilitators of student learning, rather than purveyors of information, to improve student engagement, achievement, and attitudes. This dissertation is a critical evaluation of both the assumption that active learning improves student achievement and knowledge retention and my own assumptions regarding science education research and my students' resiliency. This dissertation is a collection of research articles, published or in preparation, presenting the chronological development (Chapters 2 and 3) and evaluation (Chapters 4 and 5) of an active instructional model for undergraduate biology instruction. Chapters 1 and 6.provide a broad introduction and summary, respectively. Chapter 2 is an exploration of student engagement through interviews with a variety of students. From these interviews I identified several themes that students felt were important, and science instructors need to address, including the place where learning happens and strategies for better engaging students. Chapter 3 presents a review of the science education literature broadly and more focused review on the how students learn and how faculty teach. Consistent with what my student interviews suggested, I found that engaging students by way of innovative instructional approaches is a major theme in science education. I conclude by arguing for the development of collaborative learning communities and the use of cognitive apprenticeships in science classrooms. In Chapter 4 I presented the development and initial evaluation of an instructional framework for undergraduate biology classrooms. I found that student satisfaction as measured by end-of-course iv evaluations increased compared to my previous instructional model. I concluded that the instructional framework was efficacious and proceeded to evaluate the model in the context of knowledge acquisition and retention. Chapter 5 is the culmination of the work I conducted for the research presented in Chapters 2 through 4. In Chapter 5 I formally test the hypotheses that my instructional framework presented in Chapter 4 results in no greater knowledge acquisition or retention compared to a more traditional lecture model of instruction. I failed to reject these hypotheses which runs contrary to much published literature; the implications of my findings are discussed.

  6. Correlation Functions in Two-Dimensional Critical Systems with Conformal Symmetry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Flores, Steven Miguel

    This thesis presents a study of certain conformal field theory (CFT) correlation functions that describe physical observables in conform ally invariant two-dimensional critical systems. These are typically continuum limits of critical lattice models in a domain within the complex plane and with a boundary. Certain clusters, called boundary clusters, anchor to the boundary of the domain, and many of their features are governed by a conformally invariant probability measure. For example, percolaion is an example of a critical lattice model, and when it is confined to a domain with a boundary, connected clusters of activated bonds that touch that boundary are the boundary clusters. This thesis is concerned with how the boundary clusters interact with each other according to that measure. One question that it considers are "how likely are these clusters to repel each other or to connect with one another in a certain topological configuration?" Chapter one non-rigorously derives an already well-known elliptic system of differential equations closely tied to this matter by using standard techniques of CFT, chapters two and three rigorously infer certain properties concerning the solution space of this system, and chapter four uses some of those results to predict an answer to this question. This thesis also considers local variations of this question such as "what regions of the domain do the perimeters of the boundary clusters explore," and "how often will several boundary clusters connect at just a single, specified point in the domain?" Chapter five predicts precise answers to these questions. All of these answers are quantitative predictions that we verify via high-precision computer simulation. Chapters four and five also present these simulation results. Further material that supplements chapter one is included in two appendices.

  7. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lazzaro, Alfio

    Note that the main goal of this thesis work is the measurement of the branching fractions, charge asymmetry, and Time-Dependent CP Violation in η'K 0 mode. All other measurements are reported here for completion because they are connected by similar physics arguments. They are part of the Milan analysis activity, done by undergraduate students. They should not be considered as done in this thesis work. The measurements of the two body-modes ηη, ηΦ, and η'Φare used to determine a theoretical bound based on SU(3) flavor symmetry for the difference between SM prediction and the experimental measurements of CP violation parametersmore » in b → s loop-dominated modes. In general for this estimation we need to measure the branching fractions (or upper limits) of neutral B decays to two-body modes with η', η, Φ, ω, π 0, K 0, K* 0 [13, 14, 15, 16]. There is an important issue related to the branching fractions of η'K (charged and neutral) modes. Since the discover of B → η'K in 1997 [17] with high branching fraction (higher than expected), it was found that the corresponding mode with η is suppressed. This fact was pointed out by Lipkin in 1991 [18]. In particular, using arguments concerning the η-η' mixing angle and the parity of K or K* we can say that η'K and vK* are enhanced, while ηK and η'K* are suppressed. This scheme is experimentally verified. The branching fraction of all these modes are already measured, but the B 0 → ηK 0. So it is important to measure also this mode to complete the scenario. Finally we report on the measurements of the radiative modes B → η'Kγ and of the three-body mode B → η'η'K. Both cases are good candidates to manifest effects due to NP in CP violations [19, 20]. For all measurements we use an unbinned maximum likelihood fit to extract the number of signal yields and CP parameters. To perform these fits we have developed a flexible program in C++ language, called MiFit, which has taken a consistent part of the work described in this thesis. This program is used in all Milan analyses. All these measurements have been presented in conferences and published in Physical Review Letters or Physics Review D (Rapid Communication). These measurements are official BABAR results, approved by the Collaboration. The thesis is structured in eight chapters. In the first chapter we describe the CP violation and how it is explained in the SM. We give the theoretical description of the modes studied in this thesis. We report also the latest main results for the CP violation. In the second chapter we describe the BABAR detector with a description of each sub-detector. In the third chapter we describe the software used by the collaboration, in particular the code used in the events reconstruction, which is described in the fourth chapter. In the fifth chapter we describe the software used to selected the events and the MiFit program. After that, in the sixth chapter we show the discriminating variables used for the events selection and how the selection is done. In the last two chapters we report the analyses and results of the branching fractions and charge asymmetries measurements and the time-dependent CP asymmetries analysis of the mode B 0 → η'K 0, respectively.« less

  8. Energy: Options and Issues.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Walker, Harry O.

    This book is intended to provide basic information about energy. The first three chapters describe energy supply and demand, uses and sources, and common energy terms. The next two chapters explain environmental and biological effects of energy systems. Twelve chapters that follow outline past history and technological knowledge of the following…

  9. What Research Tells the Coach About Sprinting.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dintiman, George B.

    This booklet on sprinting is divided into four chapters. Chapter 1 "Introduction," provides an analysis of the 100-meter dash, summarizes world records, and discusses the reliability of timing the sprint race. Chapter 2, "Describing the Sprinter," discusses the following topics: anatomical characteristics, flexibility, reaction, strength/power,…

  10. Offshore Wind Energy

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Strach-Sonsalla, Mareike; Stammler, Matthias; Wenske, Jan

    In 1991, the Vindeby Offshore Wind Farm, the first offshore wind farm in the world, started feeding electricity to the grid off the coast of Lolland, Denmark. Since then, offshore wind energy has developed from this early experiment to a multibillion dollar market and an important pillar of worldwide renewable energy production. Unit sizes grew from 450 kW at Vindeby to the 7.5 MW-class offshore wind turbines (OWT ) that are currently (by October 2014) in the prototyping phase. This chapter gives an overview of the state of the art in offshore wind turbine (OWT) technology and introduces the principlesmore » of modeling and simulating an OWT. The OWT components -- including the rotor, nacelle, support structure, control system, and power electronics -- are introduced, and current technological challenges are presented. The OWT system dynamics and the environment (wind and ocean waves) are described from the perspective of OWT modelers and designers. Finally, an outlook on future technology is provided. The descriptions in this chapter are focused on a single OWT -- more precisely, a horizontal-axis wind turbine -- as a dynamic system. Offshore wind farms and wind farm effects are not described in detail in this chapter, but an introduction and further references are given.« less

  11. Conceptual Chemical Process Design for Sustainability. ...

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    This chapter examines the sustainable design of chemical processes, with a focus on conceptual design, hierarchical and short-cut methods, and analyses of process sustainability for alternatives. The chapter describes a methodology for incorporating process sustainability analyses throughout the conceptual design. Hierarchical and short-cut decision-making methods will be used to approach sustainability. An example showing a sustainability-based evaluation of chlor-alkali production processes is presented with economic analysis and five pollutants described as emissions. These emissions are analyzed according to their human toxicity potential by ingestion using the Waste Reduction Algorithm and a method based on US Environmental Protection Agency reference doses, with the addition of biodegradation for suitable components. Among the emissions, mercury as an element will not biodegrade, and results show the importance of this pollutant to the potential toxicity results and therefore the sustainability of the process design. The dominance of mercury in determining the long-term toxicity results when energy use is included suggests that all process system evaluations should (re)consider the role of mercury and other non-/slow-degrading pollutants in sustainability analyses. The cycling of nondegrading pollutants through the biosphere suggests the need for a complete analysis based on the economic, environmental, and social aspects of sustainability. Chapter reviews

  12. Mishmarot Calendars from Qumran Cave 4: Congruence and Divergence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Snyder, George, Jr.

    1997-09-01

    This study examines the calendar observed by the sect whose writings have been found in the caves of the Judean desert. Chapter I introduces the Qumran calendar as an outgrowth of the 364-day pseudo-solar year described in the astronomical chapters of 1 Enoch and defended in the Book of Jubilees. The Temple Scroll completes a calendric foundation by making canonical several summer harvest festivals not found in the Hebrew Scriptures. Chapters II through VII detail the eight mishmarot manuscripts, providing text, translation, and analysis toward understanding the fully developed calendric structure. These investigations manifest arguments that establish the beginning of the sect's lunar month at the full moon, present coordination methodologies that balance the 364-day solar year with the 354-day lunar one, and reveal two different arrangements of the festival cycle. The Conclusion gathers under the heads of Enoch and Jubilees evidence to propose two sectarian calendar traditions and brings forward other texts which could be similarly categorized. Three appendices and a glossary support the discussion from non-mishmarot calendars and presenting an eclectic six-year calendar in full detail.

  13. Investigation of Local Ordering in Amorphous Materials.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fan, Gary Guoyou

    The intent of the research described in this dissertation, as indicated by the title, is to provide a better understanding of the structure of amorphous material. The possibility of using electron microscopy to study the amorphous structure is investigated. Chapter 1 gives a brief introduction to the understanding and modeling of the amorphous structure, electron microscopy and the image analysis in general. The difficulty of using 2-D images to infer 3-D structures information is illustrated in Chapter 2, where it is shown that some high resolution images are not qualitatively different from images of white -noises weak-phase objects or those of random atomic arrangements. The means of obtaining statistical information from these images is given in Chapters 3 and 5, where the quantitative differences between experimental images and simulated white-noise or simulated images corresponding to random arrangements are revealed. The use of image processing techniques in electron microscopy and the possible artifacts are presented in Chapter 4. The pattern recognition technique outlined in Chapter 6 demonstrates a feasible mode of scanning transition electron microscope operation. Statistical analysis can be effectively performed on a large number of nano-diffraction patterns from, for example, locally ordered samples. Some recent developments in physics as well as in electron microscopy are briefly reviewed, and their possible applications in the study of amorphous structures are discussed in Chapter 7.

  14. Syntheses and self-assembly of novel asparagine-derived amphiphiles: Applications in the encapsulation of proteins, hydrophobic, and hydrophilic drug models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mfuh, Adelphe Mbufung

    This thesis focuses mainly on the synthesis, characterization, and self-assembly of a novel series of asparagine-derived amphiphiles and their use in the preparation and stabilization of nano and microcapsules for the encapsulation of proteins, and hydrophilic and hydrophobic drug models. Chapter 1 gives a brief literature overview of lipid molecular assembly, which covers some aspects of morphological analyses, encapsulation of chemical entity and some reported characterization techniques of supramolecular assemblies. It introduces the scope of this dissertation and contains some information on stimulus responsive liposomal systems for controlled release of drug models. Chapter 2 introduces a novel asparagine-derived lipid bearing two fatty chains (C11 and C17) and a tetrahydropyrimidinone head group. It presents information on the synthesis and characterization of this lipid and describes the self-assembly and effects of this lipid in distearoyl phosphatidyl choline bilayer. Chapter 3 presents the synthesis and characterization of a series of ALAn,m (where n and m represent the length of the hydrocarbon chains on the asparagine-derived, heterocyclic head group). It contains data on the effect of chain length, solvent media and head group ionization on the conformational equilibrium about a tertiary amide bond in ALAn,m. The chapter also examines the influence of chain length on ALAn,m on the colloidal stability of DSPC liposomes. Chapter 4 presents the first example of an N,N-acetal linkage in a novel pH responsive nanocarrier system obtained from the cyclocondensation of dodecanal with sodium asparaginate. Data is presented on the spontaneous self-assembly, encapsulation studies and morphological characterization of the nano-systems with the inclusion of cholesterol as additive. Chapter 5 presents the development of a photoresponsive nanocarrier via the self- assembly of an asparagine-derived lipid containing a coumarin unit in the hydrophobic domain. The supramolecular assemblies of this lipid were examined for the ability to encapsulate and release chemical entity in response to UV-assisted [2+2]-photodimerization. Chapter 6 presents the fabrication of an organic core/inorganic shell microcapsules from the catanionic self-assemblies of a series of symmetrical asparagine-derived bolaamphiphiles and polyallyl amine, followed by surfacing coating with silica nanoparticles. Unlike layer-by-layer or polymer salt aggregates (PSA) capsules reported in the chemical literature, these particles show encapsulation for wider range of chemical entities with different solubility properties. Studies suggest that these particles efficiently encapsulated protoporphyrin IX. dimethylester, doxorubicin and a fluorescently labeled bovine serum albumin (FITC-BSA).

  15. Discretization and Preconditioning Algorithms for the Euler and Navier-Stokes Equations on Unstructured Meshes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bart, Timothy J.; Kutler, Paul (Technical Monitor)

    1998-01-01

    Chapter 1 briefly reviews several related topics associated with the symmetrization of systems of conservation laws and quasi-conservation laws: (1) Basic Entropy Symmetrization Theory; (2) Symmetrization and eigenvector scaling; (3) Symmetrization of the compressible Navier-Stokes equations; and (4) Symmetrization of the quasi-conservative form of the magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) equations. Chapter 2 describes one of the best known tools employed in the study of differential equations, the maximum principle: any function f(x) which satisfies the inequality f(double prime)>0 on the interval [a,b] attains its maximum value at one of the endpoints on the interval. Chapter three examines the upwind finite volume schemes for scalar and system conservation laws. The basic tasks in the upwind finite volume approach have already been presented: reconstruction, flux evaluation, and evolution. By far, the most difficult task in this process is the reconstruction step.

  16. Propagation effects handbook for satellite systems design. A summary of propagation impairments on 10 to 100 GHz satellite links with techniques for system design

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ippolito, Louis J.

    1989-01-01

    The NASA Propagation Effects Handbook for Satellite Systems Design provides a systematic compilation of the major propagation effects experienced on space-Earth paths in the 10 to 100 GHz frequency band region. It provides both a detailed description of the propagation phenomenon and a summary of the impact of the effect on the communications system design and performance. Chapter 2 through 5 describe the propagation effects, prediction models, and available experimental data bases. In Chapter 6, design techniques and prediction methods available for evaluating propagation effects on space-Earth communication systems are presented. Chapter 7 addresses the system design process and how the effects of propagation on system design and performance should be considered and how that can be mitigated. Examples of operational and planned Ku, Ka, and EHF satellite communications systems are given.

  17. Novel chemistries and materials for grid-scale energy storage: Quinones and halogen catalysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huskinson, Brian Thomas

    In this work I describe various approaches to electrochemical energy storage at the grid-scale. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to energy storage and an overview of the history and development of flow batteries. Chapter 2 describes work on the hydrogen-chlorine regenerative fuel cell, detailing its development and the record-breaking performance of the device. Chapter 3 dives into catalyst materials for such a fuel cell, focusing on ruthenium oxide based alloys to be used as chlorine redox catalysts. Chapter 4 introduces and details the development of a performance model for a hydrogen-bromine cell. Chapter 5 delves into the more recent work I have done, switching to applications of quinone chemistries in flow batteries. It focuses on the pairing of one particular quinone (2,7-anthraquinone disulfonic acid) with bromine, and highlights the promising performance characteristics of a device based on this type of chemistry.

  18. Micro- and nano-scale optical devices for high density photonic integrated circuits at near-infrared wavelengths

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chatterjee, Rohit

    In this research work, we explore fundamental silicon-based active and passive photonic devices that can be integrated together to form functional photonic integrated circuits. The devices which include power splitters, switches and lenses are studied starting from their physics, their design and fabrication techniques and finally from an experimental standpoint. The experimental results reveal high performance devices that are compatible with standard CMOS fabrication processes and can be easily integrated with other devices for near infrared telecom applications. In Chapter 2, a novel method for optical switching using nanomechanical proximity perturbation technique is described and demonstrated. The method which is experimentally demonstrated employs relatively low powers, small chip footprint and is compatible with standard CMOS fabrication processes. Further, in Chapter 3, this method is applied to develop a hitless bypass switch aimed at solving an important issue in current wavelength division multiplexing systems namely hitless switching of reconfigurable optical add drop multiplexers. Experimental results are presented to demonstrate the application of the nanomechanical proximity perturbation technique to practical situations. In Chapter 4, a fundamental photonic component namely the power splitter is described. Power splitters are important components for any photonic integrated circuits because they help split the power from a single light source to multiple devices on the same chip so that different operations can be performed simultaneously. The power splitters demonstrated in this chapter are based on multimode interference principles resulting in highly compact low loss and highly uniform power splitting to split the power of the light from a single channel to two and four channels. These devices can further be scaled to achieve higher order splitting such as 1x16 and 1x32 power splits. Finally in Chapter 5 we overcome challenges in device fabrication and measurement techniques to demonstrate for the first time a "superlens" for the technologically important near infrared wavelength ranges with the opportunity to scale down further to visible wavelengths. The observed resolution is 0.47lambda, clearly smaller than the diffraction limit of 0.61lambda and is supported by detailed theoretical analyses and comprehensive numerical simulations. Importantly, we clearly show for the first time this subdiffraction limit imaging is due to the resonant excitation of surface slab modes, permitting amplification of evanescent waves. The demonstrated "superlens" has the largest figure of merit ever reported till date both theoretically and experimentally. The techniques and devices described in this thesis can be further applied to develop new devices with different functionalities. In Chapter 6 we describe two examples using these ideas. First, we experimentally demonstrate the use of the nanomechanical proximity perturbation technique to develop a phase retarder for on-chip all state polarization control. Next, we use the negative refraction photonic crystals described in Chapter 5 to achieve a special kind of bandgap called the zero-n¯ bandgap having unique properties.

  19. Vital signs monitoring plan for the Klamath Network: Phase I report

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Sarr, Daniel; Odion, Dennis; Truitt, Robert E.; Beever, Erik A.; Shafer, Sarah; Duff, Andrew; Smith, Sean B.; Bunn, Windy; Rocchio, Judy; Sarnat, Eli; Alexander, John; Jessup, Steve

    2004-01-01

    This report chronicles the Phase 1 stage of the vital signs monitoring program for the Klamath Network. It consists of two chapters and eleven appendixes. The purposes of Chapter One are to 1) describe the network administrative structure and approach to planning; 2) introduce the Klamath Network parks, their resources, and environmental settings; 3) explain the need for monitoring changes in resources and supporting environments; 4) identify key information gaps that limit understanding of how to best achieve these monitoring goals. The purpose of Chapter Two is to develop the descriptive information provided in Chapter One into a conceptual basis for vital signs monitoring and to present the Network’s initial suite of conceptual models. The Report Appendices provide in-depth information on a variety of topics researched in preparation of the report, including: detailed natural resource profiles for each park, supporting policies and guidelines, regional fire regimes, vegetation types of the parks, exotic species threats, interagency monitoring programs, air issues, water quality (Phase 1 Report), Network vital signs (Scoping Summary Report), rare species, and rare habitats of the parks.

  20. Where Have All the Sparrows Gone?: Rethinking Chapter I Services.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Standerford, N. Suzanne

    1993-01-01

    Describes a restructured Chapter 1 program that provided supplemental support within the students' classrooms to raise expectations for Chapter 1 students' performance. Notes that expectations of teachers and students increased; portfolios of student work showed steady improvement in reading comprehension and writing ability; and standardized test…

  1. Jobs in Manufacturing. Job Family Series.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Science Research Associates, Inc., Chicago, IL.

    The instructional booklet explores various occupations in the occupational cluster of manufacturing. In the first chapter, the student is briefly introduced to the occupational cluster concept and to the general area of manufacturing. Chapter 2 describes jobs involved in the production of materials and processing of goods. Chapter 3 discusses…

  2. Ecology, Ecosystem Management and Biology Teaching. Biology and Human Welfare.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Spellerberg, Ian F.; Pritchard, Alan J.

    This six-chapter document (part of a series on biology and human welfare) focuses on ecology, ecosystem management, and biology teaching. Chapter 1 discusses the basic elements of ecology (considering organisms and their environment, populations, and communities and ecosystems). Chapter 2 describes several aspects of human ecology and resources…

  3. State of the Environment: An Assessment at Mid-Decade.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Conservation Foundation, Washington, DC.

    This report is divided into two parts. The three chapters in part 1 describe environmental conditions and trends. Chapter 1 deals with underlying trends, primarily population growth and economic factors. Chapter 2 covers environmental contaminants, including toxic substances, hazardous waste, air and water pollutants, and overall waste production.…

  4. Overview of energy-conservation research opportunities

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hopp, W.J.; Hauser, S.G.; Hane, G.J.

    1981-12-01

    This document is a study of research opportunities that are important to developing advanced technologies for efficient energy use. The study's purpose is to describe a wide array of attractive technical areas from which specific research and development programs could be implemented. Research areas are presented for potential application in each of the major end-use sectors. The study develops and applies a systematic approach to identifying and screening applied energy conservation research opportunities. To broadly cover the energy end-use sectors, this study develops useful information relating to the areas where federally-funded applied research will most likely play an important rolemore » in promoting energy conservation. This study is not designed to produce a detailed agenda of specific recommended research activities. The general information presented allows uniform comparisons of disparate research areas and as such provides the basis for formulating a cost-effective, comprehensive federal-applied energy conservation research strategy. Chapter 2 discusses the various methodologies that have been used in the past to identify research opportunities and details the approach used here. In Chapters 3, 4, and 5 the methodology is applied to the buildings, transportation, and industrial end-use sectors and the opportunities for applied research in these sectors are discussed.Chapter 6 synthesizes the results of the previous three chapters to give a comprehensive picture of applied energy conservation research opportunities across all end-use sectors and presents the conclusions to the report.« less

  5. NASA directives master list and index

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1995-01-01

    This handbook sets forth in two parts, Master List of Management Directives and Index to NASA Management Directives, the following information for the guidance of users of the NASA Management Directives System. Chapter 1 contains introductory information material on how to use this handbook. Chapter 2 is a complete master list of agencywide management directives, describing each directive by type, number, effective date, expiration date, title, and organization code of the office responsible for the directive. Chapter 3 includes a consolidated numerical list of all delegations of authority and a breakdown of such delegation by the office or center to which special authority is assigned. Chapter 4 sets forth a consolidated list of all NASA handbooks (NHB's) and important footnotes covering the control and ordering of such documents. Chapter 5 is a consolidated list of NASA management directives applicable to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory. Chapter 6 is a consolidated list of NASA regulations published in the Code of Federal Regulations. Chapter 7 is a consolidated list of NASA regulations published in Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Complementary manuals to the NASA Management Directives System are described in Chapter 8. The second part contains an in depth alphabetical index to all NASA management directives other than handbooks, most of which are indexed by titles only.

  6. Synthesis and characterization of transition metal clusters: From the isolation of ligand-stabilized solid fragments to the tuning of magnetic anisotropy and host-guest selectivity, and, Approaches to science teaching: Development of an observation instrument with a measurement model based on item response theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hee, Allan George

    Part I. The work presented herein describes efforts to develop general techniques for the synthesis of transition metal clusters and the manipulation of their properties. In Chapter 2, it is demonstrated that a modified metal atom reactor allows for the vaporization, passivation, and isolation of metal-chalcogenide clusters from their parent binary solids. Among the clusters produced by this method were Cr6S8(PEt3)6, Fe4S 4(PEt3)4, Co6S8(PEt 3)6, Cu6S4(PEt3)6, Cu12S6(PEt3)8, and Cu26Se 13(PEt3)14. To create single-molecule magnets with higher demagnetization barriers, we are developing metal-cyanide systems which exhibit highly adjustable magnetic behavior. Chapter 3 reports an attempt to introduce magnetic anisotropy into a MnCr6 cluster. Replacement of CrIII with Mo III resulted in the assembly of K[(Me3tacn)6MnMo 6(CN)18](ClO4)3 (Me3tacn = N,N',N″ -trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane)---the first well-documented example of a cyano-bridged single-molecule magnet. Recently, it was demonstrated that replacing Me3tacn with the less sterically hindering tach (tach = cis,cis-1,3,5-triaminocyclohexane) in the face-centered cubic cluster [(tach)8Cr8Ni 6(CN)24]Br12 provides greater access to the cluster cavity. Chapter 4 describes my efforts to probe the selectivity of this cluster toward inclusion of various guests. Part II. Successful implementation of student-centered curricula reforms requires the creation of a measurement instrument for monitoring whether the curricula are being used as intended. The creation and development of an observation instrument would greatly contribute to this effort. To develop a theoretically sound construct map, it is necessary to review the literature and conduct our own investigations of approaches to science teaching. Chapter 2 presents the findings of these investigations and their contributions to our understanding of the construct. Using these findings, the Science Teaching Observation Protocol (STOP) was created and designed to measure two subconstructs: intentions and strategies. Chapter 3 details the first pilot test of STOP and analysis of the collected data. In Chapter 4, the theoretical shortcomings of the instrument are analyzed and discussed. Modified versions of the intention and strategy subconstruct maps are presented.

  7. SeaWiFS Technical Report Series. Volume 38; SeaWiFS Calibration and Validation Quality Control Procedures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hooker, Stanford B. (Editor); Firestone, Elaine R. (Editor); McClain, Charles R.; Darzi, Michael; Barnes, Robert A.; Eplee, Robert E.; Firestone, James K.; Patt, Frederick S.; Robinson, Wayne D.; Schieber, Brian D.; hide

    1996-01-01

    This document provides five brief reports that address several quality control procedures under the auspices of the Calibration and Validation Element (CVE) within the Sea-viewing Wide Field-of-view Sensor (SeaWiFS) Project. Chapter 1 describes analyses of the 32 sensor engineering telemetry streams. Anomalies in any of the values may impact sensor performance in direct or indirect ways. The analyses are primarily examinations of parameter time series combined with statistical methods such as auto- and cross-correlation functions. Chapter 2 describes how the various onboard (solar and lunar) and vicarious (in situ) calibration data will be analyzed to quantify sensor degradation, if present. The analyses also include methods for detecting the influence of charged particles on sensor performance such as might be expected in the South Atlantic Anomaly (SAA). Chapter 3 discusses the quality control of the ancillary environmental data that are routinely received from other agencies or projects which are used in the atmospheric correction algorithm (total ozone, surface wind velocity, and surface pressure; surface relative humidity is also obtained, but is not used in the initial operational algorithm). Chapter 4 explains the procedures for screening level-, level-2, and level-3 products. These quality control operations incorporate both automated and interactive procedures which check for file format errors (all levels), navigation offsets (level-1), mask and flag performance (level-2), and product anomalies (all levels). Finally, Chapter 5 discusses the match-up data set development for comparing SeaWiFS level-2 derived products with in situ observations, as well as the subsequent outlier analyses that will be used for evaluating error sources.

  8. BOOK REVIEW: Introduction to 3+1 Numerical Relativity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gundlach, Carsten

    2008-11-01

    This is the first major textbook on the methods of numerical relativity. The selection of material is based on what is known to work reliably in astrophysical applications and would therefore be considered by many as the 'mainstream' of the field. This means spacelike slices, the BSSNOK or harmonic formulation of the Einstein equations, finite differencing for the spacetime variables, and high-resolution shock capturing methods for perfect fluid matter. (Arguably, pseudo-spectral methods also belong in this category, at least for elliptic equations, but are not covered in this book.) The account is self-contained, and comprehensive within its chosen scope. It could serve as a primer for the growing number of review papers on aspects of numerical relativity published in Living Reviews in Relativity (LRR). I will now discuss the contents by chapter. Chapter 1, an introduction to general relativity, is clearly written, but may be a little too concise to be used as a first text on this subject at postgraduate level, compared to the textbook by Schutz or the first half of Wald's book. Chapter 2 contains a good introduction to the 3+1 split of the field equations in the form mainly given by York. York's pedagogical presentation (in a 1979 conference volume) is still up to date, but Alcubierre makes a clearer distinction between the geometric split and its form in adapted coordinates, as well as filling in some derivations. Chapter 3 on initial data is close to Cook's 2001 LRR, but is beautifully unified by an emphasis on how different choices of conformal weights suit different purposes. Chapter 4 on gauge conditions covers a topic on which no review paper exists, and which is spread thinly over many papers. The presentation is both detailed and unified, making this an excellent resource also for experts. The chapter reflects the author's research interests while remaining canonical. Chapter 5 covers hyperbolic reductions of the field equations. Alcubierre's excellent presentation is less technical than Reula's 1998 LRR or the 1995 book by Gustafsson, Kreiss and Oliger, but covers the key ideas in application to the Einstein equations. The reviewer (admittedly riding a hobby-horse) would argue that the hyperbolicity of the ADM and BSSNOK equations should have been investigated without introducing a specific first-order reduction. Chapter 6 covers gauge problems in numerical black hole spacetimes, black hole excision, and apparent horizons. Like chapter 4 it is both exhaustive and pedagogical. Perhaps more space than necessary is given here to work the author was involved in, while the section on slice stretching could have been more detailed, given that there is no good overview in the literature. Chapter 7 on relativistic hydrodynamics is, quite simply, excellent. Among many other useful things it contains some elementary material on equations of state that is not written up at this level elsewhere, a good mini-introduction to weak solutions of conservation laws, and a brief review of imperfect fluids in GR (Israel--Stewart theory). This chapter complements Font's 2008 LRR. Chapter 8 on gravitational wave extraction provides a welcome pedagogical introduction to a topic in which the original research papers are less than inviting and where notation is not uniform. The mathematical techniques described here are in constant use in numerical relativity codes, but are never fully described in research papers. Chapter 9 on numerical methods covers finite difference and high-resolution shock capturing methods. It is similar in presentation to Leveque's 1992 book and Kreiss and Busenhart's 2001 book, but gives a good selection of that material, concisely presented. It certainly impresses the importance of convergence testing on the reader. Chapter 10 covers methods for spherically symmetric and axisymmetric spacetimes. The former is excellent, reflecting the author's recent research work. The axisymmetry section would have been better if it had been based on a formal Geroch reduction, the method that has been the key to recent progress. This book is bound to become a standard text for beginning graduate students. In an overview for this audience, I would have liked to see a little more detail on null slicings and on the conformal field equations, and brief introductions to the theory of elliptic equations and to pseudo-spectral and finite element methods. One may also regret the many typographical errors. Nevertheless, this excellent book fills a real gap, and will be hard to follow.

  9. Biochemistry (by Jochanan Stenesh)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Glasfeld, Arthur

    1999-06-01

    Plenum: New York, 1998. Hardcover, ISBN 0 306-45732-6. 95. Paperback, ISBN 0 306 45733 4. 55 (set of 3). Solutions manual and transparencies available. According to the promotional materials accompanying this text, its intended audience is students in one-semester undergraduate biochemistry courses. At just over 500 pages, the book is shorter than the norm of well over 1000 pages. The challenge, then, is to present the subject in a coherent and compelling fashion while necessarily omitting a large fraction of the material that one normally finds in more inclusive texts. That kind of editing is obviously going to lead to squawking from some quarters, so I should put my prejudices on the table. I teach a one-semester course in biochemical structure, and I have a long-standing interest in using molecular models to explain biochemical behavior, both in research and in teaching. The editing performed by Professor Stenesh is likely to trouble someone with a structural or mechanistic background. Rather than selectively excluding some topics, Stenesh has created a table of contents that looks like it's from a much longer text. The usual chapters on biochemical structure, catalysis, metabolism and molecular genetics are included here. The ax fell elsewhere, and most obvious to my eye are the omissions of structure and chemical mechanism beyond those few chapters that are dedicated to them. A brief presentation on the structure and function of hemoglobin is given in the chapter on proteins, and the catalytic mechanism of chymotrypsin is briefly presented in the chapter on catalysis. But in chapters on metabolism, the structures of substrates and products are shown while mechanisms of conversion are omitted. For example, in the description of aldolase, we're informed that the enzyme catalyzes a reverse aldol condensation, but the reader isn't shown how the aldol condensation relates to the chemical conversion we see in the figure. (Part of the problem may be that the text assumes only one semester of preparation in organic chemistry, which might not be adequate for a discussion of biochemical mechanism.) In the section on gene regulation, no mention is made of the atomic-level interactions between regulatory proteins and DNA that lead to specific, high-affinity binding. The helix-turn-helix motif isn't even mentioned. Obviously, in a 500-page text, something had to go. It's too bad, though, that the omitted material includes the structural and mechanistic explanations for the chemical transformations and cellular processes being described. These complaints shouldn't overshadow the fact that this is a thoughtfully constructed text. The writing is both clear and simple. Broken into subsections, topics are presented in brief synopses that carefully identify key terms and ideas, and the problems at the back of the chapters are plentiful and appropriate. Stenesh's presentation is logically sound. I appreciated the presentation of thermodynamics in a chapter that directly precedes metabolism, rather than the more common brief review that appears in the earliest chapters. Likewise, the inclusion of enzyme catalysis directly after protein structure works in the context of this text. I noted a few small errors, but nothing that would cause distractions for the student. Unfortunately, the two-color graphics that accompany the text are less than compelling by current standards (also, a relatively greater number of errors appear in the figures). In drawing chemical structures, little effort is made to show molecular shape. For example, the figures use Fischer projections (without definition before Chapter 5) to define stereoisomers, and only in the appendix are dashes and wedges used to define them. This is particularly problematic in the chapter on amino acids, where their chirality is described but never illustrated. It is difficult to see the three-dimensional concepts being presented in the two-dimensional format being used. In topics where good visuals would be most useful (such as protein and DNA structure), the figures are reminiscent of those from textbooks of the 1970s. For my tastes, this text takes an overly conservative approach to biochemistry. The subject, which has expanded rapidly in the past few decades, can be presented in a format that reflects those changes. My preference would be for a more restricted selection of topics presented with greater emphasis on how mechanism and structure play a role in our understanding in those areas. However, for those who are looking for a no-frills approach to teaching a single-semester course in biochemistry, Stenesh's text may be a welcome option. It puts all the basic material of biochemistry on the table, and in departments that offer advanced courses, this could be enough for the first semester. In one of the testimonials in the promotional literature that accompanied the book, the text is described as "clearly written, intelligently organized and devoid of extraneous, distracting 'glitz'." It appears that one person's "substance" can be another's "glitz". Consider adopting this text accordingly.

  10. Adaptation of Combustion Principles to Aircraft Propulsion. Volume I; Basic Considerations in the Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels with Air

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Barnett, Henry C (Editor); Hibbard, Robert R (Editor)

    1955-01-01

    The report summarizes source material on combustion for flight-propulsion engineers. First, several chapters review fundamental processes such as fuel-air mixture preparation, gas flow and mixing, flammability and ignition, flame propagation in both homogenous and heterogenous media, flame stabilization, combustion oscillations, and smoke and carbon formation. The practical significance and the relation of these processes to theory are presented. A second series of chapters describes the observed performance and design problems of engine combustors of the principal types. An attempt is made to interpret performance in terms of the fundamental processes and theories previously reviewed. Third, the design of high-speed combustion systems is discussed. Combustor design principles that can be established from basic considerations and from experience with actual combustors are described. Finally, future requirements for aircraft engine combustion systems are examined.

  11. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Van Til, J.

    This book represents an extension of several earlier works on spatial form by Van Til, an urban sociologist who describes himself as a guarded pessimist about the future. He examines the spatial ramifications on urban, suburban, and rural use of space brought about by changes in the availability of amount and types of energy resources. In the first three chapters, he explores these ideas by structuring the future in terms of four institutional sectors: economy (inflation, unemployment, corporate control, and distribution of wealth); culture (values, demography and life style, information revolution); polity (governance and empowerment); and voluntary action. The secondmore » part of the book explicitly considers geographic space, with a chapter devoted to describing urban, suburban, and nonmetropolitan spatial forms, and one to changes anticipated in these forms given the three future scenarios. This balanced presentation discusses both those who advocate reliance on technological development as well as those who prefer other solutions.« less

  12. Development of structured ICD-10 and its application to computer-assisted ICD coding.

    PubMed

    Imai, Takeshi; Kajino, Masayuki; Sato, Megumi; Ohe, Kazuhiko

    2010-01-01

    This paper presents: (1) a framework of formal representation of ICD10, which functions as a bridge between ontological information and natural language expressions; and (2) a methodology to use formally described ICD10 for computer-assisted ICD coding. First, we analyzed and structurized the meanings of categories in 15 chapters of ICD10. Then we expanded the structured ICD10 (S-ICD10) by adding subordinate concepts and labels derived from Japanese Standard Disease Names. The information model to describe formal representation was refined repeatedly. The resultant model includes 74 types of semantic links. We also developed an ICD coding module based on S-ICD10 and a 'Coding Principle,' which achieved high accuracy (>70%) for four chapters. These results not only demonstrate the basic feasibility of our coding framework but might also inform the development of the information model for formal description framework in the ICD11 revision.

  13. Still Teaching Ourselves.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Leistico, Agnes

    This book is the sequel to "I Learn Better By Teaching Myself," which argued that parents need to follow their personal parenting instincts and to trust that their students know what is best for themselves. Chapter 1 describes how the author's family became involved in home schooling. The second chapter describes how they set standards in the form…

  14. The changing southwest

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    David M. Theobald,; William Travis,; Drummond, Mark A.; Eric Gordon,; Michelle Betsill,

    2013-01-01

    This chapter describes important geographical and socio-economic characteristics and trends in the Southwest—such as population and economic growth and changes in land ownership, land use, and land cover—that provide the context for how climate change will likely affect the Southwest. The chapter also describes key laws and institutions relevant to adaptive management of resources.

  15. Can Ethics Be Taught? Perspectives, Challenges, and Approaches at Harvard Business School.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Piper, Thomas R.; And Others

    This book describes in five chapters how the Harvard Business School has redeveloped its curriculum to place leadership, ethics, and corporate responsibility at the center of its mission. Chapter 1, "Rediscovery of Purpose: The Genesis of the Leadership, Ethics, and Corporate Responsibility Initiative," (Thomas R. Piper) describes the…

  16. Instructional Technology: A Systematic Approach to Remedying Everyday Educational/Classroom Challenge.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Williams, W. Wes; Hasazi, Susan E.

    The authors describe program organization and teaching/learning procedures which can be employed in the remediation of mildly to severely handicapped students. Following an introductory chapter, Chapter 2 describes ways to manage educational resources such as time, aides, support staff, and student teachers to maximize learning. A brief third…

  17. A Forest Products Technology Program for Washington Community Colleges. Final Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Grotefend, Robert T.

    This report describes a project to develop a forest product technology curriculum that prepares students at the technical level, junior management, to work in the manufacturing of wood and bark into lumber, plywood, particle board, laminates, and pulp chips. Chapter 1 describes project objectives and procedures followed. In chapter 2 the history…

  18. New Methods for Tracking Galaxy and Black Hole Evolution Using Post-Starburst Galaxies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    French, Katheryn Decker

    2017-08-01

    Galaxies in transition from star-forming to quiescence are a natural laboratory for exploring the processes responsible for this evolution. Using a sample of post-starburst galaxies identified to have recently experienced a recent burst of star formation that has now ended, I explore both the fate of the molecular gas that drives star formation and the increased rate of stars disrupted by the central supermassive black hole. Chapter 1 provides an introduction to galaxy evolution through the post-starburst phase and to tidal disruption events, which surprisingly favor post-starburst galaxy hosts. In Chapter 2, I present a survey of the molecular gas properties of 32 post-starburst galaxies traced by CO (1-0) and CO (2-1). In order to accurately put galaxies on an evolutionary sequence, we must select likely progenitors and descendants. We do this by identifying galaxies with similar starburst properties, such as the amount of mass produced in the burst and the burst duration. In Chapter 3, I describe a method to determine the starburst properties and the time elapsed since the starburst ended, and discuss trends in the molecular gas properties of these galaxies with time. In Chapter 4, I present the results of followup observations with ALMA of HCN (1-0) and HCO+ (1-0) in two post-starburst galaxies. CO (1-0) is detected in over half (17/32) the post-starburst sample and the molecular gas mass traced by CO declines on ˜100 Myr timescales after the starburst has ended. HCN (1-0) is not detected in either galaxy targeted, indicating the post-starbursts are now quiescent because of a lack of the denser molecular gas traced by HCN. In Chapter 5 I quantify the increase in TDE rate in quiescent galaxies with strong Balmer absorption to be 30 - 200x higher than in normal galaxies. Using the stellar population fitting method from Chapter 3, I examine possible reasons for the increased TDE rate in post-starburst galaxies in Chapter 6. The TDE rate could be boosted due to a binary supermassive black hole coalescing after a major merger or an increased density of stars or gas remaining near the nucleus after the starburst has ended. In Chapter 7, I present a summary of the findings of this dissertation and an outlook for future work.

  19. Of Feral Faculty and Magisterial Mowglis: The Domestication of Junior Faculty

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Reddick, Richard J.

    2015-01-01

    This chapter presents an assistant professor's scholarly personal narrative at the precipice of promotion, and reveals how the feral child metaphor might aptly describe many junior professors' experiences as they navigate a path toward tenure. This chronicling of mentorship in sometimes unexpected venues may aid new faculty and those invested in…

  20. Privacy in Social Networks: A Survey

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zheleva, Elena; Getoor, Lise

    In this chapter, we survey the literature on privacy in social networks. We focus both on online social networks and online affiliation networks. We formally define the possible privacy breaches and describe the privacy attacks that have been studied. We present definitions of privacy in the context of anonymization together with existing anonymization techniques.

  1. Exploring the Place of Exemplary Science Teaching. This Year in School Science 1993.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Haley-Oliphant, Ann E., Ed.

    Exemplary science teaching is an experience that fosters wonder, excitement, and risk-taking. This book presents essays which attempt to describe the culture of classrooms of exemplary science teachers. Chapter titles are: "Exploring the Place of Exemplary Science Teaching" (Ann E. Haley-Oliphant); "The Voices of Exemplary Science Teachers" (Ann…

  2. In the Mind's Eye: Enhancing Human Performance.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Druckman, Daniel, Ed.; Bjork, Robert A., Ed.

    This book presents a look at methods of performance enhancement, examining basic issues of performance through a series of papers which evaluate several popular self-improvement approaches by weighing the evidence to determine what works. The first of the book's four parts provides an overview of the volume with two chapters describing the history…

  3. Environmental psychology: Human responses and relationships to natural landscapes

    Treesearch

    Daniel R. Williams

    2004-01-01

    The purpose of this chapter is to present a thorough assessment of environmental psychology as a way to understand relationships between people and natural landscapes, and to describe how this knowledge can be applied to natural resource management. Environmental psychology seeks to clarify how individuals perceive, experience and create meaning in the environment. In...

  4. Facilitating Learning Organizations. Making Learning Count.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Marsick, Victoria J.; Watkins, Karen E.

    This book offers advice to facilitators and change agents who wish to build systems-level learning to create knowledge that can be used to gain a competitive advantage. Chapter 1 describes forces driving companies to build, sustain, and effectively use systems-level learning and presents and links a working definition of the learning organization…

  5. Project DECIDE. Business Enterprise Approach to Career Exploration. Implementation Handbook.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Post, John O., Jr.; And Others

    The purpose of this document is to describe project DECIDE, a business enterprise career exploration program, in the form of an implementation handbook. Chapter 1 presents the major characteristics of the model, which focuses on providing special needs students and regular junior high students the opportunity to improve their personal, social, and…

  6. Upward Transfer in STEM Fields of Study: A New Conceptual Framework and Survey Instrument for Institutional Research

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wang, Xueli

    2016-01-01

    This chapter describes a new conceptual framework that informs research on factors influencing transfer in STEM fields of study from 2-year to 4-year institutions, presents a new survey instrument based on the framework, and offers directions for future research in this area.

  7. Chapter 7: Are the National Standards Achievable?--Conclusions and Recommendations

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Graber, Kim C.; Locke, Lawrence F.

    2007-01-01

    The purpose of this monograph was to present evidence for determining whether school-aged children were progressing toward attainment of the national physical education standards. Developed by a team of experts, the standards describe what students should know and be able to accomplish as a result of quality physical education (National…

  8. Forestry cooperatives: past and present

    Treesearch

    Mark G. Rickenbach

    2006-01-01

    Forest landowner cooperatives are not a new phenomenon, but past efforts to create and sustain these businesses have been largely unsuccessful in the U.S. Before and just after World War II saw significant investment in cooperative development that failed to create durable business. The purpose of this chapter is to briefly describe the history of forestry cooperatives...

  9. Behavior Management Strategies for Teachers. A Student Workbook. 2nd Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harlan, Joan C.; Rowland, Sidney T.

    This student workbook is designed to accompany the textbook, "Behavior Management Strategies for Teachers," helping to reinforce understanding of the basic principles described in the companion textbook. It presents a summary of the key concepts in each of the workbook's 15 chapters. Questions in this student workbook are based on each…

  10. A Computerized Three-Dimensional Program Budget and Its Implementation at Cambridge School Department.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wong, S. Godwin

    This report describes the APL (Accountable unit, Program, and line item) budget system, a computerized three-dimensional program budget system that has been implemented in the Cambridge (Massachusetts) School Department. Various chapters discuss the differences between traditional budgeting and program budgeting, present an overview of te APL…

  11. Leaders with Vision: The Quest for School Renewal.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Starratt, Robert J.

    This book was written for teachers and principals who wish to exercise leadership in the ongoing work of school renewal. The book presents a new theory of educational leadership, examines the essential elements of leadership, and provides an indepth look at what "vision" means for educational leaders. Chapter 1 describes the roles of the principal…

  12. Geohydrologic systems in Kansas physical framework of the upper aquifer unit in the western interior plains aquifer system

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Hansen, Cristi V.; Spinazola, Joseph M.; Underwood, E.J.; Wolf, R.J.

    1992-01-01

    The purpose of this Hydrologic Investigations Atlas is to provide a description of the principal geohydrologic systems in Upper Cambrian through Lower Cretaceous rocks in Kansas. This investigation was made as part of the Central Midwest Regional Aquifer-System Analysis (CMRASA). The CMRASA is one of several major investigations by the U.S. Geological Survey of regional aquifer systems in the United States. These regional investigations are designed to increase knowledge of the flow regime and hydrologic properties of major aquifer systems and to provide quantitative information for the assessment, development, and management water supplies. The CMRASA study area includes all or parts of 10 Central Midwestern States (Jorgensen and Signor, 1981), as shown on the envelope cover.This Hydrologic Investigations Atlas, which consists of a series of nine chapters, presents a description of the physical framework and the geohydrology of principal aquifers and confining systems in Kansas. Chapter D presents maps that show the areal extent, altitude and configuration of the top, and thickness of Mississippian rocks that compose the upper aquifer unit of the Western Interior Plains aquifer system in Kansas, The chapter is limited to the presentation of the physical framework of the upper aquifer unit. The interpretation of the physical framework of the upper aquifer unit is based on selected geophysical and lithologic logs and published maps of stratigraphically equivalent units. Maps indicating the thickness and the altitude and configuration of the top of the upper aquifer unit in the Western Interior Plains aquifer system have been prepared as part of a series of interrelated maps that describe the stratigraphic interval from the Precambrian basement through Lower Cretaceous rocks. A concerted effort was made to ensure that maps of each geohydrologic unit are consistent with the maps of underlying and overlying units. Chapter A of this atlas series (Wolf and others, 1990) describes the relation of principal geohydrologic systems in Kansas and presents a more detailed discussion of the methods and data used to prepare and ensure consistency among the sets of maps.

  13. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Friesen, H.N.

    This summary document presents results in a broad context; it is not limited to findings of the Nevada Applied Ecology Group. This book is organized to present the findings of the Nevada Applied Ecology Group and correlative programs in accordance with the originally stated objectives of the Nevada Applied Ecology Group. This plan, in essence, traces plutonium from its injection into the environment to movement in the ecosystem to development of cleanup techniques. Information on other radionuclides was also obtained and will be presented briefly. Chapter 1 presents a brief description of the ecological setting of the Test Range Complex.more » The results of investigations for plutonium distribution are presented in Chapter 2 for the area surrounding the Test Range Complex and in Chapter 3 for on-site locations. Chapters 4 and 5 present the results of investigations concerned with concentrations and movement, respectively, of plutonium in the ecosystem of the Test Range Complex, and Chapter 6 summarizes the potential hazard from this plutonium. Development of techniques for cleanup and treatment is presented in Chapter 7, and the inventory of radionuclides other than plutonium is presented briefly in Chapter 8.« less

  14. Study of t$$\\bar{t}$$ production in tau jets channel at CDFII using neural networks

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Amerio, Silvia

    CDF (Collider Detector at Fermilab) is a particle detector located at Fermi National Laboratories, near Chicago. it allows to study decay products of pmore » $$\\bar{p}$$ collisions at center-of-mass energy of 1.96 TeV. During its first period of data taking (RunI), CDF observed for the first time the top quark (1995). The current period of data taking (RunII) is devoted to precise measurements of top properties and to search for new physics. This thesis work is about the top decay channel named τ + jets. A t$$\\bar{t}$$ pair decays in two W bosons and two b quarks. In a τ + jets event, one out of the two W decays into two jets of hadrons, while the other produces a τ lepton and a neutrino; the τ decays semileptonically in one or more charged and neutral pions while b quarks hadronize producing two jets of particles. Thus the final state of a τ + jets event has this specific signature: five jets, one τ-like, i.e. narrow and with low track multiplicity, two from b quarks, two from a W boson and a large amount of missing energy from two τ neutrinos. They search for this signal in 311 pb -1 of data collected with TOP{_}MULTIJET trigger. They use neural networks to separate signal from background and on the selected sample they perform a t$$\\bar{t}$$ production cross section measurement. The thesis is structured as follows: in Chapter 1 they outline the physics of top and τ, concentrating on their discovery, production mechanisms and current physics results involving them. Chapter 2 is devoted to the description of the experimental setup: the accelerator complex first and CDF detector then. The trigger system is described in Chapter 3, while Chapter 4 shows how particles are reconstructed exploiting information from different CDF subdetectors. With Chapter 5 they begin to present their analysis: we use a feed forward neural network based on a minimization algorithm developed in Trento University, called Reactive Taboo Search (RTS), especially designed to rapidly escape from local minima. Using this neural network, they explore two techniques to select t$$\\bar{t}$$ → τ + jets events, the first based on a single net, the second on two neural networks in cascade; both techniques are described in Chapter 6, together with the variables used as inputs for the nets. Finally, in Chapter 7 they present a method to measure cross section on the sample of events selected by neural networks.« less

  15. Transporte electronico en nanoestructuras de carbono

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jodar Ferrandez, Esther

    The aim of this work is the study of the electronic transport properties in several structures made of carbon nanotubes. This dissertation is divided in four chapters: (1) Chapter 1: Carbon Nanotubes. This chapter is a brief review of the foundations of carbon nanotubes (CNT). Main properties of CNT are explained. The subject developed here is important for the understanding of the results obtained in the bulk of this thesis. We carry out, in the first part of this chapter, an historical review of the discovering of CNT, that includes the history of the discovering of fullerenes, the predecessors for carbon nanotubes. Afterwards, a revision of the different methods for synthesizing nanotubes is done. The main part of this chapter treats of the description of the geometry, properties and electronic structure of CNT. Many equations deduced here will be used later. Finally, we discuss some research lines related to carbon nanotubes. (2) Chapter 2: Theoretical and numerical method. In this chapter we describe the numerical method we have developed to obtain the results presented in this work. For this purpose it is necessary to describe previously the theoretical method on which our calculations are based. We extensively explain the Green's function and its properties. A large part of our calculations are based in the obtention the GF of the system under study. This chapter finishes with the application of the equations described in order to obtain electronic properties associated with pure carbon nanotubes as an example of use. Anyway, these previous results will be used later. (3) Chapter 3: Cavities made of nanotubes. We denote as a cavity to the structure formed with a carbon nanotube sandwiched between other two carbon nanotubes (contacts), provided that the central region is wider than these contacts. In this chapter we perform some calculations of the properties associated to the electronic transport in cavities, as the local density of states and the transmission function. We analyze the influence of the width of the cavity and the distance between them (in the case of multiple cavities). Some interesting results are obtained in these calculations which have been published in international journals (Jodar et al. 2006, Jodar y Perez-Garrido 2007). We emphasize the presence of quasi-localized states in the cavities, which affects to the transmission function, the behaviour of some cavities formed with semi-conductor as quantum dots, or the study of the evolution of the system with multiple cavities to the limit of infinite cavities. (4) Chapter 4: Bloch Oscillations. In this chapter we investigate the properties of carbon nanotubes under a constant electric field. This configuration show Bloch oscillations, according to the work of Bloch and Zener. We study here the dynamics of these oscillations for different geometries as a function of the electric field applied. Specially, the behaviour of the occupation probability and the averaged quadratic displacement as a function of time. We have not found bibliography that deals with this phenomenon in Carbon Nanotubes, which is the aim of this chapter. We first study the behaviour of electrons in pure carbon nanotubes in a constant electric field, for different lengths of the CNT and different values of the electric field applied. We show how wavefunctions oscillate with a period that coincides with that given by theoretical expressions of Bloch oscillations for linear chains of atoms. Besides, we show the different kind of behaviour of localized and extended waves. In the final part of this chapter we apply a constant electric field to the structure studied in the chapter 3, i.e., the cavity. We show in this case that, besides Bloch oscillations, electrons can be confined in certain regions only by inserting the nanotube in an electric field.

  16. BOOK REVIEW: Galileo's Muse: Renaissance Mathematics and the Arts

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Peterson, Mark; Sterken, Christiaan

    2013-12-01

    Galileo's Muse is a book that focuses on the life and thought of Galileo Galilei. The Prologue consists of a first chapter on Galileo the humanist and deals with Galileo's influence on his student Vincenzo Viviani (who wrote a biography of Galileo). This introductory chapter is followed by a very nice chapter that describes the classical legacy: Pythagoreanism and Platonism, Euclid and Archimedes, and Plutarch and Ptolemy. The author explicates the distinction between Greek and Roman contributions to the classical legacy, an explanation that is crucial for understanding Galileo and Renaissance mathematics. The following eleven chapters of this book arranged in a kind of quadrivium, viz., Poetry, Painting, Music, Architecture present arguments to support the author's thesis that the driver for Galileo's genius was not Renaissance science as is generally accepted but Renaissance arts brought forth by poets, painters, musicians, and architects. These four sets of chapters describe the underlying mathematics in poetry, visual arts, music and architecture. Likewise, Peterson stresses the impact of the philosophical overtones present in geometry, but absent in algebra and its equations. Basically, the author writes about Galileo, while trying to ignore the Copernican controversy, which he sees as distracting attention from Galileo's scientific legacy. As such, his story deviates from the standard myth on Galileo. But the book also looks at other eminent characters, such as Galileo's father Vincenzo (who cultivated music and music theory), the painter Piero della Francesca (who featured elaborate perspectives in his work), Dante Alighieri (author of the Divina Commedia), Filippo Brunelleschi (who engineered the dome of the Basilica di Santa Maria del Fiore in Florence, Johannes Kepler (a strong supporter of Galileo's Copernicanism), etc. This book is very well documented: it offers, for each chapter, a wide selection of excellent biographical notes, and includes a fine index. This work can serve as a reference handbook for anyone teaching the history of Renaissance sciences, and in particular, the history of Renaissance astronomy. The graphics (about two dozen geometrical figures, and one reproduction from a 16th-century book) are adequate, but the figures in the book are not numbered. What I find disturbing, though, is the author's habit to cite Renaissance (and more ancient) publications with their translated titles only.

  17. Extraterrestrial processing and manufacturing of large space systems, volume 1, chapters 1-6

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miller, R. H.; Smith, D. B. S.

    1979-01-01

    Space program scenarios for production of large space structures from lunar materials are defined. The concept of the space manufacturing facility (SMF) is presented. The manufacturing processes and equipment for the SMF are defined and the conceptual layouts are described for the production of solar cells and arrays, structures and joints, conduits, waveguides, RF equipment radiators, wire cables, and converters. A 'reference' SMF was designed and its operation requirements are described.

  18. DNA Free Energy Landscapes and RNA Nano-Self-Assembly Using Atomic Force Microscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frey, Eric William

    There is an important conceptual lesson which has long been appreciated by those who work in biophysics and related interdisciplinary fields. While the extraordinary behavior of biological matter is governed by its detailed atomic structure and random fluctuations, and is therefore difficult to predict, it can nevertheless be understood within simplified frameworks. Such frameworks model the system as consisting of only one or a few components, and model the behavior of the system as the occupation of a single state out of a small number of states available. The emerging widespread application of nanotechnology, such as atomic force microscopy (AFM), has expanded this understanding in eye-opening new levels of detail by enabling nano-scale control, measurement, and visualization of biological molecules. This thesis describes two independent projects, both of which illuminate this understanding using AFM, but which do so from very different perspectives. The organization of this thesis is as follows. Chapter 1 begins with an experimental background and introduction to AFM, and then describes our setup in both single-molecule manipulation and imaging modes. In Chapter 2, we describe the first project, the motivation for which is to extend methods for the experimental determination of the free energy landscape of a molecule. This chapter relies on the analysis of single-molecule manipulation data. Chapter 3 describes the second project, the motivation for which is to create RNA-based nano-structures suitable for future applications in living mammalian cells. This chapter relies mainly on imaging. Chapters 2 and 3 can thus be read and understood separately.

  19. Investigations of the role of nonlinear couplings in structure formation and transport regulation in plasma turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Holland, Christopher George

    Studies of nonlinear couplings and dynamics in plasma turbulence are presented. Particular areas of focus are analytic studies of coherent structure formation in electron temperature gradient turbulence, measurement of nonlinear energy transfer in simulations of plasma turbulence, and bispectral analysis of experimental and computational data. The motivation for these works has been to develop and expand the existing theories of plasma transport, and verify the nonlinear predictions of those theories in simulation and experiment. In Chapter II, we study electromagnetic secondary instabilities of electron temperature gradient turbulence. The growth rate for zonal flow generation via modulational instability of electromagnetic ETG turbulence is calculated, as well as that for zonal (magnetic) field generation. In Chapter III, the stability and saturation of streamers in ETG turbulence is considered, and shown to depend sensitively upon geometry and the damping rates of the Kelvin-Helmholtz mode. Requirements for a credible theory of streamer transport are presented. In addition, a self-consistent model for interactions between ETG and ITG (ion temperature gradient) turbulence is presented. In Chapter IV, the nonlinear transfer of kinetic and internal energy is measured in simulations of plasma turbulence. The regulation of turbulence by radial decorrelation due to zonal flows and generation of zonal flows via the Reynolds stress are explicitly demonstrated, and shown to be symmetric facets of a single nonlinear process. Novel nonlinear saturation mechanisms for zonal flows are discussed. In Chapter V, measurements of fluctuation bicoherence in the edge of the DIII-D tokamak are presented. It is shown that the bicoherence increases transiently before a L-H transition, and decays to its initial value after the barrier has formed. The increase in bicoherence is localized to the region where the transport barrier forms, and shows strong coupling between well-separated frequencies. These results are qualitatively reproduced in a simple numerical "thought experiment," described in Chapter VI, which suggests that zonal flows may trigger the L-H transition.

  20. Stimulus-Response Compatibility in Spatial Precuing and Symbolic Identification: Effects of Coding Practice, Retention and Transfer

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-05-31

    for the effects. Most of the pqychophysiological research has examined event-related potentials (ERPs). Bashore (Chapter 7 ), Ragot (Chapter 8), and...flanking noise letters I signaled a response that was incongruent with the resTcnse i:.dicated b., a target letter. Bashore (Chapter 7 ) describes a...forms. First, compatibility effects have been used as estimates of interhemispheric transmission time (Bashore, I Chapter 7 ). The logic, articulated

  1. Implications of fire management on cultural resources [Chapter 9

    Treesearch

    Rebecca S. Timmons; Leonard deBano; Kevin C. Ryan

    2012-01-01

    Previous chapters in this synthesis have identified the important fuel, weather, and fire relationships associated with damage to cultural resources (CR). They have also identified the types of effects commonly encountered in various fire situations and provided some guidance on how to recognize damages and minimize their occurrence. This chapter describes planning...

  2. The Chief Student Affairs Officer: Leader, Manager, Mediator, Educator.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sandeen, Arthur

    This book examines the leadership role of higher education chief student affairs officers (CSAO). Organized in three parts, Part One consists of four chapters that survey the CSAO's responsibilities as a campus leader. The first chapter describes the various roles and functions of the position and discusses its origins and evolution. Chapter Two…

  3. Money and Education: A Guide to Illinois School Finance.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    McMaster, Donald; Sinkin, Judy G.

    Illinois' education finance plan is described in the first of this report's two chapters, and the second chapter considers the finance plan's equity. Chapter 1 covers the state's Resource Equalizer Aid Program and the tax revenue it guarantees districts; the calculation of maximum tax guarantees and local shares; the apportionment of state aid;…

  4. Pension Policy for a Mobile Labor Force.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Turner, John A.; And Others

    This book analyzes what happens to the pension benefits of workers who quit or are laid off jobs. The first chapter reviews the connection between job mobility and pension portability. Chapter 2 portrays a labor market undergoing changes that often result in reductions in retirement benefits. Chapter 3 describes job change further by examining…

  5. Consumer Advertising: Its Role in Bringing a Product to Market. Revised Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Procter and Gamble Educational Services, Cincinnati, OH.

    This kit, designed for high school classes, considers advertising from both consumers' and manufacturers' perspectives. The role of advertising in relation to free enterprise principles is discussed in chapter 1, while chapter 2 provides a history of U.S. advertising processes and development. Chapter 3 describes advertising's role in bringing a…

  6. Developmental Education: Preparing Successful College Students. Monograph Series #24.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Higbee, Jeanne L., Ed.; Dwinell, Patricia L., Ed.

    The 16 chapters of this volume describe a wide variety of developmental programs intended to promote skill development and enhance academic performance for high-risk students at all levels of higher education. Following an introductory chapter by the editors, the chapters are: (1) "The Origin, Scope, and Outcomes of Developmental Education in the…

  7. A Story About You.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Southard, Helen

    This pamphlet describes the process of human growth from conception to adolescence and is designed for use in grades four through six. Chapter One discusses growth and Chapter Two discusses the beginning of life. Chapter Three is concerned with growth from conception on to birth. The birth of the babies, both human and other mammals, and helping…

  8. Development of adaptive IWRM options for climate change mitigation and adaptation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Flügel, W.-A.

    2011-04-01

    Adaptive Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM) options related to the impacts of climate change in the twinning basins of the Upper Danube River Basin (UDRB) and the Upper Brahmaputra River Basin (UBRB) are developed based on the results obtained in the different work packages of the BRAHMATWINN project. They have been described and discussed in Chapter 2 till Chapter 9 and the paper is referring to and is integrating these findings with respect to their application and interpretation for the development of adaptive IWRM options addressing impacts of climate change in river basins. The data and information related to the results discussed in Chapter 2 till 8 have been input to the RBIS as a central component of the IWRMS (Chapter 9). Meanwhile the UDRB has been analysed with respect to IWRM and climate change impacts by various projects, i.e. the GLOWA-Danube BMBF funded project (GLOWA Danube, 2009; Mauser and Ludwig, 2002) the UBRB has not been studied so far in a similar way as it was done in the BRAHMATWINN project. Therefore the IWRM option development is focussing on the UBRB but the methodology presented can be applied for the UDRB and other river basins as well. Data presented and analysed in this chapter have been elaborated by the BRAHMATWINN project partners and are published in the project deliverable reports available from the project homepage http://www.brahmatwinn.uni-jena.de/index.php?id=5311&L=2.

  9. Part I: Structural Characterization of Doped Nanostructured Magnesium: Understanding Disorder for Enhanced Hydrogen Absorption Kinetics Part II: Synthesis, Film Deposition, and Characterization of Quaternary Metal Chalcogenide Nanocrystals for Photovoltaic Applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Braun, Max B.

    The production, storage, and subsequent consumption of energy are at the foundation of all human activity and livelihood. The theme of this dissertation is the pursuit of fundamental understanding of the chemistry of materials that are used for energy production and storage. A strong emphasis is placed on a synthetic foundation that allows for systematic investigation into the fundamental chemistry that controls the applicable properties of the materials of interest. This dissertation is written in the "journals format" style--which is accepted by the Graduate School at Colorado State University--and is based on one peer-reviewed publication that has appeared in Chemistry of Materials as well as two manuscripts to be submitted, one to The Journal of Physical Chemistry C, and one to ACS Applied Materials and Interfaces. In order to create a context for these publications, Chapters 1 and 3 provide an overview of the motivations for the projects, and then continue to detail the initial synthetic investigations and considerations for the two projects. In addition to recounting Mg nanocrystals synthetic refinement that was necessary for reproducible hydride kinetic analysis, Chapter 1 also briefly introduces some of the conventional models used for fitting of the hydriding kinetics data. Furthermore, initial investigations into the use of these models for our system are presented. Chapter 2 is a paper to be submitted to The Journal of Physical Chemistry C that describes the local and extended structure characterization of Mg nanocrystals (NCs) with a small amount of nickel added during synthesis. Ni has a dramatic effect on the de/hydriding kinetics of Mg NCs, and this chapter describes the use of a combination of multiple state-of-the-art characterization techniques to gain insight into the structural perturbations due to Ni inclusion in the Mg NCs. This insight is then used to establish the characteristics of Ni inclusion that results in the enhanced hydrogen absorption processes. Chapter 3 introduces the many considerations needed to be taken into account during the development of a novel synthesis for copper zinc tin chalcogenide colloidal nanocrystals. In addition to introducing synthetic approaches to achieve this goal, Chapter 3 also describes essential characteristics that need to be considered for further investigation into the properties of films made from the nanocrystals. Chapter 4 is a publication that appeared in Chemistry of Materials, that describes an approach to tuning the surface and ligand chemistry of Cu2ZnSnS4 nanocrystals for use as an absorber layer in next generation photovoltaic devices. The publication describes ligand exchange chemistry achieved via layer-by-layer dip-casting of nanocrystal thin films, and the effects that this exchange chemistry has on the resulting films. It also details the fabrication of full photovoltaic (PV) devices to characterize the benefits of controlling the surface chemistry can have on PV performance. Chapter 5 is a paper--to be submitted to ACS Applied Materials and Interfaces--that describes the investigations into how varying the chalcogen ratio (i.e., S:Se) leads to changes in the physical and electrical properties of thin films made from Cu2ZnSn(S1-xSex)4 (where 0 < x < 1) NCs. It highlights the novel synthetic procedure (detailed in chapter 3) that was required for a systematic, deconvoluted evaluation of S:Se composition on the materials optical and electronic properties. Moreover, the characteristics of full PV devices based on thin films of each stoichiometry (x=0 to x=1) are assessed to establish a relationship between composition and the materials performance.

  10. [Guidelines for psychology activities in cardiologic rehabilitation and prevention].

    PubMed

    2003-09-01

    The purpose of these guidelines is to provide specific recommendations in regard to psychological activities in cardiac rehabilitation (CR). Based on scientific evidence and clinical experience, the present guidelines are targeted for psychologists working in the field of cardiac rehabilitation and for the core component of CR, as well as for the health care providers, insurers, policy makers and consumers. In the introduction, the framework of Italian cardiac rehabilitation and psychology as well as the methodology used are defined, in accordance with the recommendations of the National Guidelines Programme of the Italian Health Ministry. The first section illustrates the educational training and structural requirements necessary for psychologists intending to work in cardiac rehabilitation, and provides a summary of the principal models of organization. Section two describes the sequence of psychological activities based on the different phases of the process of care. The chapters devoted to selection and admission of cardiac patients define the clinical conditions for which patients should be referred to the psychologist and describe the models for the first "patient-psychologist" contact. The chapter dedicated to evaluation, which aims to identify the care needs of the patient describes the instruments available to the psychologist (interview, screening tests, clinical assessment tests, quality-of-life tests) and the areas of investigation in cardiac diseases patients. The chapter on intervention analyses the different tools including educational interventions, counselling, stress management and psychotherapy evidenced by the literature and common to the different cardiac pathologies. In the chapter on follow-up, are described tools for evaluation of patient satisfaction and for planning long-term care. Section three describes the psychological characterization and the specificity of psychological interventions in different cardiac patients populations: patients with ischemic heart disease, patients after cardiac surgery, patients with chronic heart failure, patients after heart transplantation, patients with chronic peripheral artery disease, patients with pace-maker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, high risk patients for cardiovascular disease, over 75 years of age and finally end-stage cardiac patients. The last section describes the processes of programme evaluation, audit and patient feedback as the main instruments recommended for continuous improvement of quality of psychological care in cardiac rehabilitation. The appendices contain a flow-chart describing the course of psychological interventions, a summary of recommendations for each cardiac condition and a glossary.

  11. Longterm lightcurves of X-ray binaries

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Clarkson, William

    The X-ray Binaries (XRB) consist of a compact object and a stellar companion, which undergoes large-scale mass-loss to the compact object by virtue of the tight ( P orb usually hours-days) orbit, producing an accretion disk surrounding the compact object. The liberation of gravitational potential energy powers exotic high-energy phenomena, indeed the resulting accretion/ outflow process is among the most efficient energy-conversion machines in the universe. The Burst And Transient Source Experiment (BATSE) and RXTE All Sky Monitor (ASM) have provided remarkable X-ray lightcurves above 1.3keV for the entire sky, at near-continuous coverage, for intervals of 9 and 7 years respectively (with ~3 years' overlap). With an order of magnitude increase in sensitivity compared to previous survey instruments, these instruments have provided new insight into the high-energy behaviour of XRBs on timescales of tens to thousands of binary orbits. This thesis describes detailed examination of the long-term X-ray lightcurves of the neutron star XRB X2127+119, SMC X-1, Her X- 1, LMC X-4, Cyg X-2 and the as yet unclassified Circinus X-1, and for Cir X-1, complementary observations in the IR band. Chapters 1 & 2 introduce X-ray Binaries in general and longterm periodicities in particular. Chapter 3 introduces the longterm datasets around which this work is based, and the chosen methods of analysis of these datasets. Chapter 4 examines the burst history of the XRB X2127+119, suggesting three possible interpretations of the apparently contradictory X-ray emission from this system, including a possible confusion of two spatially distinct sources (which was later vindicated by high-resolution imaging). Chapters 5 and 6 describe the characterisation of accretion disk warping, providing observational verification of the prevailing theoretical framework for such disk-warps. Chapters 7 & 8 examine the enigmatic XRB Circinus X-1 with high-resolution IR spectroscopy (chapter 7) and the RXTE/ASM (chapter 8), establishing an improved orbital ephemeris and suggesting the system may be in a state of rapid post- supernova evolution. In chapter 8 we follow this up with a direct search for the X-ray supernova remnant expected from such a system, concluding that with present observations the diffuse emission from Cir X-1 is indistinguishable from scattering by dust-grains in the interstellar medium.

  12. Forest management practices and silviculture. Chapter 12.

    Treesearch

    Donald A. Perala; Elon S. Verry

    2011-01-01

    This chapter is an overview of forest management and silviculture practices, and lessons learned, on the Marcell Experimental Forest (MEF). The forests there are a mosaic of natural regeneration and conifer plantations. Verry (1969) described forest-plant communities in detail for the study watersheds (Sl through S6) on the MEF. The remaining area is described in...

  13. Drawing from the Well. Oral History and Folk Arts in the Classroom and Community.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Silnutzer, Randi, Ed.; Watrous, Beth Eildin, Ed.

    Each chapter of this document describes a different project and approach for introducing students (elementary to high school) to oral history and folk arts. All chapters use a standard format in which a general overview of the project, describing themes, philosophies, and methods are followed by sample lesson plans, teacher guidelines, and student…

  14. The Family Transition Program: Implementation and Three-Year Impacts of Florida's Initial Time-Limited Welfare Program.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bloom, Dan; Farrell, Mary; Kemple, James J.; Verma, Nandita

    This report focuses on implementation, impacts, and time limit in Florida's Family Transition Program (FTP), a welfare reform initiative. Chapter 1 describes FTP and evaluation, target population, and data. Chapter 2 describes implementation of FTP in Escambia County: staffing and organizational structure of FTP and traditional Aid to Families…

  15. In First Person Plural: Growing Up with a Disadvantaged Community.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Salach, Simcha

    From the perspective of the project leader, this book traces the growth and development of the Early Childhood and Family Education Project in Morasha, Israel, during the 8 years of its existence (1982-1990). Chapter 1 describes Morasha, a poor, immigrant neighborhood in Ramat HaSharon, and the author's childhood there. Chapter 2 describes the…

  16. Progress in coherent lithography using table-top extreme ultraviolet lasers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Wei

    Nanotechnology has drawn a wide variety of attention as interesting phenomena occurs when the dimension of the structures is in the nanometer scale. The particular characteristics of nanoscale structures had enabled new applications in different fields in science and technology. Our capability to fabricate these nanostructures routinely for sure will impact the advancement of nanoscience. Apart from the high volume manufacturing in semiconductor industry, a small-scale but reliable nanofabrication tool can dramatically help the research in the field of nanotechnology. This dissertation describes alternative extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography techniques which combine table-top EUV laser and various cost-effective imaging strategies. For each technique, numerical simulations, system design, experiment result and its analysis will be presented. In chapter II, a brief review of the main characteristics of table-top EUV lasers will be addressed concentrating on its high power and large coherence radius that enable the lithography application described herein. The development of a Talbot EUV lithography system which is capable of printing 50nm half pitch nanopatterns will be illustrated in chapter III. A detailed discussion of its resolution limit will be presented followed by the development of X-Y-Z positioning stage, the fabrication protocol for diffractive EUV mask, and the pattern transfer using self- developed ion beam etching, and the dose control unit. In addition, this dissertation demonstrated the capability to fabricate functional periodic nanostructures using Talbot EUV lithography. After that, resolution enhancement techniques like multiple exposure, displacement Talbot EUV lithography, fractional Talbot EUV lithography, and Talbot lithography using 18.9nm amplified spontaneous emission laser will be demonstrated. Chapter IV will describe a hybrid EUV lithography which combines the Talbot imaging and interference lithography rendering a high resolution interference pattern whose lattice is modified by a custom designed Talbot mask. In other words, this method enables filling the arbitrary Talbot cell with ultra-fine interference nanofeatures. Detailed optics modeling, system design and experiment results using He-Ne laser and table top EUV laser are included. The last part of chapter IV will analyze its exclusive advantages over traditional Talbot or interference lithography.

  17. Inducible defenses in food webs: Chapter 3.4

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Vos, Matthijs; Kooi, Bob W.; DeAngelis, Donald L.; Mooij, Wolf M.; de Ruiter, Peter; Wolters, Volkmar; Moore, John C.; Melville-Smith, Kimberly

    2005-01-01

    This chapter reviews the predicted effects of induced defenses on trophic structure and two aspects of stability, “local” stability and persistence, as well as presenting novel results on a third, resilience. Food webs are structures of populations in a given location organized according to their predator–prey interactions. Interaction strengths and, therefore, prey defenses are generally recognized as important ecological factors affecting food webs. Despite this, surprisingly, little light has been shed on the food web-level consequences of inducible defenses. Inducible defenses occur in many taxa in both terrestrial and aquatic food webs. They include refuge use, reduced activity, adaptive life history changes, the production of toxins, synomones and extrafloral nectar, and the formation of colonies, helmets, thorns, or spines. In the chapter, theoretical results for the effects of inducible defenses on trophic structure and the three aspects of stability are reviewed. This is done, in part, using bifurcation analysis—a type of analysis that is applied to nonlinear dynamic systems described by a set of ordinary differential or difference equations. The work presented in the chapter suggests that heterogeneity, as caused by induced defenses in prey species, has major effects on the functioning of food webs. Inducible defenses occur in many species in both aquatic and terrestrial systems, and theoretical work indicates they have major effects on important food web properties such as trophic structure, local stability, persistence, and resilience.

  18. Synopsis of geologic and hydrologic results: Chapter A in Geological Survey research 1961

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    ,

    1961-01-01

    The Geological Survey is engaged in many different kinds of investigations in the fields of geology and hydrology. These investigations may be grouped into several broad, inter-related categories as follows:(a) Economic geology, including engineering geology(b) Regional geologic mapping, including detailed mapping and stratigraphic studies(c) Resource and topical studies(d) Ground-water studies(e) Surface-water studies(f) Quality-of-water studies(g) Field and laboratory research on geologic and hydrologic processes and principles.The Geological Survey also carries on investigations in its fields of competence for other Federal agencies that do not have the required specialized staffs or scientific facilities.Nearly all the Geological Survey's activities yield new data and principles of value in the development or application of the geologic and hydrologic sciences. The purpose of this report, which consists of 4 chapters, is to present as promptly as possible findings that have come to the fore during the fiscal year 1961 the 12 months ending June 30, 1961.The present volume, chapter A, is a synopsis of the highlights of recent findings of scientific and economic interest. Some of these findings have been published or placed on open file during the year; some are presented in chapters B, C, and D; still others have not been published previously. Only part of the scientific and economic results developed during the year can be presented in this synopsis. Readers who wish more complete or more detailed information should consult the bibliography of reports beginning on page A-156 of this volume, and the collection of short articles presented in the companion chapters as follows:Prof. Paper 424-B Articles 1 to 146Prof. Paper 424-C Articles 147 to 292Prof. Paper 424-D Articles 293 to 435A list of investigations in progress in the Geologic and Water Resources Divisions with the names and addresses of the project leaders is given on pages A-110 to A-155 for those interested in work in progress in various areas or on special topics.During the fiscal year 1961, the services of the Geologic and Water Resources Divisions were utilized, or supported financially in part, by the many Federal and State agencies listed on pages A-106 to A-109. The Geological Survey has also cooperated from time to time with other agencies, and some of the work described in these chapters stems from work of previous years in cooperation with agencies not shown on the list. All cooperating agencies are identified where appropriate in the individual short articles in chapters B, C, and D, and they are mentioned in connection with some of the larger programs summarized in chapter A; because of space limitations, however, their contributions are mentioned in many of the short summary paragraphs contained in chapter A.

  19. Segregated Methods for Two-Fluid Models

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Prosperetti, Andrea; Sundaresan, Sankaran; Pannala, Sreekanth

    2007-01-01

    The previous chapter, with its direct simulation of the fluid flow and a modeling approach to the particle phase, may be seen as a transition between the methods for a fully resolved simulation described in the first part of this book and those for a coarse grained description based on the averaging approach described in chapter ??. We now turn to the latter, which in practice are the only methods able to deal with the complex flows encountered in most situations of practical interest such as fluidized beds, pipelines, energy generation, sediment transport, and others. This chapter and the nextmore » one are devoted to numerical methods for so-called two-fluid models in which the phases are treated as inter-penetrating continua describing, e.g., a liquid and a gas, or a fluid and a suspended solid phase. These models can be extended to deal with more than two continua and, then, the denomination multi-fluid models might be more appropriate. For example, the commercial code OLGA (Bendiksen et al. 1991), widely used in the oil industry, recognizes three phases, all treated as interpenetrating continua: a continuous liquid, a gas, and a disperse liquid phase present as drops suspended in the gas phase. The more recent PeTra (Petroleum Transport, Larsen et al. 1997) also describes three phases, gas, oil, and water. Recent approaches to the description of complex boiling flows recognize four inter-penetrating phases: a liquid phase present both as a continuum and as a dispersion of droplets, and a gas/vapor phase also present as a continuum and a dispersion of bubbles. Methods for these multi-fluid models are based on those developed for the two-fluid model to which we limit ourselves. In principle, one could simply take the model equations, discretize them, and solve them by a method suitable for non-linear problems, e.g. Newton-Raphson iteration. In practice, the computational cost of such a frontal attack is nearly always prohibitive in terms of storage requirement and execution time. It is therefore necessary to devise different, less direct strategies. Two principal classes of algorithms have been developed for this purpose. The first one, described in this chapter, consists of algorithms derived from the pressure based schemes widely used in single-phase flow, such as SIMPLE and its variations (see e.g. Patankar 1980). In this approach, the model equations are solved sequentially and, therefore, these methods are often referred to as segregated algorithms to distinguish them from a second class of methods, object of the next chapter, in which a coupled or semi-coupled time-marching solution strategy is adopted. Broadly speaking, the first class of methods is suitable for relatively slow transients, such as fluidized beds, or phenomena with a long duration, such as flow in pipelines. The methods in the second group have been designed to deal principally with fast transients, such as those hypothesized in nuclear reactor safety. Since in segregated solvers the equations are solved one by one, it is possible to add equations to the mathematical model - to describe e.g. turbulence - at a later stage after the development of the initial code without major modifications of the algorithm.« less

  20. Human Cells as Platform to Produce Gamma-Carboxylated Proteins.

    PubMed

    de Sousa Bomfim, Aline; de Freitas, Marcela Cristina Corrêa; Covas, Dimas Tadeu; de Sousa Russo, Elisa Maria

    2018-01-01

    The gamma-carboxylated proteins belong to a family of proteins that depend on vitamin K for normal biosynthesis. The major representative gamma-carboxylated proteins are the coagulation system proteins, for example, factor VII, factor IX, factor X, prothrombin, and proteins C, S, and Z. These molecules have harbored posttranslational modifications, such as glycosylation and gamma-carboxylation, and for this reason they need to be produced in mammalian cell lines. Human cells lines have emerged as the most promising alternative to the production of gamma-carboxylated proteins. In this chapter, the methods to generate human cells as a platform to produce gamma-carboxylated proteins, for example the coagulation factors VII and IX, are presented. From the cell line modification up to the vitamin K adaptation of the produced cells is described in the protocols presented in this chapter.

  1. A Volcano Rekindled: The Renewed Eruption of Mount St. Helens, 2004-2006

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Sherrod, David R.; Scott, William E.; Stauffer, Peter H.

    2008-01-01

    Mount St. Helens began a dome-building eruption in September 2004 after nearly two decades of quiescence. Dome growth was initially robust, became more sluggish with time, and ceased completely in late January 2008. The volcano has been quiet again since January 2008. Professional Paper 1750 describes the first 1 1/2 years of this eruptive activity, chiefly from September 2004 until December 2005. Its 37 chapters contain contributions of 87 authors from 23 institutions, including the U.S. Geological Survey, Forest Service, many universities, and local and State emergency management agencies. Chapter topics range widely - from seismology, geology, geodesy, gas geochemistry, and petrology to the human endeavor required for managing the public volcanic lands and distributing information during the hectic early days of a renewed eruption. In PDF format, the book may be downloaded in its entirety or by its topical sections, each section including a few prefatory paragraphs that describe the general findings, recurrent themes, and, in some cases, the unanswered questions that arise repeatedly. Those readers who prefer downloading the smaller files of only a chapter or two have this option available as well. Readers are directed to chapter 1 for a general overview of the eruption and the manner in which different chapters build our knowledge of events. More detailed summaries for specific topics can be found in chapter 2 (seismology), chapter 9 (geology), chapter 14 (deformation), chapter 26 (gas geochemistry), and chapter 30 (petrology). The printed version of the book may be purchased as a hardback weighty tome (856 printed pages) that includes a DVD replete with the complete online version, including all chapters and several additional appendixes not in the printed book.

  2. Optically-Induced Magnetic Response in All-Dielectric Nanodisk Composite Structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chong, Katie Eve

    Optical technologies developed throughout history have been exploiting the electric response in matters in order to control light. However, little has been explored for the magnetic response in matter at optical frequencies due to the lack of magnetic materials in this spectral region. Recently, specially engineered materials, namely metamaterials, have been developed to exploit the magnetic responses in matter for light manipulation. In particular, researchers have made use of the optically-induced magnetic responses (OIMRs) generated in metallic nanostructures to achieve optical effects not seen in nature. Such magnetic responses serve as a second channel to control light, providing an alternative and an addition to the electric responses and leading to novel observations and innovative ideas for light manipulation. This creates many opportunities for the development of the next generation nano-optics and nanophotonic devices. Dielectric nanostructures have recently been discovered to also support OIMR, which is useful for applications requiring low loss and simpler fabrication procedures, such as wavefront control and robust nanoscale sensing. In this thesis, I present the study of OIMR in several all-dielectric systems based on silicon nanodisks, namely single, clusters and regular arrays of nanodisks. The study of these systems provides knowledge for and insight into harnessing the OIMRs in dielectric nanostructures for future applications. Chapter 1 provides a comprehensive introduction to OIMR by presenting a historic overview of the topic and the basic concepts involved for high-index dielectric particles. This is followed by a description of the pioneer works on OIMR in dielectric spherical nanoparticles, including the Mie theory and its recent experimental verification. The similarities and differences between the properties of plasmonic and dielectric nanostructures in the context of metamaterials are also described and explained. Finally, the motivation and scope of the thesis is summarized. Chapter 2 describes the experimental methods used that are common to all works presented in this thesis, including the fabrication of silicon nanodisk structures and the linear optical characterization techniques. Chapter 3 presents the fundamental of OIMR in single silicon nanodisk structures, including a theoretical analysis and experimental observation of various resonant modes of single silicon nanodisks, as well as the numerical and experimental results of the Fano resonances observed in the more complex structures of single heptamer oligomers. Chapter 4 focuses on manipulating the OIMR in combination with the electric response to create Huygens' metasurfaces based on silicon nanodisk arrays. Two highly-efficient functional metadevices with polarization independence based on the Huygens' metasurface system are presented, namely a Gaussian-to-vortex beam shaper and a holographic phase plate. Chapter 5 explores the cross-disciplinary area of sensing using silicon nanodisk arrays with OIMRs, including refractive index sensing using Fano resonances and biosensing using the dipolar magnetic resonances where a new detection limit for the Streptavidin protein was achieved. Chapter 6 concludes the thesis and provides an outlook to the research works that can be extended from the results in this thesis.

  3. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization Report, Revision 17

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Neitzel, Duane A.; Bunn, Amoret L.; Cannon, Sandra D.

    2005-09-30

    This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is updated each year and is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site environment for the many environmental documents being prepared by DOE contractors concerning the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). No statements about significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year’s report is the seventeenth revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the eighteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmentalmore » Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) documents. The two chapters included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6) are numbered to correspond to the chapters where such information is typically presented in environmental impact statements (EISs) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology; air quality; geology; hydrology; ecology; cultural, archaeological, and historical resources; socioeconomics; noise; and occupational health and safety. Sources for extensive tabular data related to these topics are provided in the chapter. Most subjects are divided into a general description of the characteristics of the Hanford Site, followed by site-specific information, where available, of the 100, 200, 300, and other areas. This division allows the reader to go directly to those sections of particular interest. When specific information on each of these separate areas is not complete or available, the general Hanford Site description should be used. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to the NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities. Information in Chapter 6 of this document can be adapted and supplemented with specific information for a chapter covering statutory and regulatory requirements in an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement. When preparing environmental assessments and EISs, authors should also be cognizant of the document titled Recommendations for the Preparation of Environmental Assessments and Environmental Impact Statements published by the DOE Office of NEPA Oversight (DOE 2004). Additional guidance on preparing DOE NEPA documents can be found at http://tis.eh.doe.gov/nepa/guidance.html. Any interested individual seeking baseline data on the Hanford Site and its past activities may also use the information contained in this document to evaluate projected activities and their impacts. For this 2005 revision, the following sections of the document were reviewed by the authors and updated with the best available information through May 2005: Climate and Meteorology Air Quality Geology – Seismicity section only Hydrology – Flow charts for the Columbia and Yakima rivers only Ecology – Threatened and Endangered Species subsection only Socioeconomics Occupational Safety All of Chapter 6.« less

  4. Fabrication of functional devices using soft lithography and unconventional micropatterning

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Deng, Tao

    In this thesis, I present part of our work in the fabrication of functional devices using soft lithography, and also describe unconventional micropatterning techniques involving photographic films. Soft lithography is a set of techniques that are complementary to photolithography, but not limited to planar patterning. It offers the capability of generating micro and nanostructures to a larger community than that familiar with conventional fabrication facilities. The first part of this thesis (chapter 1--4) focuses on the fabrication of microelectronic and micromagnetic devices. These successful demonstrations establish the compatibility of soft lithography with multilayer fabrication of functional devices, and open the door for the further development in these areas. Chapter 1 and 2 describe the use of microtransfer molding (muTM), micromolding in capillaries (MIMIC), and microcontact (muCP) for fabricating Schottky diodes and half-wave rectifier circuits. The fabrication processes involve multiple soft lithography steps and address the registrations between different layer of structures. Room temperature characteristics of these devices resemble those of diodes and rectifiers fabricated by photolithography. Chapter 3 and 4 demonstrate the fabrication of micromagnetic systems. In chapter 3, a one-dimensional bead motor is reported. Based on current-carrying wire systems, the bead motor can trap and transfer magnetic beads suspended in aqueous solutions. Chapter 4 shows a microfiltration system that uses arrays of nickel posts positioned in a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microfluidic channel as the filtering elements. Turning on or off the magnetic field that is localized by these nickel posts can trap or release magnetic beads flowing by. The second part of this thesis (chapter 5--7) focuses on the development of unconventional microfabrication. The major objective underlying this work is to explore the simplest and most broadly available techniques that we could identify for forming patterns with features useful in functional microstructures. Chapter 5 and 6 describe the use of photographic films (microfiche and slide film) and transparencies printed using different printers as photomasks in the fabrication of PDMS stamps/molds for soft lithography. In chapter 6, we also compare different methods of generating microstructures using facilities readily and inexpensively available to chemistry and biology laboratories. Among the films and transparencies investigated, microfiche carries the highest resolution. It can generate structures as small as ˜10 mum in lateral dimensions. Chapter 7 shows a new rapid prototyping process for the fabrication of metallic microstructures using silver halide-based photographic film. The whole process, which involves photographic development and electrochemical deposition, only takes ˜2 hours, starting from a computer design file. It can generate electrically continuous structures with the smallest dimension of ˜30 mum in the plane of the film. The resulting structures---either supported on the film backing, or freed from it---are appropriate for use as passive, structural materials such as wire frames or meshes, and can also be used in microfluidic, microanalytical, and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS).

  5. Self-assembled electrical materials from contorted aromatics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiao, Shengxiong

    This thesis describes the design, synthesis, self-assembly and electrical properties of new types of contorted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. These topologically interesting contorted aromatics show promising transistor characteristics as new building blocks for organic field-effect transistors (OFETs) at different length scales. In chapter 2, a class of pentacenes that are substituted along their long edges with aromatic rings were synthesized. Their solid-state assemblies were studied by X-ray crystallography. Their performance as thin film transistors (TFTs) and single crystal field effect transistors (SCFETs) were systematically evaluated. A structure-property relationship between these highly phenylated pentacenes was found. Chapter 3 explores the new concept of whether a non-planar aromatic core could yield efficacious electronic materials, as the ultimate success in the organic electronics will require a holistic approach to creating new building blocks. Synthesis, functionalization and assembly of a new type of contorted hexabenzocoronene (HBC) whose aromatic core is heavily distorted away from planarity due to the steric congestion around its proximal carbons were discussed. Structural studies by X-ray crystallography showed that these HBC molecules stack into columnar structures in the solid state, which are ideal for conduction. Chapter 4 describes that microscale liquid crystalline thin film OFETs of tetradodecyloxy HBC showed the best transistor properties of all discotic columnar materials. Chapter 5 details the fabrication and characterization of nanoscale single crystalline fiber OFETs of octadodecyloxyl HBC. In Chapter 6 we show that a molecular scale monolayer of HBC acid chlorides could be self-assembled on SiO2 insulating layer and could be organized laterally between the ends of 2 nm carbon nanotube gaps to form high quality FETs that act as environmental and chemical sensors. Chapter 7 details the enforced one-dimensional photoconductivity studies of core-cladding HBCs in thin films. Physical properties, such as charge generation, separation/recombination, and transport in HBCs liquid crystalline thin films were discussed. Chapter 8 describes the synthesis and electrical properties of the second generation of contorted aromatics octabenzocircumbiphenyl (OBC). The significant finding about OBCs is that they can be reversibly protonated with Bronsted acids. The significance of those results is that the conductance of the semiconductive thin film could be controlled and attenuated by doping with acid, which can lead to switchable electronics. Chapter 9 presents our studies of extending the HBC synthetic strategies to the formation of other curved aromatics using "wet chemistry". First a series of nonplanar polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons was made starting from the olefination of pentacenequinone. Then we utilize chemical reactivity, X-ray crystallography, and DFT calculations to explore three types of olefins of increasing structural complexity. Chapter 10 discusses the transformation of HBCs into bowl-shaped molecules on ruthenium metal surfaces. Surface chemistry studies using scanning tunneling microscopy (STM), reflectance absorbance infrared spectroscopy (RAIRS), and temperature-programmed desorption (TPD) characterization methods, referred to as "dry chemistry", showed the formation of an aromatic hemisphere, which is the end cap of a (6,6) arm-chair single-walled carbon nanotube.

  6. Bioreactor Steroid Production and Analysis of Date Palm Embryogenic Callus.

    PubMed

    El-Sharabasy, Sherif; El-Dawayati, Maiada

    2017-01-01

    Several compounds and families of compounds of date palm secondary metabolites have been investigated. The analysis of date palm tissue has shown the abundance of secondary metabolites including phytosterols, e.g., steroids, an important group of pharmaceutical compounds. Biotechnology offers the opportunity to utilize cells, tissues, and organs grown in vitro and manipulated to obtain desired compounds. This chapter presents a protocol for the production, determination, and identification of steroids in date palm callus tissue. The addition of 0.01 mg/L pyruvic acid as a precursor to MS liquid culture medium enhances steroid production. In addition, the chapter describes the sterol analytical techniques based on gas-liquid chromatography and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.

  7. Quantum Approximate Methods for the Atomistic Modeling of Multicomponent Alloys. Chapter 7

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bozzolo, Guillermo; Garces, Jorge; Mosca, Hugo; Gargano, pablo; Noebe, Ronald D.; Abel, Phillip

    2007-01-01

    This chapter describes the role of quantum approximate methods in the understanding of complex multicomponent alloys at the atomic level. The need to accelerate materials design programs based on economical and efficient modeling techniques provides the framework for the introduction of approximations and simplifications in otherwise rigorous theoretical schemes. As a promising example of the role that such approximate methods might have in the development of complex systems, the BFS method for alloys is presented and applied to Ru-rich Ni-base superalloys and also to the NiAI(Ti,Cu) system, highlighting the benefits that can be obtained from introducing simple modeling techniques to the investigation of such complex systems.

  8. The Art of Investing School District Funds: Rules of the Game.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Flynn, Jeffrey

    The "art" of investment and the relationships between the cash manager and the outside professionals who implement the steps that entail cash management are the subjects of the 11 chapters of this guide to investing school district funds. Chapter 1 describes the role and responsibility of the small school district cash manager. Chapter 2 discusses…

  9. Calculus, Part 3, Teacher's Commentary, Unit No. 71. Revised Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Beck, A.; And Others

    This is part three of a three-part manual for teachers using SMSG high school text materials. The overall purpose for each of the chapters is described and the mathematical development detailed. Background information for key concepts and answers for all exercises in each chapter are provided. Chapter topics include: (1) vectors and curves; (2)…

  10. Planning a Successful Conference. Survival Skills for Scholars, Volume 13.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Winter, Cynthia

    This book is designed to guide a university faculty member through each stage of conference planning. Each chapter in the book describes a step in the meeting planning process. The first chapter is devoted to learning about professional conferences and meetings from an attendee's perspective. Other chapters address: designing a meeting (who, what,…

  11. Adlerian Counseling: A Practical Approach for a New Decade. Third Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sweeney, Thomas J.

    This book describes the practical applications of the psychology of Alfred Adler. The first chapter provides a short introduction to Adler and his work. Chapter 2 contains a compendium of the latest research and practices on the characteristics of healthy persons as they relate to individual psychology. Chapters 3 and 4 explain dimensions and uses…

  12. Optical Studies of Semiconductor Heterostructures: Measurements of Tunneling Times, and Studies of Strained Superlattices.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jackson, Michael Kevin

    1991-05-01

    This thesis describes experimental optical studies of semiconductor heterostructures. The topic is introduced in Chapter 1. In Chapter 2 we describe measurements of tunneling escape times for carriers photoexcited in the quantum well of an undoped GaAs/AlAs/GaAs/AlAs/GaAs double -barrier heterostructure. The first experimental measurements of the tunneling escape times for both electrons and heavy holes were made using the two-beam technique of photoluminescence excitation correlation spectroscopy (PECS). Heavy holes were observed to escape much more rapidly than expected from a simple one-band calculation of the heavy-hold tunneling escape time. This can be explained by considering a four -band model for holes. Calculations indicate that mixing of the quantum well heavy- and light-hole levels, due to dispersion in the plane of the quantum well, can lead to significantly faster heavy hole escape at the experimental carrier densities and temperatures. Chapter 3 describes a study of the effect of indirect (X-point) levels in the AlAs barriers on the tunneling escape of electrons in undoped double-barrier heterostructures. The X-point levels affect the escape of photoexcited electrons in devices where the energy of the electron state confined in the GaAs quantum well is nearly equal to, or higher than, that of the X-point levels in the AlAs barriers. In Chapter 4, we present time-resolved photoluminescence and photocurrent studies of electrically biased double -barrier heterostructures. Studies of the photoluminescence indicate that transport of photoexcited carriers from the electrodes into the quantum well occurs. The PECS technique has been extended to a study of photocurrents in these devices; results indicate that this technique may be useful for the study of devices that cannot be studied with photoluminescence. Chapter 5 describes a study of the accomodation of lattice mismatch in CdTe/ZnTe strained layer superlattices. Using resonance Raman scattering, the energies of the ZnTe-like phonons were determined in a series of superlattices. The ZnTe-like phonon energies decrease with increasing average CdTe content, indicative of the increasing strain of the ZnTe layers, and in agreement with calculations assuming a free-standing superlattice.

  13. Early Childhood Education for Exceptional Children: A Handbook of Ideas and Exemplary Practices.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jordan, June B., Ed.; And Others

    Intended as a guide for educators and researchers, the volume provides ideas and program descriptions in the field of education for young exceptional children. An introductory chapter (J. De Weerd) presents an overview of education for handicapped children and describes the establishment under the Bureau of Education for the Handicapped (BEH) of…

  14. Youth in Transition: A Description of Selected Transition Programs Serving Adolescents with Emotional Disabilities. Youth in Transition Project.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Modrcin, Matthew J.; And Others

    This monograph addresses the transition needs of adolescents with serious emotional disabilities, describing programs in various settings and states. An introductory chapter discusses the concept of transition and outlines service components. Findings from a national survey of 53 transition programs are then presented. Findings indicated that 60%…

  15. Total Quality Education: Profiles of Schools That Demonstrate the Power of Deming's Management Principles.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schmoker, Michael J.; Wilson, Richard B.

    This book presents profiles of schools that have demonstrated the power of Deming's Total Quality Management (TQM) principles. It describes schools that have successfully applied those strategies for change. The book explores what public education needs most--a compelling but flexible action plan for improvement. Chapter 1 offers a rationale for…

  16. Connecting the Present to the Past: Furthering the Research on Bilingual Education and Bilingualism

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Baker, Doris Luft; Basaraba, Deni Lee; Polanco, Paul

    2016-01-01

    The authors of this chapter review empirical studies that have been conducted in bilingual education to propose a future research agenda that incorporates the most recent evidence on the effectiveness of bilingual programs, advances in neuroscience, and the body of evidence of the benefits of being bilingual and biliterate. They first describe the…

  17. Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2013: U.S. Technical Report. NCES 2015-010

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Strizek, Gregory A.; Tourkin, Steve; Erberber, Ebru

    2014-01-01

    This technical report is designed to provide researchers with an overview of the design and implementation of the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2013. This information is meant to supplement that presented in OECD publications by describing those aspects of TALIS 2013 that are unique to the United States. Chapter 2 provides…

  18. Chapter 2: Navigating the Mentoring Process in a Research-Based Teacher Development Project: A Situated Learning Perspective

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Patton, Kevin; Griffin, Linda L.; Sheehy, Deborah; Henninger, Mary L.; Arnold, Ruth; Pagnano, Karen; Gallo, Anne Marie; Dodds, Patt; James, Alisa

    2005-01-01

    The authors examine the various communities of practice that were formed throughout a teacher development project that included a formal mentoring component. The authors describe a theoretical approach to understanding learning in communities of practice and present an approach for analyzing professional learning resulting from social interactions…

  19. A Season of Loss: Training Manual for the Prevention of Elderly Depression and Suicide.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Praeger, Susan; And Others

    This instructional module emphasizes that depression and suicide are real problems for elderly people, shows how depression and suicidal thoughts can arise in older people, and describes interventions that can be used. Chapter 1 presents an introduction and overview of elderly suicide and includes sections on the plight of the elderly, community…

  20. 40 CFR 147.1155 - Requirements for all wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Requirements for all wells. 147.1155... Requirements for all wells. (a) Area of review. Notwithstanding the alternatives presented in § 146.6 of this chapter, the area of review for Class II wells shall be a fixed radius as described in § 146.6(b) of this...

  1. 40 CFR 147.1155 - Requirements for all wells.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Requirements for all wells. 147.1155... Requirements for all wells. (a) Area of review. Notwithstanding the alternatives presented in § 146.6 of this chapter, the area of review for Class II wells shall be a fixed radius as described in § 146.6(b) of this...

  2. The Gannett Foundation Literacy Challenge Grants Program 1987-1990. Assessment Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sibbison, Virginia Hayes

    This report describes how 20 states and Puerto Rico used $2.7 million awarded by the Gannett Foundation to build and expand adult literacy activities in a coordinated fashion statewide. Chapter 1 presents information on development of the Literacy Challenge grants program and brief descriptions of each project, including year funded, amount of…

  3. Board of Management, Institute of Family Studies, 1982-83 Annual Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Institute of Family Studies, Melbourne (Australia).

    This third annual report presents the broad findings of studies attempting to provide a comprehensive description of the nature of families in Australia today and seeking to identify and analyze the many factors affecting their well-being. Studies that have not yet reached completion are also described. Specifically, six chapters cover (1) a…

  4. Access to Knowledge: The Continuing Agenda for Our Nation's Schools. Revised Edition.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Goodlad, John I., Ed.; Keating, Pamela, Ed.

    This book presents a collection of essays by education researchers and practitioners about issues of educational equity and excellence. The authors examine the problem of failure in schools and describe the various curricular and structural factors that block access to an equal and quality education for all students. Chapters are entitled: (1)…

  5. G. ED. Paper-Book 1974-1984. The Process of Growth of an Innovation.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Verduin-Muller, Henriette, Ed.

    Fifteen papers presented at conferences throughout Europe and in the USSR, Nigeria, Japan, Jamaica, and Tunesia provide an introduction to the research work being done by the graduate level Department of Geography for Education (G.ED.) at the University of Utrecht in the Netherlands. An introductory chapter describes the three G.ED. modules, which…

  6. Narratives of Injustice: Measuring the Impact of Witness Testimony in the Classroom

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Legere, Susan Elena

    2012-01-01

    Can a vivid presentation about a tragic chapter of history elicit in viewers an empathetic reaction, as well as evidence of the telescopic perspective Mills[1] ([1959] 2000) described as the "sociological imagination"? Does the addition of victims' voices make a noticeable difference in their response to the historical event, as…

  7. Optimistic Outlooks: Latest Views on the Global Future by a Galaxy of International Experts.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Feather, Frank, Ed.; Mayur, Rashmi, Ed.

    Eighteen international futurists present their views concerning separate major world issues. The book includes a prologue which discusses the optimistic nature of most futurists; an introduction which describes the book's contents; 14 chapters arranged into 3 major parts; an epilogue; and conclusion. In part I, which examines the basic necessities…

  8. Comment on Cross, Fine, Jones, and Walsh (2012): Good Therapeutic Services--Therapeutic Advocacy and Forensic Neutrality

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Connell, Mary

    2012-01-01

    Cross, Fine, Jones, and Walsh (2012) provided a thoughtful review and critique of a book chapter describing the interview process at Child Advocacy Centers. They observed some of the ways that concerns raised in that chapter are being addressed and described revised guidelines that further clarify issues. Ongoing research and examination of the…

  9. Regional geology and tectonics

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Nokleberg, Warren J.; Bundtzen, Thomas K.; Nokleberg, Warren J.; Price, Raymond A.; Scholl, David W.; Stone, David B.

    2017-01-01

    This chapter describes the regional geology and tectonic origins of the major geologic units for the Northern Cordillera. The goals of the chapter are to: (1) provide a summary and regional overview of this vast region that contains a complicated geologic history; and (2) describe the major geologic units and tectonic events that cover a broad geologic time span from the Proterozoic to the Holocene (Recent).

  10. Post-16 Provision in CTCs: Bridging the Divide. Number 6 in a Series of CTC Trust Publications.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jones, Ruth

    This document is intended to describe the approach of the City Technology Colleges (CTCs) in Great Britain to provide young people older than 16 with a vocationally oriented curriculum while still ensuring their intellectual and cultural development. Following a summary, the first chapter is an introduction. The second chapter describes the old…

  11. Facilities Information Management: A Guide for State and Local Education Agencies. NCES 2003-400

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    National Center for Education Statistics (ED), Washington, DC.

    This Guide has been developed to provide a framework for decision makers, school facility managers, and the public to identify a basic set of school facilities data elements, including definitions that will meet their information needs. Chapter 1 describes the purpose, scope, and intended audience for this guide. Chapter 2 describes how to use the…

  12. Landsat and Thermal Infrared Imaging

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arvidson, Terry; Barsi, Julia; Jhabvala, Murzy; Reuter, Dennis

    2012-01-01

    The purpose of this chapter is to describe the collection of thermal images by Landsat sensors already on orbit and to introduce the new thermal sensor to be launched in 2013. The chapter describes the thematic mapper (TM) and enhanced thematic mapper plus (ETM+) sensors, the calibration of their thermal bands, and the design and prelaunch calibration of the new thermal infrared sensor (TIRS).

  13. U 3Si 2 Fabrication and Testing for Implementation into the BISON Fuel Performance Code

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Knight, Travis W.

    A creep test stand was designed and constructed for compressive creep testing of U 3Si 2 pellets. This is described in Chapter 3. Creep testing of U 3Si 2 pellets was completed. In total, 13 compressive creep tests of U 3Si 2 pellets was successfully completed. This is reported in Chapter 3. Secondary creep model of U 3Si 2 was developed and implemented in BISON. This is described in Chapter 4. Properties of U 3Si 2 were implemented in BISON. This is described in Chapter 4. A resonant frequency and damping analyzer (RFDA) using impulse excitation technique (IET) was setup,more » tested, and used to analyze U 3Si 2 samples to measure Young’s and Shear Moduli which were then used to calculate the Poisson ratio for U 3Si 2. This is described in Chapter 5. Characterization of U 3Si 2 samples was completed. Samples were prepared and analyzed by XRD, SEM, and optical microscopy. Grain size analysis was conducted on images. SEM with EDS was used to analyze second phase precipitates. Impulse excitation technique was used to determine the Young’s and Shear Moduli of a tile specimen which allowed for the determination of the Poisson ratio. Helium pycnometry and mercury intrusion porosimetry was performed and used with image analysis to determine porosity size distribution. Vickers microindentation characterization method was used to evaluate the mechanical properties of U 3Si 2 including toughness, hardness, and Vickers hardness. Electrical resistivity measurement was done using the four-point probe method. This is reported in Chapter 5.« less

  14. Osteology, Phylogeny, Taphonomy, and Ontogenetic Histology of Oryctodromeus cubicularis, from the Middle Cretaceous (Albian-Cenomanian) of Montana and Idaho

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krumenacker, L. J.

    Oryctodromeus is a small bipedal dinosaur known from middle Cretaceous (95-100 My) Wayan Formation of Idaho and the Vaughn Member of the Blackleaf Formation of Montana. This taxon is hypothesized to be a burrowing dinosaur, which cared for its young within these burrows. This dissertation is a broad three-part treatment of this taxon, and excepting the introductory and concluding chapters this dissertation consists of three main chapters. Chapter two describes the osteology and phylogenetic relationships of this animal. Notable features of the Oryctodromeus skeleton described include a network of ossified tendons along the vertebral column that completely ensheath the tail, a long tail that forms more than half the length of the animal, and unusual femoral heads whose morphology may be related to burrowing behavior. The first full skeletal and skull reconstructions of this animal are presented. Chapter three investigates patterns of preservation of Oryctodromeus. Data suggests that preservation of single to multiple individuals of this taxon typically occurred in burrows that may be difficult to impossible to recognize in the fossil record. New examples of burrows from Oryctodromeus from the Vaughn and Wayan, as well as additional evidence for social behavior, are also described. A third chapter details the ontogenetic histology, growth rates and patterns of skeletal fusion based on seven limb elements (femora and tibiae) from different individuals. Based on the data in this dissertation, three growth stages can be recognized in Oryctodromeus based on bone histology. Juveniles are defined by more rapidly growing fibrolamellar tissue, sub-adults are defined by a cortex of inner fibrolamellar tissue and outer zonal parallel fibered tissue, and near-adult individuals have tissue similar to sub adults with dense avascular bone in the outermost cortex that signals a decrease in growth rate. LAG's suggest a minimum age of six to seven years for more mature individuals. Patterns of neurocentral fusion in Oryctodromeus appear similar to those of crocodylians and some other small ornithischians, while the growth rates of Oryctodromeus appear slower than those of some dinosaurs, but similar to taxa such as Orodromeus and Tenontosaurus.

  15. Refractive index measurements of single, spherical cells using digital holographic microscopy.

    PubMed

    Schürmann, Mirjam; Scholze, Jana; Müller, Paul; Chan, Chii J; Ekpenyong, Andrew E; Chalut, Kevin J; Guck, Jochen

    2015-01-01

    In this chapter, we introduce digital holographic microscopy (DHM) as a marker-free method to determine the refractive index of single, spherical cells in suspension. The refractive index is a conclusive measure in a biological context. Cell conditions, such as differentiation or infection, are known to yield significant changes in the refractive index. Furthermore, the refractive index of biological tissue determines the way it interacts with light. Besides the biological relevance of this interaction in the retina, a lot of methods used in biology, including microscopy, rely on light-tissue or light-cell interactions. Hence, determining the refractive index of cells using DHM is valuable in many biological applications. This chapter covers the main topics that are important for the implementation of DHM: setup, sample preparation, and analysis. First, the optical setup is described in detail including notes and suggestions for the implementation. Following that, a protocol for the sample and measurement preparation is explained. In the analysis section, an algorithm for the determination of quantitative phase maps is described. Subsequently, all intermediate steps for the calculation of the refractive index of suspended cells are presented, exploiting their spherical shape. In the last section, a discussion of possible extensions to the setup, further measurement configurations, and additional analysis methods are given. Throughout this chapter, we describe a simple, robust, and thus easily reproducible implementation of DHM. The different possibilities for extensions show the diverse fields of application for this technique. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  16. Environmental Report 2009

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gallegos, Gretchen M.; Bertoldo, Nicholas A.; Campbell, Christopher G.

    The purposes of the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory Environmental Report 2009 are to record Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory’s (LLNL’s) compliance with environmental standards and requirements, describe LLNL’s environmental protection and remediation programs, and present the results of environmental monitoring at the two LLNL sites—the Livermore site and Site 300. The report is prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) by LLNL’s Environmental Protection Department. Submittal of the report satisfies requirements under DOE Order 231.1A, Environmental Safety and Health Reporting, and DOE Order 5400.5, Radiation Protection of the Public and Environment. The report is distributed electronically and is available atmore » https://saer.lln.gov/, the website for the LLNL annual environmental report. Previous LLNL annual environmental reports beginning in 1994 are also on the website. Some references in the electronic report text are underlined, which indicates that they are clickable links. Clicking on one of these links will open the related document, data workbook, or website that it refers to. The report begins with an executive summary, which provides the purpose of the report and an overview of LLNL’s compliance and monitoring results. The first three chapters provide background information: Chapter 1 is an overview of the location, meteorology, and hydrogeology of the two LLNL sites; Chapter 2 is a summary of LLNL’s compliance with environmental regulations; and Chapter 3 is a description of LLNL’s environmental programs with an emphasis on the Environmental Management System including pollution prevention. The majority of the report covers LLNL’s environmental monitoring programs and monitoring data for 2009: effluent and ambient air (Chapter 4); waters, including wastewater, storm water runoff, surface water, rain, and groundwater (Chapter 5); and terrestrial, including soil, sediment, vegetation, foodstuff, ambient radiation, and special status wildlife and plants (Chapter 6). Complete monitoring data, which are summarized in the body of the report, are provided in Appendix A. The remaining three chapters discuss the radiological impact on the public from LLNL operations (Chapter 7), LLNL’s groundwater remediation program (Chapter 8), and quality assurance for the environmental monitoring programs (Chapter 9).« less

  17. Types of Faculty Scholars in Community Colleges

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Park, Toby J.; Braxton, John M.; Lyken-Segosebe, Dawn

    2015-01-01

    This chapter describes three empirically derived types of faculty scholars in community colleges: Immersed Scholars, Scholars of Dissemination, and Scholars of Pedagogical Knowledge. This chapter discusses these types and offers a recommendation.

  18. FDA Bacteriological Analytical Manual, Chapter 10, 2003: Listeria monocytogenes

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    FDA Bacteriological Analytical Manual, Chapter 10 describes procedures for analysis of food samples and may be adapted for assessment of solid, particulate, aerosol, liquid and water samples containing Listeria monocytogenes.

  19. Multidisciplinary Design Optimization for Aeropropulsion Engines and Solid Modeling/Animation via the Integrated Forced Methods

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    2004-01-01

    The grant closure report is organized in the following four chapters: Chapter describes the two research areas Design optimization and Solid mechanics. Ten journal publications are listed in the second chapter. Five highlights is the subject matter of chapter three. CHAPTER 1. The Design Optimization Test Bed CometBoards. CHAPTER 2. Solid Mechanics: Integrated Force Method of Analysis. CHAPTER 3. Five Highlights: Neural Network and Regression Methods Demonstrated in the Design Optimization of a Subsonic Aircraft. Neural Network and Regression Soft Model Extended for PX-300 Aircraft Engine. Engine with Regression and Neural Network Approximators Designed. Cascade Optimization Strategy with Neural network and Regression Approximations Demonstrated on a Preliminary Aircraft Engine Design. Neural Network and Regression Approximations Used in Aircraft Design.

  20. Molecular level energy and electron transfer processes at nanocrystalline titanium dioxide interfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Farzad, Fereshteh

    This thesis describes photo-induced molecular electron and energy transfer processes occurring at nanocrystalline semiconductor interfaces. The Introductory Chapter provides background and describes how these materials may be useful for solar energy conversion. In Chapter 2, results describing excitation of Ru(deeb)(bpy)2 2+, bis(2,2'-bipyridine)(2,2'-bipyridine-4,4 '-diethylester)ruthenium(II) hexafluorophosphate, bound to nanocrystalline TiO2 thin films, immersed in an acetonitrile bath are presented. The data indicates that light excitation forms predominately long-lived metal-to-ligand charge-transfer, MLCT, excited states under these conditions. Modeling of the data as a function of irradiance has been accomplished assuming parallel unimolecular and bimolecular excited state deactivation processes. The quantum yield for excited state formation depends on the excitation irradiance, consistent with triplet-triplet annihilation processes that occur with k > 1 x 108 s-1. Chapter 3 extends the work described in Chapter 2 to LiClO4 acetonitrile solutions. Li+ addition results in a red shift in the MLCT absorption and photoluminescence, PL, and a concentration dependent quenching of the PL intensity on TiO2. The Li+ induced spectroscopic changes were found to be reversible by varying the electrolyte composition. A second-order kinetic model quantified charge recombination transients. A model is proposed wherein Li+ ion adsorption stabilizes TiO2 acceptor states resulting in energetically more favorable interfacial electron transfer. The photophysical and photoelectrochemical properties of porous nanocrystalline anatase TiO2 electrodes modified with Ru(deeb)(bpy)2 2+, Os(deeb)(bpy)22+, and mixtures of both are described in Chapters 4 and 5. In regenerative solar cells with 0.5 M LiI/0.05 M I2 acetonitrile electrolyte, both compounds efficiently inject electrons into TiO2 producing monochromatic incident photon-to-current efficiencies (IPCE), IPCE (460 nm) = 0.70 + 0.05 for Ru(dcb)(bpy)2 2+/TiO2 and 0. 10 + 0.05 for Os(dcb)(bpy)2 2+/TiO2. Os(dcb)(bpy)22+ extends the spectral sensitivity of the TiO2 material beyond 700 rim. Application of a negative bias to the derivatized TiO2 surfaces results in inefficient interfacial electron transfer and no significant photocurrent. Instead, lateral energy transfer cross the nanocrystalline TiO2 surface from Ru(dcb)(bpy)22+* to Os(dcb)(bpy) 22+ is observed. The energy transfer process can be switched off with a positive applied bias ten times with no significant deterioration. The results demonstrate control of molecular excited states at nanostructured interfaces.

  1. Measuring quantum effects in photosynthetic light-harvesting complexes with multipartite entanglement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smyth, Cathal

    This thesis is a compilation of studies on delocalization measures, entanglement, and the role of quantum coherence in electronic energy transfer (EET) in light-harvesting complexes. The first two chapters after the introduction provide foundational knowledge of quantum information and light-harvesting, respectively. Chapter 2 introduces concepts from quantum information such as purity, bipartite entanglement and criteria for its measurement. The peripheral light-harvesting complex LH2, isolated from the anoxygenic purple bacterium Rhodopseudomonas acidophila, is employed as model system of interest. This light-harvesting complex, along with a description of the process of light-harvesting, the presence of quantum coherence, and the different models used to simulate EET, are described in chapter 3. In combination these two chapters lay the foundation for chapter 4, a critical assessment of the current measures of delocalization employed in EET studies, their relationship, and overall effectiveness. The conclusion is that entanglement based measures are most effective at measuring quantum effects, and that they can be related to more conventional delocalization measures such as the inverse participation ratio (IPR) by taking into account the entropy of the system under study. All the measures within this chapter are known as bipartite measures, and only measure the strength of correlation between two sites. The fifth chapter presents the core of this thesis. Following a brief introduction to the concept of multipartite entanglement, the development of multipartite delocalization measures that give high-resolution information on quantum coherence in light-harvesting complexes is detailed. In contrast to other measures, these analytical measures can detect many body correlations in large systems undergoing decoherence. We determine that, much like the bipartite entanglement based measures of chapter 4, these measures are also a function of system entropy, and have a similar hierarchial structure as that of multipartite entanglement measures. The final chapter applies these measures to our model LH2 complex, and draws conclusions on the role of bipartite delocalization and multipartite delocalization in EET.

  2. A synthesis of aquatic science for management of Lakes Mead and Mohave

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Rosen, Michael R.; Turner, Kent; Goodbred, Steven L.; Miller, Jennell M.

    2012-01-01

    Lakes Mead and Mohave, which are the centerpieces of Lake Mead National Recreation Area, provide many significant benefits that have made the modern development of the Southwestern United States possible. Lake Mead is the largest reservoir by volume in the nation and it supplies critical storage of water supplies for more than 25 million people in three Western States (California, Arizona, and Nevada). Storage within Lake Mead supplies drinking water and the hydropower to provide electricity for major cities including Las Vegas, Phoenix, Los Angeles, Tucson, and San Diego, and irrigation of more than 2.5 million acres of croplands. Lake Mead is arguably the most important reservoir in the nation because of its size and the services it delivers to the Western United States. This Circular includes seven chapters. Chapter 1 provides a short summary of the overall findings and management implications for Lakes Mead and Mohave that can be used to guide the reader through the rest of the Circular. Chapter 2 introduces the environmental setting and characteristics of Lakes Mead and Mohave and provides a brief management context of the lakes within the Colorado River system as well as overviews of the geological bedrock and sediment accumulations of the lakes. Chapter 3 contains summaries of the operational and hydrologic characteristics of Lakes Mead and Mohave. Chapter 4 provides information on water quality, including discussion on the monitoring of contaminants and sediments within the reservoirs. Chapter 5 describes aquatic biota and wildlife, including food-web dynamics, plankton, invertebrates, fish, aquatic birds, and aquatic vegetation. Chapter 6 outlines threats and stressors to the health of Lake Mead aquatic ecosystems that include a range of environmental contaminants, invasive species, and climate change. Chapter 7 provides a more detailed summary of overall findings that are presented in Chapter 1; and it contains a more detailed discussion on associated management implications, additional research, and monitoring needs.

  3. Education and Citizenship: A Conference Report.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Council of Chief State School Officers, Washington, DC.

    The document presents a report of a national conference on education and citizenship which focused upon how to help students become responsible and effective citizens of a more responsive society. The document is presented in five chapters. Chapter I presents a historical review of civic education from colonial days to the present. Chapter II…

  4. Do Pretests Increase Student Achievement as Measured by Posttests?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bancroft, Roger J.

    This report describes a study of the effects of using pretests in science classes on chapter test achievement results. The targeted population consisted of eighth grade science students at a junior high school from 1992 to 2001. Whether giving a pretest followed by a posttest at the end of the chapter, or giving only the test at chapter end…

  5. Developing an On-Line Textbook: Question-led Teaching and the World Wide Web.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    McCain, Roger A.

    1999-01-01

    Describes a demonstration project of a textbook chapter created with a vision for an active and interactive question-led textbook commenting on the content of the demonstration chapter, using HTML and Javascript in creating it, and aspects of the chapter as it is actually experienced. Includes reactions by Michael K. Salemi and Kailash Khandke.…

  6. Educational Issues in Utah: Governance, Legislation, Technology, and Finance. 1994-95 Conditions of Education in Utah Yearbook.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Galvin, Patrick F., Ed.; Johnson, Bob L., Jr., Ed.

    This document is the third edition of "Conditions of Education in Utah," covering the 1994-95 academic year. The first three chapters analyze issues relative to distance education and the Internet. Chapters 1 and 2 examine the pros and cons of distance education, and chapter 3 describes the construction, maintenance, and staffing costs…

  7. Chapter 10. Developing a habitat monitoring program: three examples from national forest planning

    Treesearch

    Michael I. Goldstein; Lowell H. Suring; Christina D. Vojta; Mary M. Rowland; Clinton. McCarthy

    2013-01-01

    This chapter reviews the process steps of wildlife habitat monitoring described in chapters 2 through 9 and provides three case examples that illustrate how the process steps apply to specific situations. It provides the reader an opportunity to synthesize the material while also revealing the potential knowledge gaps and pitfalls that may complicate completion of a...

  8. Equality of Opportunity and Vocational Training Five Years on...Vocational Training Measures for Women in the European Community. Synthesis Report and Recommendations.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Oels, Monika; Seeland, Suzanne

    This document includes four chapters, a bibliography, notes, and two appendices. Chapter 1 briefly indicates the purpose of the report, to look retrospectively at innovative vocational training programs initiated for women in the European Community (EC). Chapter 2 describes general developments since 1978, including the legal background, the…

  9. Toward Ubiquitous BCIs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Allison, Brendan Z.

    The preceding chapters in this book described modern BCI systems. This concluding chapter instead discusses future directions. While there are some specific predictions, I mainly analyze key factors and trends relating to practical mainstream BCI development. While I note some disruptive technologies that could dramatically change BCIs, this chapter focuses mainly on realistic, incremental progress and how progress could affect user groups and ethical issues.

  10. State School Finance Reform in the 1970's (Excerpted from School Finance Reform: A Legislators' Handbook).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    National Conference of State Legislatures, Washington, DC.

    This report describes and evaluates the record of reform in several states that have revised their school finance systems since 1971. The introductory chapter provides an overview of reform's recent successes, shortcomings, and prospects. Six subsequent chapters offer a close look at its main features. Chapters 2 and 3 analyze new school aid…

  11. Investigations of Galaxy Clusters Using Gravitational Lensing

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wiesner, Matthew P.

    2014-08-01

    In this dissertation, we discuss the properties of galaxy clusters that have been determined using strong and weak gravitational lensing. A galaxy cluster is a collection of galaxies that are bound together by the force of gravity, while gravitational lensing is the bending of light by gravity. Strong lensing is the formation of arcs or rings of light surrounding clusters and weak lensing is a change in the apparent shapes of many galaxies. In this work we examine the properties of several samples of galaxy clusters using gravitational lensing. In Chapter 1 we introduce astrophysical theory of galaxy clusters andmore » gravitational lensing. In Chapter 2 we examine evidence from our data that galaxy clusters are more concentrated than cosmology would predict. In Chapter 3 we investigate whether our assumptions about the number of galaxies in our clusters was valid by examining new data. In Chapter 4 we describe a determination of a relationship between mass and number of galaxies in a cluster at higher redshift than has been found before. In Chapter 5 we describe a model of the mass distribution in one of the ten lensing systems discovered by our group at Fermilab. Finally in Chapter 6 we summarize our conclusions.« less

  12. Computational Elucidation of Selectivities and Mechanisms Performed by Organometallic and Bioinorganic Catalysts

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grandner, Jessica Marie

    Computational methods were used to determine the mechanisms and selectivities of organometallic-catalyzed reactions. The first half of the dissertation focuses on the study of metathesis catalysts in collaboration with the Grubbs group at CalTech. Chapter 1 describes the studies of the decomposition modes of several ruthenium-based metathesis catalysts. These studies were performed to better understand the decomposition of such catalysts in order to prevent decomposition (Chapter 1.2) or utilize decomposed catalysts for alternative reactions (Chapter 1.1). Chapter 2.1 describes the computational investigation of the origins of stereoretentive metathesis with ruthenium-based metathesis catalysts. These findings were then used to computationally design E-selective metathesis catalysts (Chapter 2.2). While the first half of the dissertation was centered around ruthenium catalysts, the second half of the dissertation pertains to iron-catalyzed reaction, in particular, iron-catalyzed reactions by P450 enzymes. The elements of Chapter 3 concentrate on the stereo- and chemo-selectivity of P450-catalyzed C-H hydroxylations. By combining multiple computational methods, the inherent activity of the iron-oxo catalyst and the influence of the active site on such reactions were illuminated. These discoveries allow for the engineering of new substrates and mutant enzymes for tailored C-H hydroxylation. While the mechanism of C-H hydroxylations catalyzed by P450 enzymes has been well studied, there are several P450-catalyzed transformations for which the mechanism is unknown. The components of Chapter 4 describe the use of computations to determine the mechanisms of complex, multi-step reactions catalyzed by P450s. The determination of these mechanisms elucidates how these enzymes react with various functional groups and substrate architectures and allows for a better understanding of how drug-like compounds may be broken down by human P450s.

  13. Phonon Sensor Dynamics for Cryogenic Dark Matter Search Experiment

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yen, Jeffrey

    Understanding the quasiparticle diffusion process inside sputtered aluminum (Al thin films (~ 0.1-1 μm is critical for the Cryogenic Dark Matter Search (CDMS experiment to further optimize its detectors to directly search for dark matter. An initial study with Al films was undertaken by our group ~ 20 years ago, but some important questions were not answered at the time. This thesis can be considered a continuation of that critical study. The CDMS experiment utilizes high purity silicon and germanium crystals to simultaneously measure ionization and phonons created by particle interactions. In addition to describing some of the rich physicsmore » involved in simultaneously detecting ionization and phonons with a CDMS detector, this thesis focuses on the detailed physics of the phonon sensors themselves, which are patterned onto CDMS detector surfaces. CDMS detectors use thin sputtered Al films to collect phonon energy when it propagates to the surfaces of the detector crystals. The phonon energy breaks Cooper pairs and creates quasiparticles (qps). These qps diffuse until they get trapped in an proximitized “overlap” region where lower-Tc tungsten films connect to the Al film. These tungsten films are the transition edge sensors (W-TESs CDMS uses to readout phonon signals. We performed a wide range of experiments using several sets of test devices designed and fabricated specifically for this work. The devices were used mostly to study quasiparticle (qp transport in Al films and qp transmission through Al/W interfaces. The results of this work are being used to optimize the design of detectors for SuperCDMS SNOLAB. This thesis is intended for CDMS collaborators who are interested in knowing more about the detailed fundamentals of how our phonon sensors work so they can take full advantage of their benefits. However, this work can also be read by general readers who are interested in particle detection using TES technology. This thesis contains eight chapters. The first chapter gives basic background information about dark matter and searches for it. We then describe the basic CDMS detector technology in Chapter two. Chapter three focuses on superconductivity and explains some of the solid state physic most relevant to our Al and W film studies. We then turn our attention to the fabrication processes used to make test devices, and describe some of the studies done to characterize our W and Al film properties. Chapter five explains the experimental setup including how a 3He/4He dilution refrigerator works, and how our electronics were configured. We then get to chapter six where we present key experimental results. Chapter seven covers the TES model we used for our test devices to simulate the data pulse shapes and reconstruct the pulse energies. We also describe the diffusion models used to fit our data. Finally, we end with a short summary of our findings and provide a few suggestions for future studies.« less

  14. School Behind Bars--A Descriptive Overview of Correctional Education in the American Prison System.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Syracuse Univ. Research Corp., NY. Policy Inst.

    This report, intended to be a descriptive yet analytical overview of correctional education programs, is organized into six chapters. Chapter one discusses the philosophical aspects (pro and con) of prisoner education. Chapter two traces the history of prisoner education from the roots of its beginning to the present. Chapter three presents the…

  15. Chapter 3: Isolation of Photosystem II Reaction Center Complexes from Plants

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Seibert, M.; Picorel, R.

    2011-01-01

    Methods to isolate and purify 6- and 5-Chl D1/D2/Cyt b559 photosystem II (PSII) reaction center (RC) complexes from plants are presented, and the advantages and disadvantages of each procedure are discussed. One of the simpler 6-Chl procedures and a procedure for isolating 5-Chl complexes are described in detail. Furthermore, a rapid procedure that produces relatively large amounts of less pure 6-Chl material (i.e., more nonpigmented protein) is also described. Criteria to assess the purity of PSII RC preparations are presented, and problems associated with each of the isolation procedures are discussed.

  16. Dynamics of an island agroecosystem: Where to now?

    Treesearch

    Marjorie V. C. Falanruw;  Francis Ruegorong

    2015-01-01

    This chapter describes past interaction of human populations with habitats on mainland Yap and the dynamics of the agroecosystem that developed. Recent changes in this system on mainland Yap are described, followed by a description of the nature and threats to agriculture in the Outer Islands. The chapter concludes by asking “Where to now?” and considers a past...

  17. Wood-based composite materials : panel products, glued-laminated timber, structural composite lumber, and wood-nonwood composite materials

    Treesearch

    Nicole M. Stark; Zhiyong Cai; Charles Carll

    2010-01-01

    This chapter gives an overview of the general types and composition of wood-based composite products and the materials and processes used to manufacture them. It describes conventional wood-based composite panels and structural composite materials intended for general construction, interior use, or both. This chapter also describes wood–nonwood composites. Mechanical...

  18. Child Support Enforcement (9th Annual Report to Congress for the Period Ending September 30, 1984).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Office of Child Support Enforcement (DHHS), Washington, DC.

    Described in this report are fiscal year 1984 activities of the Child Support Enforcement (CSE) program, a program established in 1975 as part D of title IV of the Social Security Act. Following an executive summary, chapter I describes the mission and organization of the CSE. Chapter II reviews the child support enforcement amendments of 1984,…

  19. Higher Education and Employment in Japan: Trends and Issues. RIHE International Publication Series No. 5.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kaneko, Motohisa

    This book describes and examines the crisis within higher education in Japan as it applies to what is taught as compared to the labor market needs of the country. The book is divided into three chapters. Chapter 1 describes the higher education system in Japan and its enrollment, the distribution of enrollment by field of study, and the flow of…

  20. Baryons, universe and everything in between

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ho, Shirley

    2008-06-01

    This thesis is a tour of topics in cosmology, unified by their diversity and pursuits in better understanding of our Universe. The first chapter measures the Integrated Sachs-Wolfe effect as a function of redshift utilizing a large range of large scale structure observations and the cosmic microwave background. We combine the ISW likelihood function with weak lensing of CMB (which is described in Chapter 2) and CMB powerspectrum to constrain the equation of state of dark energy and the curvature of the Universe. The second chapter investigates the correlation of gravitational lensing of the cosmic microwave background (CMB) with several tracers of large-scale structure, and we find evidence for a positive cross-correlation at the 2.5s level. The third chapter explores the statistical properties of Luminous Red Galaxies in a sample of X-ray selected galaxy clusters, including the halo occupation distribution, how Poisson is the satellite distribution of LRGs and the radial profile of LRGs within clusters. The forth chapter explores the idea of using multiplicity of galaxies to understand their merging timescales. We find that (by using the multiplicity function of LRGs in Chapter 3) Massive halos (~ 10 14 M [Special characters omitted.] ) at low redshift have, for example, been bombarded by several ~ 10 13 M [Special characters omitted.] halos throughout their history and these accreted LRGs merge on relatively short timescales (~ 2 Gyr). The fifth chapter presents a new method for generating a template for the kinematic Sunyaev-Zel'dovich effect that can be used to detect the missing baryons. We assessed the feasibility of the method by investigating combinations of differeng galaxy surveys and CMB observations and find that we can detect the gas-momentum kSZ correlation, and thus the ionized gas, at significant signal-to-noise level.

  1. World commercial aircraft accidents: 1st edition, 1946--1991

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kimura, C.Y.

    1992-02-01

    This report is a compilation of all accidents world-wide involving aircraft in commercial service which resulted in the loss of the airframe or one or more fatality, or both. This information has been gathered in order to present a complete inventory of commercial aircraft accidents. Events involving military action, sabotage, terrorist bombings, hijackings, suicides, and industrial ground accidents are included within this list. This report is organized into six chapters. The first chapter is the introduction. The second chapter contains the compilation of accidents involving world commercial jet aircraft from 1952 to 1991. The third chapter presents a compilation ofmore » accidents involving world commercial turboprop aircraft from 1952 to 1991. The fourth chapter presents a compilation of accidents involving world commercial pistonprop aircraft with four or more engines from 1946 to 1991. Each accident compilation or database in chapters two, three and four is presented in chronological order. Each accident is presented with information the following categories: date of accident, airline or operator and its flight number (if known), type of flight, type of aircraft and model, aircraft registration number, construction number/manufacturers serial number, aircraft damage resulting from accident, accident flight phase, accident location, number of fatalities, number of occupants, references used to compile the information, and finally cause, remarks, or description (brief) of the accident. The fifth chapter presents a list of all commercial aircraft accidents for all aircraft types with 100 or more fatalities in order of decreasing number of fatalities. Chapter six presents the commercial aircraft accidents for all aircraft types by flight phase. Future editions of this report will have additional follow-on chapters which will present other studies still in preparation at the time this edition was being prepared.« less

  2. Map projections and the Internet: Chapter 4

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Kessler, Fritz; Battersby, Sarah E.; Finn, Michael P.; Clarke, Keith

    2017-01-01

    The field of map projections can be described as mathematical, static, and challenging. However, this description is evolving in concert with the development of the Internet. The Internet has enabled new outlets for software applications, learning, and interaction with and about map projections . This chapter examines specific ways in which the Internet has moved map projections from a relatively obscure paper-based setting to a more engaging and accessible online environment. After a brief overview of map projections, this chapter discusses four perspectives on how map projections have been integrated into the Internet. First, map projections and their role in web maps and mapping services is examined. Second, an overview of online atlases and the map projections chosen for their maps is presented. Third, new programming languages and code libraries that enable map projections to be included in mapping applications are reviewed. Fourth, the Internet has facilitated map projection education and research especially with the map reader’s comprehension and understanding of complex topics like map projection distortion is discussed.

  3. Lipases as biocatalysts for the synthesis of structured lipids.

    PubMed

    Jala, Ram Chandra Reddy; Hu, Peng; Yang, Tiankui; Jiang, Yuanrong; Zheng, Yan; Xu, Xuebing

    2012-01-01

    Structured lipids (SL) are broadly referred to as modified or synthetic oils and fats or lipids with functional or pharmaceutical applications. Some structured lipids, such as triglycerides that contain both long-chain (mainly essential) fatty acids and medium- or short-chain fatty acids and also artificial products that mimic the structure of natural materials, namely human milk fat substitutes and cocoa butter equivalents, have been discussed. Further, other modified or synthetic lipids, such as structured phospholipids and synthetic phenolic lipids are also included in this chapter. For all the products described in this chapter, enzymatic production in industry has been already conducted in one way or another. Cocoa butter equivalents, healthy oil containing medium-chain fatty acids, phosphatidyl serine, and phenol lipids from enzyme technology have been reported for commercial operation. As the demand for better quality functional lipids is increasing, the production of structured lipids becomes an interesting area. Thus, in this chapter we have discussed latest developments as well as present industrial situation of all commercially important structured lipids.

  4. Bacteriophages for detection and control of bacterial pathogens in food and food-processing environment.

    PubMed

    Brovko, Lubov Y; Anany, Hany; Griffiths, Mansel W

    2012-01-01

    This chapter presents recent advances in bacteriophage research and their application in the area of food safety. Section 1 describes general facts on phage biology that are relevant to their application for control and detection of bacterial pathogens in food and environmental samples. Section 2 summarizes the recently acquired data on application of bacteriophages to control growth of bacterial pathogens and spoilage organisms in food and food-processing environment. Section 3 deals with application of bacteriophages for detection and identification of bacterial pathogens. Advantages of bacteriophage-based methods are presented and their shortcomings are discussed. The chapter is intended for food scientist and food product developers, and people in food inspection and health agencies with the ultimate goal to attract their attention to the new developing technology that has a tremendous potential in providing means for producing wholesome and safe food. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  5. Adaptation in Coding by Large Populations of Neurons in the Retina

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ioffe, Mark L.

    A comprehensive theory of neural computation requires an understanding of the statistical properties of the neural population code. The focus of this work is the experimental study and theoretical analysis of the statistical properties of neural activity in the tiger salamander retina. This is an accessible yet complex system, for which we control the visual input and record from a substantial portion--greater than a half--of the ganglion cell population generating the spiking output. Our experiments probe adaptation of the retina to visual statistics: a central feature of sensory systems which have to adjust their limited dynamic range to a far larger space of possible inputs. In Chapter 1 we place our work in context with a brief overview of the relevant background. In Chapter 2 we describe the experimental methodology of recording from 100+ ganglion cells in the tiger salamander retina. In Chapter 3 we first present the measurements of adaptation of individual cells to changes in stimulation statistics and then investigate whether pairwise correlations in fluctuations of ganglion cell activity change across different stimulation conditions. We then transition to a study of the population-level probability distribution of the retinal response captured with maximum-entropy models. Convergence of the model inference is presented in Chapter 4. In Chapter 5 we first test the empirical presence of a phase transition in such models fitting the retinal response to different experimental conditions, and then proceed to develop other characterizations which are sensitive to complexity in the interaction matrix. This includes an analysis of the dynamics of sampling at finite temperature, which demonstrates a range of subtle attractor-like properties in the energy landscape. These are largely conserved when ambient illumination is varied 1000-fold, a result not necessarily apparent from the measured low-order statistics of the distribution. Our results form a consistent picture which is discussed at the end of Chapter 5. We conclude with a few future directions related to this thesis.

  6. Development of geothermal energy in the Gulf Coast: socio-economic, demographic, and political considerations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Letlow, K.; Lopreato, S.C.; Meriwether, M.

    The institutional aspect of the study attempts to identify possible effects of geothermal research, development, and utilization on the area and its inhabitants in three chapters. Chapters I and II address key socio-economic and demographic variables. The initial chapter provides an overview of the area where the resource is located. Major data are presented that can be used to establish a baseline description of the region for comparison over time and to delineate crucial area for future study with regard to geothermal development. The chapter highlights some of the variables that reflect the cultural nature of the Gulf Coast, itsmore » social characteristics, labor force, and service in an attempt to delineate possible problems with and barriers to the development of geothermal energy in the region. The following chapter focuses on the local impacts of geothermal wells and power-generating facilities using data on such variables as size and nature of construction and operating crews. Data are summarized for the areas studied. A flow chart is utilized to describe research that is needed in order to exploit the resource as quickly and effectively as possible. Areas of interface among various parts of the research that will include exchange of data between the social-cultural group and the institutional, legal, environmental, and resource utilization groups are identified. (MCW)« less

  7. Conceptual Chemical Process Design for Sustainability.

    EPA Science Inventory

    This chapter examines the sustainable design of chemical processes, with a focus on conceptual design, hierarchical and short-cut methods, and analyses of process sustainability for alternatives. The chapter describes a methodology for incorporating process sustainability analyse...

  8. Pesticide Registration Manual: Chapter 12 - Applying for an Experimental Use Permit

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    This chapter of the pesticide registration manual describes the all requirements for Experimental Use Permits (EUP), and includes how to apply for an EUP, labeling requirements, application format, and data reporting requirements.

  9. The vegetative communities associated with mammals of the South. Chapter 2

    Treesearch

    Beverly Collins; Philip E. Hyatt; Margaret K. Trani

    2007-01-01

    This chapter describes the ecoregions and vegetation types associated with mammals of the South. The distribution of mammals in the South reflects historic biogeographical processes as well as physiography and vegetation.

  10. Hanford Waste Vitrification Plant technical manual

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Larson, D.E.; Watrous, R.A.; Kruger, O.L.

    1996-03-01

    A key element of the Hanford waste management strategy is the construction of a new facility, the Hanford Waste Vitrification Plant (HWVP), to vitrify existing and future liquid high-level waste produced by defense activities at the Hanford Site. The HWVP mission is to vitrify pretreated waste in borosilicate glass, cast the glass into stainless steel canisters, and store the canisters at the Hanford Site until they are shipped to a federal geological repository. The HWVP Technical Manual (Manual) documents the technical bases of the current HWVP process and provides a physical description of the related equipment and the plant. Themore » immediate purpose of the document is to provide the technical bases for preparation of project baseline documents that will be used to direct the Title 1 and Title 2 design by the A/E, Fluor. The content of the Manual is organized in the following manner. Chapter 1.0 contains the background and context within which the HWVP was designed. Chapter 2.0 describes the site, plant, equipment and supporting services and provides the context for application of the process information in the Manual. Chapter 3.0 provides plant feed and product requirements, which are primary process bases for plant operation. Chapter 4.0 summarizes the technology for each plant process. Chapter 5.0 describes the engineering principles for designing major types of HWVP equipment. Chapter 6.0 describes the general safety aspects of the plant and process to assist in safe and prudent facility operation. Chapter 7.0 includes a description of the waste form qualification program and data. Chapter 8.0 indicates the current status of quality assurance requirements for the Manual. The Appendices provide data that are too extensive to be placed in the main text, such as extensive tables and sets of figures. The Manual is a revision of the 1987 version.« less

  11. Seismicity of Afghanistan and vicinity

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Dewey, James W.

    2006-01-01

    This publication describes the seismicity of Afghanistan and vicinity and is intended for use in seismic hazard studies of that nation. Included are digital files with information on earthquakes that have been recorded in Afghanistan and vicinity through mid-December 2004. Chapter A provides an overview of the seismicity and tectonics of Afghanistan and defines the earthquake parameters included in the 'Summary Catalog' and the 'Summary of Macroseismic Effects.' Chapter B summarizes compilation of the 'Master Catalog' and 'Sub-Threshold Catalog' and documents their formats. The 'Summary Catalog' itself is presented as a comma-delimited ASCII file, the 'Summary of Macroseismic Effects' is presented as an html file, and the 'Master Catalog' and 'Sub-Threshold Catalog' are presented as flat ASCII files. Finally, this report includes as separate plates a digital image of a map of epicenters of earthquakes occurring since 1964 (Plate 1) and a representation of areas of damage or strong shaking from selected past earthquakes in Afghanistan and vicinity (Plate 2).

  12. Quasi-one dimensional (Q1D) nanostructures: Synthesis, integration and device application

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chien, Chung-Jen

    Quasi-one-dimensional (Q1D) nanostructures such as nanotubes and nanowires have been widely regarded as the potential building blocks for nanoscale electronic, optoelectronic and sensing devices. In this work, the content can be divided into three categories: Nano-material synthesis and characterizations, alignment and integration, physical properties and application. The dissertation consists of seven chapters as following. Chapter 1 will give an introduction to low dimensional nano-materials. Chapter 2 explains the mechanism how Q1D nanostructure grows. Chapter 3 describes the methods how we horizontally and vertically align the Q1D nanostructure. Chapter 4 and 5 are the electrical and optical device characterization respectively. Chapter 6 demonstrates the integration of Q1D nanostructures and the device application. The last chapter will discuss the future work and conclusion of the thesis.

  13. The northern pike, a prized native but disastrous invasive: Chapter 14

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Rutz, David; Massengill, Robert L.; Sepulveda, Adam; Dunker, Kristine J.

    2018-01-01

    As the chapters in this book describe, the northern pike Esox lucius Linneaus, 1758 is a fascinating fish that plays an important ecological role in structuring aquatic communities (chapter 8), has the capacity to aid lake restoration efforts (chapter 11), and contributes substantially to local economies, both as a highlysought after sport fish (chapter 12) and as a commercial fishing resource (chapter 13). However, despite the magnificent attributes of this fish, there is another side to its story. Specifically, what happens when northern pike, a highly efficient predator, becomes established outside its natural range? To explore this question, this chapter will investigate observed consequences from many locations where northern pike (hereafter referred to as “pike”) have been introduced and discuss potential reasons why pike, under the right circumstances, can be considered an invasive species.

  14. 21 CFR 50.52 - Clinical investigations involving greater than minimal risk but presenting the prospect of direct...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... 21 Food and Drugs 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Clinical investigations involving greater than... OF HUMAN SUBJECTS Additional Safeguards for Children in Clinical Investigations § 50.52 Clinical... subjects. Any clinical investigation within the scope described in §§ 50.1 and 56.101 of this chapter in...

  15. Report of the Council on Library and Network Development on Funding for State Level Resource Providers. Bulletin No. 4150.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Eagon, Burdette; And Others

    This publication describes Wisconsin state level library services and their funding and presents recommendations related to state level resource providers, as required by Wisconsin Statutes, Chapter 347, Laws of 1979. Types of and the structure for providing statewide library services and resources are outlined, followed by a description of…

  16. A Management Tool Kit on Training Needs Assessment and Programme Design: An Integrated Resource for Management Development in Transition Countries. Companion.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    European Training Foundation, Turin (Italy).

    This document presents a management tool kit on training needs assessment and program design for countries in transition to a market economy. Chapter 1 describes the tool's development within the framework of the project called Strengthening of Partnership between Management Training Institutions and Companies, Ukraine-Kazakhstan-Kyrgyzstan.…

  17. M13 bacteriophage coat proteins engineered for improved phage display.

    PubMed

    Sidhu, Sachdev S; Feld, Birte K; Weiss, Gregory A

    2007-01-01

    This chapter describes a method for increasing levels of protein fusions displayed on the surfaces of M13 bacteriophage particles. By introducing mutations into the anchoring M13 coat protein, protein display levels can be increased by up to two orders of magnitude. Experimental methods are presented for the design, construction, and screening of phage-displayed libraries for improved protein display.

  18. Complying with the Drug-Free Schools and Campuses Regulations (34 CFR Part 86). A Guide for University and College Administrators.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pittayathikhun, Tanutda; Ku, Richard; Rigby, Donna; Mattsson, Marilyn; DeJong, William

    This document describes ways in which higher education institutions have responded to the requirements of the 1989 amendments to the Drug-Free Schools and Campuses Act, Part 86, Regulations, and is intended to help institutions improve current programs and avoid overlooking requirements that might result in noncompliance. Chapter 1 presents the…

  19. Tests That Work: Designing and Delivering Fair and Practical Measurement Tools in the Workplace.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Westgaard, Odin

    This guide shows organization managers how to use tests to assess skills and values in the workplace, as well as how to develop good, fair tests without needing any other resources. Part 1, chapters 1 through 5, presents basic information about tests and their practical applications. Part 2 describes the 15 steps of the testing process. The…

  20. Meaningful Measurement: The Role of Assessments in Improving High School Education in the Twenty-First Century

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Pinkus, Lyndsay M., Ed.

    2009-01-01

    In the chapters presented in this volume, leading experts describe some of the assessment challenges in greater detail and provide federal recommendations on how to address them. In "College and Work Readiness as a Goal of High Schools: The Role of Standards, Assessments, and Accountability," John Tanner of the Center for Innovative Measures at…

  1. The Context of Teaching and Learning. Report on the First Phase of the IEA Classroom Environment Study. ACER Research Monograph No. 21.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fordham, Adrian M.

    This publication describes the first phase of the Classroom Environment: Teaching for Learning Study in Australia, a six-year international research effort to identify correlations between teaching practices and student achievement. The report's first chapter presents a resume of the study and reviews research findings on managerial and…

  2. Development and application of QM/MM methods to study the solvation effects and surfaces

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dibya, Pooja Arora

    2010-01-01

    Quantum mechanical (QM) calculations have the advantage of attaining high-level accuracy, however QM calculations become computationally inefficient as the size of the system grows. Solving complex molecular problems on large systems and ensembles by using quantum mechanics still poses a challenge in terms of the computational cost. Methods that are based on classical mechanics are an inexpensive alternative, but they lack accuracy. A good trade off between accuracy and efficiency is achieved by combining QM methods with molecular mechanics (MM) methods to use the robustness of the QM methods in terms of accuracy and the MM methods to minimize themore » computational cost. Two types of QM combined with MM (QM/MM) methods are the main focus of the present dissertation: the application and development of QM/MM methods for solvation studies and reactions on the Si(100) surface. The solvation studies were performed using a discreet solvation model that is largely based on first principles called the effective fragment potential method (EFP). The main idea of combining the EFP method with quantum mechanics is to accurately treat the solute-solvent and solvent-solvent interactions, such as electrostatic, polarization, dispersion and charge transfer, that are important in correctly calculating solvent effects on systems of interest. A second QM/MM method called SIMOMM (surface integrated molecular orbital molecular mechanics) is a hybrid QM/MM embedded cluster model that mimics the real surface.3 This method was employed to calculate the potential energy surfaces for reactions of atomic O on the Si(100) surface. The hybrid QM/MM method is a computationally inexpensive approach for studying reactions on larger surfaces in a reasonably accurate and efficient manner. This thesis is comprised of four chapters: Chapter 1 describes the general overview and motivation of the dissertation and gives a broad background of the computational methods that have been employed in this work. Chapter 2 illustrates the methodology of the interface of the EFP method with the configuration interaction with single excitations (CIS) method to study solvent effects in excited states. Chapter 3 discusses the study of the adiabatic electron affinity of the hydroxyl radical in aqueous solution and in micro-solvated clusters using a QM/EFP method. Chapter 4 describes the study of etching and diffusion of oxygen atom on a reconstructed Si(100)-2 x 1 surface using a hybrid QM/MM embedded cluster model (SIMOMM). Chapter 4 elucidates the application of the EFP method towards the understanding of the aqueous ionization potential of Na atom. Finally, a general conclusion of this dissertation work and prospective future direction are presented in Chapter 6.« less

  3. 5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

  4. 5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

  5. 5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

  6. 5 CFR Appendix B to 5 Cfr Chapter... - Memorandum Describing the Authority and Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... Assigned Responsibilities of the General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority B Appendix B to 5... FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS AUTHORITY AND FEDERAL SERVICE IMPASSES PANEL Ch. XIV, App. B Appendix B to 5 CFR... chapter, (B) file and prosecute complaints under this chapter, and (C) exercise such other powers of the...

  7. The Education of Adults in Britain: A Study of Organisation, Finance and Policy. Newland Papers Number Ten.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jennings, Bernard

    This report updates a 1981 paper on adult education in Britain that was part of a series published by the European Centre for Leisure and Education. It includes five chapters. Chapter 1 provides statistics on the population and labor force of Britain and describes its education and government systems. Chapter 2 provides a brief description of the…

  8. Chinese Biogas Digester. A Potential Model for Small-Scale, Rural Applications. (A Manual for Construction and Operation). Reprint No. R-51.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nakagawa, Charles H.; Honquilada, Q. L.

    This book provides the basic knowledge and guides for the construction and operation of a small-scale, family-size biogas unit. The first chapter discusses the benefits of biogas production and the Chinese biogas model. The second chapter shows the components, design formulas, and sizing units of the biogas model. Chapter 3 describes actual…

  9. Pupil Exchange in the European Community Venice Colloquium (October 24-28, 1977). Collection Studies. Education Series No. 5.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Commission des Communautes Europeennes (Luxembourg).

    This publication contains the papers of the Venice Colloquium held in October, 1977 by educators from European countries to discuss the topic of visits and exchanges for pupils. There are seven chapters. Chapter one discusses the context and objectives of the colloquium. Chapter two describes pupil visits and exchanges in the European community.…

  10. Preparation and Fluorescent Analysis of Plant Metaphase Chromosomes.

    PubMed

    Schwarzacher, Trude

    2016-01-01

    Good preparations are essential for informative analysis of both somatic and meiotic chromosomes, cytogenetics, and cell divisions. Fluorescent chromosome staining allows even small chromosomes to be visualized and counted, showing their morphology. Aneuploidies and polyploidies can be established for species, populations, or individuals while changes occurring in breeding lines during hybridization or tissue culture and transformation protocols can be assessed. The process of division can be followed during mitosis and meiosis including pairing and chiasma distribution, as well as DNA organization and structure during the evolution of chromosomes can be studied. This chapter presents protocols for pretreatment and fixation of material, including tips of how to grow plants to get good and healthy meristem with many divisions. The chromosome preparation technique is described using proteolytic enzymes, but acids can be used instead. Chromosome slide preparations are suitable for fluorochrome staining for fast screening (described in the chapter) or fluorescent in situ hybridization (see Schwarzacher and Heslop-Harrison, In situ hybridization. BIOS Scientific Publishers, Oxford, 2000).

  11. An analysis of temperature-induced errors for an ultrasound distance measuring system. M. S. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wenger, David Paul

    1991-01-01

    The presentation of research is provided in the following five chapters. Chapter 2 presents the necessary background information and definitions for general work with ultrasound and acoustics. It also discusses the basis for errors in the slant range measurements. Chapter 3 presents a method of problem solution and an analysis of the sensitivity of the equations to slant range measurement errors. It also presents various methods by which the error in the slant range measurements can be reduced to improve overall measurement accuracy. Chapter 4 provides a description of a type of experiment used to test the analytical solution and provides a discussion of its results. Chapter 5 discusses the setup of a prototype collision avoidance system, discusses its accuracy, and demonstrates various methods of improving the accuracy along with the improvements' ramifications. Finally, Chapter 6 provides a summary of the work and a discussion of conclusions drawn from it. Additionally, suggestions for further research are made to improve upon what has been presented here.

  12. Chemically functionalized gold nanoparticles: Synthesis, characterization, and applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Daniel, Weston Lewis

    This thesis focuses on the development and application of gold nanoparticle based detection systems and biomimetic structures. Each class of modified nanoparticle has properties that are defined by its chemical moieties that interface with solution and the gold nanoparticle core. In Chapter 2, a comparison of the biomolecular composition and binding properties of various preparations of antibody oligonucleotide gold nanoparticle conjugates is presented. These constructs differed significantly in terms of their structure and binding properties. Chapter 3 reports the use of electroless gold deposition as a light scattering signal enhancer in a multiplexed, microarray-based scanometric immunoassay using the gold nanoparticle probes evaluated in Chapter 2. The use of gold development results in greater signal enhancement than the typical silver development, and multiple rounds of metal development were found to increase the resulting signal compared to one development. Chapter 4 describes an amplified scanometric detection method for human telomerase activity. Gold nanoparticles functionalized with specific oligonucleotide sequences can efficiently capture telomerase enzymes and subsequently be elongated. Both the elongated and unmodified oligonucleotide sequences are simultaneously measured. At low telomerase concentrations, elongated strands cannot be detected, but the unmodified sequences, which come from the same probe particles, can be detected because their concentration is higher, providing a novel form of amplification. Chapter 5 reports the development of a novel colorimetric nitrite and nitrate ion assay based upon gold nanoparticle probes functionalized with Griess reaction reagents. This assay takes advantage of the distance-dependent plasmonic properties of the gold nanoparticles and the ability of nitrite ion to facilitate the cross coupling of novel nanoparticle probes. The assay works on the concept of a kinetic end point and can be triggered at the EPA limit for this ion in drinking water. Finally, Chapter 6 describes the synthesis of high density lipoprotein biomimetic nanoparticles capable of binding cholesterol. These structures use a gold nanoparticle core to template the assembly of a mixed phospholipid layer and the adsorption of apolipoprotein A-I. These synthesized structures have the general size and surface composition of natural HDL and bind free cholesterol with a Kd of 4 nM.

  13. "In the middle of an orange grove, across the street from the tortilla factory": The Science Academy of South Texas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Canter, Anna Rudolph

    2004-12-01

    The Science Academy of South Texas, one of four magnet schools in The South Texas Independent School District (STISD), opened in 1989 to bring educational opportunities in mathematics and science to students in the Rio Grande Valley of South Texas. STISD serves three counties and offers enrollment to any student who applies from any of the twenty-eight feeder districts. The Science Academy is the only mathematics and science magnet school in the Rio Grande Valley. Over years, Science Academy has developed partnerships with major colleges and universities in Houston, Texas and the Rio Grande Valley. University partnerships have provided funding for programs at the school and have created continuing summer study programs for Science Academy students. Graduates have been accepted to and/or attended some of the most prestigious colleges and universities across the United States, despite personal challenges including low socioeconomic status, English as their second language, and being the first in their family to attend college. This historical study seeks to answer two basic questions. How has the Science Academy faced its academic, political, and social challenges over the years? What factors appear to have contributed to its establishment, survival, and success? Chapter One, "Significance of the Study and Research Methods" describes the study's significance within the scholarly literature and the research methods used for this study. Chapter Two, "The Science Academy of South Texas" presents the history of STISD and the events which precipitated Science Academy's establishment. Chapter Three, "The Administration, Faculty and Staff of Science Academy," discusses administration and faculty of the Science Academy. Its focus is Science Academy teachers and their educational beliefs as well as the administrators and staff and their beliefs. Chapter Four, "Curriculum Continuity and Change at the Science Academy," focuses on the curriculum history of Science Academy and the changes faculty members and administrators have made over time. Chapter Five, "The Students of the Science Academy of South Texas," focuses on the students at the Science Academy, who administrators and teachers describe as "the whole reason we are here." Chapter Six offers concluding thoughts and ideas for future research.

  14. Amphetamines and pH-shift agents for brain imaging

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Biersack, H.J.; Winkler, C.

    1986-01-01

    This book gives a review of the results of experimental and clinical research on both I-amphetamine derivatives and pH-shift agents. Virtually all relevant working groups from the USA and Europe have contributed to this volume. The pharmacology of amphetamine and the corresponding receptor theories are described in detail, whereas other chapters deal with the labeling as well as the metabolic process of this drug. In addition to this, new amphetamine derivatives are presented together with other essential products which play a significant role in scintigraphy of the brain function. Finally, there are two chapters on instrumentation problems followed by eightmore » contributions on the clinical results of amphetamine scintigraphy in cerebral vascular diseases, epilepsy, migraine and brain tumors.« less

  15. From Resource-Adaptive Navigation Assistance to Augmented Cognition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zimmer, Hubert D.; Münzer, Stefan; Baus, Jörg

    In an assistance scenario, a computer provides purposive information supporting a human user in an everyday situation. Wayfinding with navigation assistance is a prototypical assistance scenario. The present chapter analyzes the interplay of the resources of the assistance system and the resources of the user. The navigation assistance system provides geographic knowledge, positioning information, route planning, spatial overview information, and route commands at decision points. The user's resources encompass spatial knowledge, spatial abilities and visuo-spatial working memory, orientation strategies, and cultural habit. Flexible adaptations of the assistance system to available resources of the user are described, taking different wayfinding goals, situational constraints, and individual differences into account. Throughout the chapter, the idea is pursued that the available resources of the user should be kept active.

  16. Theory and modeling of particles with DNA-mediated interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Licata, Nicholas A.

    In recent years significant attention has been attracted to proposals which utilize DNA for nanotechnological applications. Potential applications of these ideas range from the programmable self-assembly of colloidal crystals, to biosensors and nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms. In Chapter I we introduce the system, which generically consists of colloidal particles functionalized with specially designed DNA markers. The sequence of bases on the DNA markers determines the particle type. Due to the hybridization between complementary single-stranded DNA, specific, type-dependent interactions can be introduced between particles by choosing the appropriate DNA marker sequences. In Chapter II we develop a statistical mechanical description of the aggregation and melting behavior of particles with DNA-mediated interactions. A quantitative comparison between the theory and experiments is made by calculating the experimentally observed melting profile. In Chapter III a model is proposed to describe the dynamical departure and diffusion of particles which form reversible key-lock connections. The model predicts a crossover from localized to diffusive behavior. The random walk statistics for the particles' in plane diffusion is discussed. The lateral motion is analogous to dispersive transport in disordered semiconductors, ranging from standard diffusion with a renormalized diffusion coefficient to anomalous, subdiffusive behavior. In Chapter IV we propose a method to self-assemble nanoparticle clusters using DNA scaffolds. An optimal concentration ratio is determined for the experimental implementation of our self-assembly proposal. A natural extension is discussed in Chapter V, the programmable self-assembly of nanoparticle clusters where the desired cluster geometry is encoded using DNA-mediated interactions. We determine the probability that the system self-assembles the desired cluster geometry, and discuss the connections to jamming in granular and colloidal systems. In Chapter VI we consider a nanoparticle based drug delivery platform for targeted, cell specific chemotherapy. A key-lock model is proposed to describe the results of in-vitro experiments, and the situation in-vivo is discussed. The cooperative binding, and hence the specificity to cancerous cells, is kinetically limited. The implications for optimizing the design of nanoparticle based drug delivery platforms is discussed. In Chapter VII we present prospects for future research: the connection between DNA-mediated colloidal crystallization and jamming, and the inverse problem in self-assembly.

  17. Hanford Site National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Characterization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Duncan, Joanne P.; Burk, Kenneth W.; Chamness, Mickie A.

    2007-09-27

    This document describes the U.S. Department of Energy’s (DOE) Hanford Site environment. It is intended to provide a consistent description of the Hanford Site for the many environmental documents being prepared by DOE contractors concerning the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). No statements regarding significance or environmental consequences are provided. This year’s report is the eighteen revision of the original document published in 1988 and is (until replaced by the nineteenth revision) the only version that is relevant for use in the preparation of Hanford NEPA, State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)more » documents. Two chapters are included in this document (Chapters 4 and 6), numbered to correspond to chapters typically presented in environmental impact statements (EISs) and other Hanford Site NEPA or CERCLA documentation. Chapter 4.0 (Affected Environment) describes Hanford Site climate and meteorology; air quality; geology; hydrology; ecology; cultural, archaeological, and historical resources; socioeconomics; noise; and occupational health and safety. Sources for extensive tabular data related to these topics are provided in the chapter. When possible, subjects are divided into a general description of the characteristics of the Hanford Site, followed by site-specific information, where available, for the 100, 200, 300 and other areas. This division allows the reader to go directly to those sections of particular interest. When specific information on each of these separate areas is not complete or available, the general Hanford Site description should be used. Chapter 6.0 (Statutory and Regulatory Requirements) describes federal and state laws and regulations, DOE directives and permits, and presidential executive orders that are applicable to NEPA documents prepared for Hanford Site activities. Information in Chapter 6 can be adapted and supplemented with specific information covering statutory and regulatory requirements for use in an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement. When preparing environmental assessments and EISs, authors should consult Recommendations for the Preparation of Environmental Assessments and Environmental Impact Statements published by the DOE Office of NEPA Oversight (DOE 2004). Additional direction and guidance on the preparation of DOE NEPA documents can be found at http://tis.eh.doe.gov/nepa/guidance.html. Individuals seeking baseline data on the Hanford Site and its past activities may also use the information contained in this document to evaluate projected activities and their impacts. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL) staff prepared individual sections of this document, with input from other Hanford Site contractors with the best available information through May 2007. More detailed data are available from reference sources cited or from the authors. For this 2007 revision, the following sections of the document were reviewed by the authors and updated with the best available information through May 2005: Climate and Meteorology Air Quality Geology – Seismicity section only Hydrology – Flow charts for the Columbia and Yakima rivers only Ecology – Threatened and Endangered Species subsection only Socioeconomics Occupational Safety All of Chapter 6.« less

  18. Dealing with Processing Chapter 10 Files from Multiple Vendors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Knudtson, Kevin Mark

    2011-01-01

    This presentation discusses the experiences of the NASA Dryden Flight Research Center's (DFRC) Western Aeronautical Test Range (WATR) in dealing with the problems encountered while performing post flight data processing using the WATR's data collection/processing system on Chapter 10 files from different Chapter 10 recorders. The transition to Chapter 10 recorders has brought Vvith it an assortment of issues that must be addressed: the ambiguities of language in the Chapter 10 standard, the unrealistic near-term expectations of the Chapter 10 standard, the incompatibility of data products generated from Chapter 10 recorders, and the unavailability of mature Chapter 10 applications. Some of these issues properly belong to the users of Chapter 10 recorders, some to the manufacturers, and some to the flight test community at large. The goal of this presentation is to share the WATR's lesson learned in processing data products from various Chapter 10 recorder vendors. The WATR could benefit greatly in the open forum Vvith lessons learned discussions with other members of the flight test community.

  19. Final Report for Dynamic Models for Causal Analysis of Panel Data. Methodological Overview. Part II, Chapter 1.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hannan, Michael T.

    This technical document, part of a series of chapters described in SO 011 759, describes a basic model of panel analysis used in a study of the causes of institutional and structural change in nations. Panel analysis is defined as a record of state occupancy of a sample of units at two or more points in time; for example, voters disclose voting…

  20. Plume Measurement System (PLUMES) Calibration Experiment

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1994-08-01

    calibration chamber was lished and documented. To apply acoustic designed and built Particles were suspended technology to monitoring suspended sedi- in the...procedures are described in Chap- ter 2. Repeatability of the experiments and validity of the results are de - scribed in Chapter 3. In Chapter 4, the range...went into their design . The first two subsections give an overview of the calibration chamber and its characteristics. The remaining subsections describe

  1. V. S. Lebedev and I. L. Beigman, Physics of Highly Excited Atoms and Ions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mewe, R.

    1999-07-01

    This book contains a comprehensive description of the basic principles of the theoretical spectroscopy and experimental spectroscopic diagnostics of Rydberg atoms and ions, i.e., atoms in highly excited states with a very large principal quantum number (n≫1). Rydberg atoms are characterized by a number of peculiar physical properties as compared to atoms in the ground or a low excited state. They have a very small ionization potential (∝1/n2), the highly excited electron has a small orbital velocity (∝1/n), the radius (∝n2) is very large, the excited electron has a long orbital period (∝n3), and the radiation lifetime is very long (∝n3-5). At the same time the R. atom is very sensitive to perturbations from external fields in collisions with charged and neutral targets. In recent years, R. atoms have been observed in laboratory and cosmic conditions for n up to ˜1000, which means that the size amounts to about 0.1 mm, ˜106 times that of an atom in the ground state. The scope of this monograph is to familiarize the reader with today's approaches and methods for describing isolated R. atoms and ions, radiative transitions between highly excited states, and photoionization and photorecombination processes. The authors present a number of efficient methods for describing the structure and properties of R. atoms and calculating processes of collisions with neutral and charged particles as well as spectral-line broadening and shift of Rydberg atomic series in gases, cool and hot plasmas in laboratories and in astrophysical sources. Particular attention is paid to a comparison of theoretical results with available experimental data. The book contains 9 chapters. Chapter 1 gives an introduction to the basic properties of R. atoms (ions), Chapter 2 is devoted to an account of general methods describing an isolated Rydberg atom. Chapter 3 is focussed on the recent achievements in calculations of form factors and dipole matrix elements of different types of bound-bound and bound-free radiative transitions. Chapter 4 concentrates on the formulation of basic theoretical methods and physical approaches to collisions involving R. atoms. Chapters 5 to 8 contain a systematic description of major directions and modern techniques in the collision theory of R. atoms and ions with atoms, molecules, electrons, and ions. Finally, Chapter 9 deals with the spectral-line broadening and shift of R. atomic series induced by collisions with neutral and charged particles. A subject index of four pages and 250 references are given. This monograph will be a basic tool and reference for all scientists working in the fields of plasma physics, spectroscopy, physics of electronic and atomic collisions, as well as astrophysics, radio astronomy, and space physics.

  2. Thermomagnetic, dielectric and EPR studies on four new multiferroics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ramachandran, Vasanth

    Multiferroics are materials which exhibit at least two or all three of the ferroic (ferroelectric, ferromagnetic and ferroelastic) orders co-existing in them, and are of high current interest in both the fundamental research and in the discovery of new multifunctional materials. This dissertation presents thermomagnetic, dielectric and electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) studies on some new multiferroics. The primary focus of this work is on these four compounds: [(CH3)2NH2]Mn(HCOO)3, K3Fe5F15, Pb(Fe1/2Nb1/2)O 3, and MnV2O4. Chapter 3 discusses our discovery of multiferroic behavior of the metal-organic framework (MOF) compound dimethylammonium manganese formate, [(CH3)2NH2]Mn(HCOO) 3, with the aid of single crystal heat capacity and EPR measurements on the compound. Simultaneous occurrence of ferroelectric and antiferromagnetic long-range orders in this compound established its multiferroic nature. Chapter 4 describes the multiferroic nature of the 'tetragonal tungsten bronze'-type ferroelectric potassium iron fluoride, K3Fe5 F15, studied by magnetic susceptibility, magnetization, dielectric and EPR characterization of single crystal and polycrystalline samples. A weak ferromagnetic (FM) ordering due to spin canting caused by the antisymmetric exchange interaction between the Fe ions, and its influence on the dielectric constant evident by the observation of an anomaly around the FM ordering temperature, together indicate an intrinsic magnetoelectric coupling present in this compound. Chapter 5 describes multiferroic behavior of the complex oxide perovskite lead iron niobate, Pb(Fe1/2Nb1/2)O3 abbreviated as PFN. Systematic (9.4, 34, 381, 683 GHz) EPR and magnetic susceptibility measurements on polycrystalline PFN samples show an antiferromagnetic (AFM) ordering, the presence of a small finite internal field well above the AFM ordering temperature, and the first observation of an anomaly in the susceptibility near the ferroelectric Curie point, together implying the presence of magnetoelectric effect. Chapter 6 presents ac and dc magnetic susceptibility experiments on the magnetoelastic spinel compound manganese vanadate, MnV2O4. The compound is shown to exhibit a re-entrant spin glass behavior. The results and perspectives presented here should contribute to the advancement and fundamental understanding of multiferroic materials.

  3. The rise of electric two-wheelers in China: Factors for their success and implications for the future

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weinert, Jonathan Xavier

    This dissertation examines the rise, present use, and future growth of the electric two-wheeler (E2W, a.k.a. E2W or e-scooter) in China, the world's most successful electric-drive vehicle. The E2W market has been experiencing tremendous growth with over 30 million now in regular use on Chinese streets. The adoption of E2W technology is significant because, along with their air quality and energy (low-carbon) benefits compared to gasoline powered motorcycles, E2Ws are driving the development of improved and lower cost batteries and may lead to a shift toward larger three-and four-wheel electric vehicles (EV). This dissertation explores three questions: why the E2W market grew so rapidly in China, what factors are driving and resisting its growth, and how future growth might impact the adoption of electric vehicles. In Chapter 1, the context for this analysis is built by describing China's transportation past, present, and future challenges. E2Ws are also introduced and compared with gasoline-powered motorcycles on several metrics, such as performance, air emissions, and energy use. In Chapter 2, data from the literature was collected and analyzed to understand the history and important reasons for E2W growth in China. To supplement these data, the author and colleagues interviewed leaders of E2W and battery companies and toured several manufacturing plants. In Chapter 3, E2W and bicycles users were surveyed to understand how and why they use (or don't use) E2Ws. In Chapter 4, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries commonly used in today's E2Ws were laboratory tested to determine their performance characteristics. Data were also compiled on their cost, and on the cost and performance of Li-ion batteries. In Chapter 5, the future of E2Ws in China was assessed by integrating data from the previous three chapters and from the literature to create a force-field analysis of the E2W market. This chapter concludes by examining the spillover effects E2W market growth may have on the development of a market for larger electric vehicles. Chapter 6 provides recommendations for policy makers on E2Ws and suggestions of future areas of research on this topic.

  4. Nanoparticle Superlattice Engineering with DNA

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Macfarlane, Robert John

    In this thesis, we describe a set of design rules for using programmable oligonucleotide interactions, elements of both thermodynamic and kinetic control, and an understanding of the dominant forces that are responsible for particle assembly to design and deliberately make a wide variety of nanoparticle-based superlattices. Like the rules for ionic solids developed by Linus Pauling, these rules are guidelines for determining relative nanoparticle superlattice stability, rather than rigorous mathematical descriptions. However, unlike Pauling's rules, the set of rules developed herein allow one to not just predict crystal stability, but also to deliberately and independently control the nanoparticle sizes, interparticle spacings, and crystallographic symmetries of a superlattice. In the first chapter of this thesis, a general background is given for using DNA as a tool in programmable materials synthesis. Chapter 2 demonstrates how altering oligonucleotide length and nanoparticle size can be used to control nanoparticle superlattice lattice parameters with nanometer-scale precision. In the third chapter, the kinetics of crystallization are examined, and a method to selectively stabilize kinetic products is presented. The data in chapter 4 prove that it is the overall hydrodynamic radius of a DNA-functionalized particle, rather than the sizes of the inorganic nanoparticles being assembled, that dictates particle packing behavior. Chapter 5 demonstrates how particles that exhibit non-equivalent packing behavior can be used to control superlattice symmetry, and chapter 6 utilizes these data to develop a phase diagram that predicts lattice stability a priori to synthesis. In chapter 7, the ability to functionalize a particle with multiple types of oligonucleotides is used to synthesize complex lattices, including ternary superlattices that are capable of dynamic symmetry conversion between a binary and a ternary state. The final chapter provides an outlook on other developments in DNA-programmed nanoparticle assembly not covered in this thesis, as well as future challenges for this field. Supplementary information to support the conclusions of the thesis, as well as provide technical details on how these materials are synthesized, are provided in appendices at the end of the thesis. As a whole, this methodology presents a major advance towards nanoparticle superlattice engineering, as it effectively separates the identity of a particle core (and thereby its physical properties) from the variables that control its assembly, enabling the synthesis of designer nanoparticle-based materials.

  5. The ABCs of an evolutionary education science: The academic, behavioral, and cultural implications of an evolutionary approach to education theory and practice

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kauffman, Rick, Jr.

    Calls for improving research-informed policy in education are everywhere. Yet, while there is an increasing trend towards science-based practice, there remains little agreement over which of the sciences to consult and how to organize a collective effort between them. What Education lacks is a general theoretical framework through which policies can be constructed, implemented, and assessed. This dissertation submits that evolutionary theory can provide a suitable framework for coordinating educational policies and practice, and can provide the entire field of education with a clearer sense of how to better manage the learning environment. This dissertation explores two broad paths that outline the conceptual foundations for an Evolutionary Education Science: "Teaching Evolution" and "Using Evolution to Teach." Chapter 1 introduces both of these themes. After describing why evolutionary science is best suited for organizing education research and practice, Chapter 1 proceeds to "teach" an overview of the "evolutionary toolkit"---the mechanisms and principles that underlie the modern evolutionary perspective. The chapter then employs the "toolkit" in examining education from an evolutionary perspective, outlining the evolutionary precepts that can guide theorizing and research in education, describing how educators can "use evolution to teach.". Chapters 2-4 expand on this second theme. Chapters 2 and 3 describe an education program for at-risk 9th and 10th grade students, the Regents Academy, designed entirely with evolutionary principles in mind. The program was rigorously assessed in a randomized control design and has demonstrated success at improving students' academic performance (Chapter 2) and social & behavioral development (Chapter 3). Chapter 4 examines current teaching strategies that underlie effective curriculum-instruction-assessment practices and proposes a framework for organizing successful, evidence-based strategies for neural-/cognitive-focused learning goals. Chapter 5 explores the cognitive effects that "teaching evolution" has on the learner. This chapter examines the effects that a course on evolutionary theory has on university undergraduate students in understanding and applying evolution and how learning the evolutionary toolkit affects critical thinking skills and domain transfer of knowledge. The results demonstrate that a single course on evolutionary theory increases students' acceptance and understanding of evolution and science, and, in effect, increases critical thinking performance.

  6. Measurement of the top quark pair production cross-section in dimuon final states in proton-antiproton collisions at 1.96 TeV

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Konrath, Jens Peter

    2008-10-24

    Particle physics deals with the fundamental building blocks of matter and their interactions. The vast number of subatomic particles can be reduced to twelve fundamental fermions, which interact by the exchange of spin-1 particles as described in the Standard Model (SM) of particle physics. The SM provides the best description of the subatomic world to date, despite the fact it does not include gravitation. Following the relation Λ = h/p, where h is Planck's constant, for the examination of physics at subatomic scales with size Λ probes with high momenta p are necessary. These high energies are accessible through particlemore » colliders. Here, particles are accelerated and brought to collision at interaction points at which detectors are installed to record these particle collisions. Until the anticipated start-up of the Large Hadron Collider at CERN, the Tevatron collider at Fermilab near Chicago is the highest energy collider operating in the world, colliding protons and anti-protons at a center-of-mass energy of √s = 1.96 TeV. Its two interaction points are covered by the multi purpose particle detectors D0 and CDF. During the first data-taking period, known as Run I, the Tevatron operated at a center-of-mass energy of 1.8 TeV. This run period lasted from 1992 to 1996. During this period, the long-predicted top quark was discovered. From 1996 and 2001, the accelerator was upgraded to deliver higher instantaneous luminosities at its current center-of-mass energy. At the same time, the experiments were upgraded to take full advantage of the upgraded accelerator complex. The Tevatron is currently the only accelerator in the world with a sufficient energy to produce top quarks. Studying top quark production, decay and properties is an important part of the D0 and CDF physics programs. Because of its large mass, the top quark is a unique probe of the Standard Model, and an interesting environment to search for new physics. In this thesis, a measurement of the production cross-section of top quark pairs decaying to two muons is presented. In addition, a Monte Carlo study of the top quark spin correlation measurement was carried out. This thesis is laid out as follows: chapter two gives a short overview over the Standard Model of particle physics and the theoretical aspects of unpolarized and polarized top quark production and decay, chapter three describes the accelerator complex and the D0 experiment whose data is used in this analysis. The Reconstruction of events recorded with the D0 detector is explained in chapter four and the data and Monte Carlo samples used are presented in chapter five. Finally, the cross-section measurement is described in chapter six and the Monte Carlo study of top quark spin correlations in chapter seven.« less

  7. Strategic Integration of Open Educational Resources in Higher Education

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schaffert, Sandra

    Open Educational Resources (OERs) can be seen as social movement but are also implemented as strategic measures in higher education institutions (HEIs). This chapter describes the current aims and experiences of OERs in HEIs. Starting with definitions and milestones in respect of the current status, this chapter gives an overview of projects and implementation objectives and it describes two concrete case studies, i.e., the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Open CourseWare project and the OpenLearn project at the Open University in the United Kingdom. The aim of this chapter is to give a comprehensive overview to decision makers and policy drivers within higher education organizations, and thus it develops a blueprint of an implementation model.

  8. Realising the Potential of Serenity in Emerging AmI Ecosystems:Implications and Challenges

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Armenteros, Álvaro; García, Laura; Muñoz, Antonio; Maña, Antonio

    In this chapter we describe the potential of SERENITY in Ambient Intelligence (AmI) Ecosystems. As a proof of concept, we describe the implementation of a prototype based on the application of the SERENITY model (including processes, artefacts and tools) to an industrial AmI scenario. A complete description of this prototype, along with all Security and Dependability (S&D) artefacts used is provided in this chapter. Besides, the chapter also provides a complete description of one of the S&D Patterns used in the prototype, in order both, to give a global view of SERENITY and to provide useful details about the realization of this scenario.

  9. Chapter 21: Estimating Net Savings - Common Practices. The Uniform Methods Project: Methods for Determining Energy Efficiency Savings for Specific Measures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kurnik, Charles W; Violette, Daniel M.; Rathbun, Pamela

    This chapter focuses on the methods used to estimate net energy savings in evaluation, measurement, and verification (EM and V) studies for energy efficiency (EE) programs. The chapter provides a definition of net savings, which remains an unsettled topic both within the EE evaluation community and across the broader public policy evaluation community, particularly in the context of attribution of savings to a program. The chapter differs from the measure-specific Uniform Methods Project (UMP) chapters in both its approach and work product. Unlike other UMP resources that provide recommended protocols for determining gross energy savings, this chapter describes and comparesmore » the current industry practices for determining net energy savings but does not prescribe methods.« less

  10. Measurement of hepatic steatosis based on magnetic resonance images

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tkaczyk, Adam; Jańczyk, Wojciech; Chełstowska, Sylwia; Socha, Piotr; Mulawka, Jan

    2017-08-01

    The subject of this work is the usage of digital image processing to measure hepatic steatosis. To calculate this value manually it requires a lot of time and precision from the radiologist. In order to resolve this issue, a C++ application has been created. This paper describes the algorithms that have been used to solve the problem. The next chapter presents the application architecture and introduces graphical user interface. The last section describes all the tests which have been carried out to check the correctness of the results.

  11. Uncommon and/or bizarre features of dementia: Part III.

    PubMed

    Cipriani, Gabriele; Nuti, Angelo; Danti, Sabrina; Picchi, Lucia; Di Fiorino, Mario

    2018-06-01

    Clinical neurologists have long recognized that dementia can present as atypical or variant syndromes/symptoms. This study aimed at describing uncommon or bizarre symptoms/syndromes observed in patients suffering from dementia. Medline and Google scholar searches were conducted for relevant articles, chapters, and books published before 2018. Search terms used included compulsion, dementia, extracampine hallucination, disordered gambling, humour, and obsession. Publications found through this indexed search were reviewed for further relevant references. The uncommon/bizarre feature of dementia was described as case reports and there were no systematic investigations.

  12. Fundamentals of biomechanics in tissue engineering of bone.

    PubMed

    Athanasiou, K A; Zhu, C; Lanctot, D R; Agrawal, C M; Wang, X

    2000-08-01

    The objective of this review is to provide basic information pertaining to biomechanical aspects of bone as they relate to tissue engineering. The review is written for the general tissue engineering reader, who may not have a biomechanical engineering background. To this end, biomechanical characteristics and properties of normal and repair cortical and cancellous bone are presented. Also, this chapter intends to describe basic structure-function relationships of these two types of bone. Special emphasis is placed on salient classical and modern testing methods, with both material and structural properties described.

  13. One Billion Illiterates. One Billion Reasons for Action. Report and Extracts from Papers of an International Seminar on Co-operating for Literacy (Berlin, West Germany, October 1983).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fordham, Paul, Ed.

    This document contains the report and edited papers from an international seminar emphasizing the sharing of ideas and resources to eliminate illiteracy. Chapter I of the seven-chapter report offers background information and seminar objectives. Chapter II provides a world overview, which describes the general development context of literacy. In…

  14. A Guide to IRUS-II Application Development

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-09-01

    Stallard (editors). Research and Develo; nent in Natural Language b’nderstan,;ng as Part of t/i Strategic Computing Program . chapter 3, pages 27-34...Development in Natural Language Processing in the Strategic Computing Program . Compi-nrional Linguistics 12(2):132-136. April-June, 1986. [24] Sidner. C.L...assist developers interested in adapting IRUS-11 to new application domains Chapter 2 provides a general introduction and overviev ,. Chapter 3 describes

  15. 20 CFR 416.925 - Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. 416.925 Section 416.925 Employees' Benefits SOCIAL SECURITY... Blindness Medical Considerations § 416.925 Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of... listings) is in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. For adults, it describes for each of...

  16. 20 CFR 416.925 - Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. 416.925 Section 416.925 Employees' Benefits SOCIAL SECURITY... Blindness Medical Considerations § 416.925 Listing of Impairments in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of... listings) is in appendix 1 of subpart P of part 404 of this chapter. For adults, it describes for each of...

  17. Invitations to Science Inquiry.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Liem, Tik L.

    Presented is a collection of thoroughly-tested discrepant events designed for use in science classes. These events have been organized into 17 chapters grouped into four sections: Environment (5 chapters), Energy (7 chapters), Forces and Motion on Earth and in Space (3 chapters), and Living Things (2 chapters). The following information is…

  18. Ground-water levels in intermontane basins of the northern Rocky Mountains, Montana and Idaho

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Briar, David W.; Lawlor, S.M.; Stone, M.A.; Parliman, D.J.; Schaefer, J.L.; Kendy, Eloise

    1996-01-01

    The Regional Aquifer-System Analysis (RASA) program is a series of studies by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) to analyze regional ground-water systems that compose a major portion of the Nation's water supply (Sun, 1986). The Northern Rocky Mountains Intermontane Basins is one of the study regions in this national program. The main objectives of the RASA studies are to (1) describe the groundwater systems as they exist today, (2) analyze the known changes that have led to the systems present condition, (3) combine results of previous studies in a regional analysis, where possible, and (4) provide means by which effects of future ground-water development can be estimated.The purpose of this study, which began in 1990, was to increase understanding of the hydrogeology of the intermontane basins of the Northern Rocky Mountains area. This report is Chapter B of a three-part series and shows the general distribution of ground-water levels in basin-fill deposits in the study area. Chapter A (Tuck and others, 1996) describes the geologic history and generalized hydrogeologic units. Chapter C (Clark and Dutton, 1996) describes the quality of ground and surface waters in the study area.Ground-water levels shown in this report were measured primarily during summer 1991 and summer 1992; however, historical water levels were used for areas where more recent data could not be obtained. The information provided allows for the evaluation of general directions of ground-water flow, identification of recharge and discharge areas, and determination of hydraulic gradients within basin-fill deposits.

  19. Chapter 3: choosing the important outcomes for a systematic review of a medical test.

    PubMed

    Segal, Jodi B

    2012-06-01

    In this chapter of the Evidence-based Practice Centers Methods Guide for Medical Tests, we describe how the decision to use a medical test generates a broad range of outcomes and that each of these outcomes should be considered for inclusion in a systematic review. Awareness of these varied outcomes affects how a decision maker balances the benefits and risks of the test; therefore, a systematic review should present the evidence on these diverse outcomes. The key outcome categories include clinical management outcomes and direct health effects; emotional, social, cognitive, and behavioral responses to testing; legal and ethical outcomes, and costs. We describe the challenges of incorporating these outcomes in a systematic review, suggest a framework for generating potential outcomes for inclusion, and describe the role of stakeholders in choosing the outcomes for study. Finally, we give examples of systematic reviews that either included a range of outcomes or that might have done so. The following are the key messages in this chapter: Consider both the outcomes that are relevant to the process of testing and those that are relevant to the results of the test. Consider inclusion of outcomes in all five domains: clinical management effects, direct test effects; emotional, social, cognitive and behavioral effects; legal and ethical effects, and costs. Consider to which group the outcomes of testing are most relevant. Given resource limitations, prioritize which outcomes to include. This decision depends on the needs of the stakeholder(s), who should be assisted in prioritizing the outcomes for inclusion.

  20. British Observations of the 18 August 1868 Total Solar Eclipse from Guntoor, India

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orchiston, Wayne; Lee, Eun-Hee; Ahn, Young-Sook

    The total solar eclipse of 18 August 1868 was observed in Aden, India, Siam (present-day Thailand) and the Dutch East Indies (present-day Indonesia). One Indian expedition was sponsored by the Royal Astronomical Society, and led by Major J.F. Tennant. In this chapter we describe the observing team and instruments, discuss their observations, and conclude with some remarks on the place of the 1868 eclipse in solar studies and later nineteenth century European astronomical expeditions to India.

Top